IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS

5.5

OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and

Keywords Reference

IBM
 Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page
469.

Edition notice
This edition applies to version 5, release 5, modification 0 of IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS (product number 5698-T01) and
to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2001, 2017.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with
IBM Corp.
Contents

Figures............................................................................................................... xxi

Tables................................................................................................................xxv

New in version 5.1.1......................................................................................... xxvii

New in version 5.1.0..........................................................................................xxix

Chapter 1. Command groupings............................................................................. 1

Address space information commands.......................................................................................................1
Address space block paging commands................................................................................................1
Address space CPU activity commands.................................................................................................1
Address space enclave information commands....................................................................................2
Address space environment commands............................................................................................... 3
Address space identification commands...............................................................................................3
Address space major commands........................................................................................................... 3
Address space miscellaneous commands.............................................................................................4
Address space SRM activity commands................................................................................................ 4
Address space storage activity commands........................................................................................... 5
Address space time information commands......................................................................................... 6
Address space minor--authorized commands............................................................................................6
APF authorization commands......................................................................................................................6
Applications tuning commands................................................................................................................... 7
Authorized commands................................................................................................................................. 7
Address space minor authorized commands........................................................................................ 7
Collecting data about address spaces authorized commands............................................................. 7
Console-related authorized commands................................................................................................ 7
Data space and hiperspace storage authorized commands................................................................. 7
Find users of a device authorized command......................................................................................... 8
Immediate miscellaneous authorized command.................................................................................. 8
Program library facilities authorized commands...................................................................................8
SEEK contention analysis authorized command................................................................................... 8
Storage display authorized commands..................................................................................................8
Storage modification authorized commands.........................................................................................8
Storage scan authorized commands......................................................................................................8
Terminating an address space authorized command............................................................................9
Automatic screen facility commands.......................................................................................................... 9
Block paging commands..............................................................................................................................9
Address space........................................................................................................................................ 9
System operation information................................................................................................................9
Collecting data about address spaces--authorized commands................................................................. 9
Color options, setting................................................................................................................................... 9
Console-related authorized commands....................................................................................................10
Control block display commands.............................................................................................................. 10
Controlling automating features commands............................................................................................ 11
Automatic screen facility......................................................................................................................11
Exception logging facility..................................................................................................................... 12
Timed screen facility commands......................................................................................................... 12
CPU activity commands, address space................................................................................................... 12

iii
 CPU activity commands, system............................................................................................................... 13
CPU utilization immediate commands...................................................................................................... 13
CSA analyzer commands........................................................................................................................... 13
CSA analyzer-related exceptions.............................................................................................................. 13
Job growth exception........................................................................................................................... 13
Job usage exception.............................................................................................................................13
System growth exception.....................................................................................................................13
CSA analyzer-related minor commands....................................................................................................13
Data set information immediate commands.............................................................................................14
Data space and hiperspace storage--authorized commands...................................................................14
Degradation analysis commands.............................................................................................................. 14
Device information commands..................................................................................................................14
Device listing commands..................................................................................................................... 14
Disk information commands................................................................................................................ 15
Disk I/O information command............................................................................................................16
Long-term device utilization commands............................................................................................. 16
Tape information commands............................................................................................................... 17
Device listing commands........................................................................................................................... 18
Device utilization commands, long-term.................................................................................................. 18
Channel-to-channel adapter device class........................................................................................... 18
Communications device class..............................................................................................................18
Disks device class.................................................................................................................................19
Graphics device class........................................................................................................................... 19
Magnetic device class.......................................................................................................................... 19
Miscellaneous device utilization commands....................................................................................... 19
Optical character reader device class..................................................................................................20
Unit record device class....................................................................................................................... 20
DEXAN commands.....................................................................................................................................20
Disk information commands......................................................................................................................21
Disk I/O information command................................................................................................................. 23
Disk space immediate command.............................................................................................................. 23
Enqueue information immediate commands............................................................................................23
Exception analysis commands.................................................................................................................. 23
Controlling groups................................................................................................................................ 23
Defining exception characteristics.......................................................................................................23
Defining groups or mask entries for monitoring.................................................................................. 23
Starting exception analysis.................................................................................................................. 24
Summarizing exception activity........................................................................................................... 24
Exception logging facility command..........................................................................................................24
Exceptions command, setting................................................................................................................... 24
Find users of a device authorized commands...........................................................................................24
Frame information system commands......................................................................................................24
Hiperspace commands.............................................................................................................................. 26
Impact analysis command........................................................................................................................ 26
Default settings, customizing...............................................................................................................26
Impact analysis functions, controlling.................................................................................................27
Timeout facility, modifying...................................................................................................................27
Workload impact profile, generating....................................................................................................27
INFO-line and immediate commands....................................................................................................... 27
Logging OMEGAMON output commands.................................................................................................. 30
LPA modules immediate command...........................................................................................................30
Operational commands............................................................................................................................. 30
Operational parameters, setting............................................................................................................... 30
Page data set information commands...................................................................................................... 30
Paging information commands..................................................................................................................31
Multiplot commands............................................................................................................................ 31
System commands............................................................................................................................... 32
Plot scale command.................................................................................................................................. 32

iv
 Print output options commands................................................................................................................32
Profile maintenance commands................................................................................................................33
Program library facilities--authorized commands.................................................................................... 33
SEEK contention analysis authorized commands.....................................................................................33
Session control and display options..........................................................................................................33
SRM activity commands, address space................................................................................................... 33
SRM information commands..................................................................................................................... 34
Storage activity commands, address space..............................................................................................34
Storage display authorized commands..................................................................................................... 35
Storage modification authorized commands............................................................................................ 35
Storage scan authorized commands......................................................................................................... 35
Swap count system commands.................................................................................................................35
System information immediate commands.............................................................................................. 36
System operation information commands................................................................................................36
Block paging commands...................................................................................................................... 36
Frame information commands.............................................................................................................36
Hiperspace commands........................................................................................................................ 38
Miscellaneous system information minor commands........................................................................ 38
Paging commands................................................................................................................................ 39
SRM information commands................................................................................................................39
Swap count commands........................................................................................................................ 40
System information major command.................................................................................................. 41
System storage commands..................................................................................................................41
System storage commands....................................................................................................................... 41
Table customization commands................................................................................................................42
Tape information commands.....................................................................................................................42
Terminating an address space authorized command...............................................................................43
Time information commands, address space...........................................................................................43
Timed screen facility command................................................................................................................ 44
Tuning, applications commands................................................................................................................44
Controlling session and display options.............................................................................................. 44
Customizing tables............................................................................................................................... 44
Print output options commands.......................................................................................................... 44
Profile maintenance commands.......................................................................................................... 45
Setting color options............................................................................................................................ 45
Setting operational parameters........................................................................................................... 45
Users of a device, finding...........................................................................................................................45
Wait reasons, DEXAN.................................................................................................................................45
Workload Manager (WLM) commands...................................................................................................... 45

Chapter 2. Numeric commands and keywords...................................................... 47

..␢␢..............................................................................................................................................................47
====........................................................................................................................................................... 47
2305........................................................................................................................................................... 48
3330........................................................................................................................................................... 48
3340........................................................................................................................................................... 48
3350........................................................................................................................................................... 48
3375........................................................................................................................................................... 49
3380........................................................................................................................................................... 49
3390........................................................................................................................................................... 49

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords................................................................. 51

ABCD.......................................................................................................................................................... 51
ACTN...........................................................................................................................................................51
ADELnn.......................................................................................................................................................51
AENV.......................................................................................................................................................... 52
ALInnn........................................................................................................................................................ 53

v
 ALIBnn........................................................................................................................................................53
ALLJ............................................................................................................................................................ 54
ALST........................................................................................................................................................... 54
AMAP.......................................................................................................................................................... 55
APFU...........................................................................................................................................................57
ASCnnn.......................................................................................................................................................59
ASCBnn...................................................................................................................................................... 59
ASEL........................................................................................................................................................... 59
ASG.............................................................................................................................................................60
ASID........................................................................................................................................................... 64
ASMV.......................................................................................................................................................... 64
ASTG...........................................................................................................................................................65
ASVT........................................................................................................................................................... 65
ASVT........................................................................................................................................................... 66
ASXnnn.......................................................................................................................................................66
ASXBnn.......................................................................................................................................................66
/ATTN..........................................................................................................................................................67
/AUP............................................................................................................................................................67
.AUP............................................................................................................................................................68

Chapter 4. B commands and keywords................................................................. 69

BATJ........................................................................................................................................................... 69
BATL........................................................................................................................................................... 69
BATX........................................................................................................................................................... 69
BCPU.......................................................................................................................................................... 70
BEGN.......................................................................................................................................................... 70
.BEL............................................................................................................................................................ 70
BIO............................................................................................................................................................. 71
BLST........................................................................................................................................................... 71
BOFaaa....................................................................................................................................................... 73
BONaaa...................................................................................................................................................... 73
/BOTTOM....................................................................................................................................................74
BSWP..........................................................................................................................................................74
BWAT.......................................................................................................................................................... 74

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords................................................................. 75

CBPC...........................................................................................................................................................75
CBPT...........................................................................................................................................................75
CCHRxx.......................................................................................................................................................75
CCOMxx...................................................................................................................................................... 76
CCT............................................................................................................................................................. 76
CCTCxx....................................................................................................................................................... 76
CDSKxx....................................................................................................................................................... 77
CENQ.......................................................................................................................................................... 77
CGRAxx.......................................................................................................................................................77
CHAPnn...................................................................................................................................................... 78
CHNM......................................................................................................................................................... 78
CHNP.......................................................................................................................................................... 79
CLRnnn....................................................................................................................................................... 80
CLCP........................................................................................................................................................... 81
CLDC........................................................................................................................................................... 82
CLDO...........................................................................................................................................................82
CLIO............................................................................................................................................................83
CLIX............................................................................................................................................................ 83
CLM1...........................................................................................................................................................84
CLM2...........................................................................................................................................................85
CLM3...........................................................................................................................................................85

vi
 CLM4...........................................................................................................................................................86
CLM5...........................................................................................................................................................86
CLM6...........................................................................................................................................................87
CLM7...........................................................................................................................................................88
CLMS...........................................................................................................................................................88
CLR1........................................................................................................................................................... 89
CLR2........................................................................................................................................................... 89
CLR3........................................................................................................................................................... 90
CLSB........................................................................................................................................................... 90
CLSC........................................................................................................................................................... 91
CLSO........................................................................................................................................................... 92
CLTR............................................................................................................................................................92
CMBxxx.......................................................................................................................................................93
CMCT.......................................................................................................................................................... 93
CMSU.......................................................................................................................................................... 94
.CN.............................................................................................................................................................. 94
CNTAnn.......................................................................................................................................................95
CNTJnn....................................................................................................................................................... 95
CNTS...........................................................................................................................................................96
CONnnn...................................................................................................................................................... 96
CONS.......................................................................................................................................................... 97
CONU.......................................................................................................................................................... 98
COPY...........................................................................................................................................................98
CPGR.......................................................................................................................................................... 99
CPGS...........................................................................................................................................................99
CPID........................................................................................................................................................... 99
CPMT........................................................................................................................................................ 100
CPU...........................................................................................................................................................100
CPU2........................................................................................................................................................ 100
CPUL.........................................................................................................................................................101
CPUM........................................................................................................................................................101
CRSV.........................................................................................................................................................102
CSA...........................................................................................................................................................102
CSA...........................................................................................................................................................103
CSAA........................................................................................................................................................ 104
CSAF.........................................................................................................................................................106
CSAR.........................................................................................................................................................106
CSD...........................................................................................................................................................107
CTAPxx..................................................................................................................................................... 107
CTRG........................................................................................................................................................ 108
CUR xx...................................................................................................................................................... 108
CVT........................................................................................................................................................... 108
CWSS........................................................................................................................................................109

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords............................................................... 111

/D..............................................................................................................................................................111
.D.............................................................................................................................................................. 111
DADR........................................................................................................................................................ 111
DALC.........................................................................................................................................................112
DATA......................................................................................................................................................... 112
DATA......................................................................................................................................................... 113
DCAT.........................................................................................................................................................114
/DCL..........................................................................................................................................................114
.DCL.......................................................................................................................................................... 115
.DD............................................................................................................................................................115
DDNM....................................................................................................................................................... 115
DDNS........................................................................................................................................................ 116

vii
 /DEF..........................................................................................................................................................117
.DEF.......................................................................................................................................................... 117
DELT......................................................................................................................................................... 118
DEST.........................................................................................................................................................118
DEV...........................................................................................................................................................119
DEVL......................................................................................................................................................... 119
DEVP.........................................................................................................................................................120
DEX...........................................................................................................................................................120
DFRS.........................................................................................................................................................121
DING.........................................................................................................................................................121
DIO........................................................................................................................................................... 121
DIOQ........................................................................................................................................................ 122
DISK......................................................................................................................................................... 122
DISP......................................................................................................................................................... 122
DLST......................................................................................................................................................... 122
.DMP......................................................................................................................................................... 123
.DMxxx......................................................................................................................................................123
DOPN........................................................................................................................................................123
/DOWN or /D............................................................................................................................................ 124
DPAV.........................................................................................................................................................124
DPIN.........................................................................................................................................................125
DPLT......................................................................................................................................................... 125
DPLT......................................................................................................................................................... 126
DPRT.........................................................................................................................................................128
DRES.........................................................................................................................................................128
.DSA..........................................................................................................................................................128
DSCnnn.................................................................................................................................................... 129
.DSE.......................................................................................................................................................... 129
DSKB........................................................................................................................................................ 129
DSKC.........................................................................................................................................................130
DSKE.........................................................................................................................................................130
DSKG........................................................................................................................................................ 130
DSKM........................................................................................................................................................130
DSKN........................................................................................................................................................ 131
DSKP........................................................................................................................................................ 131
DSKQ........................................................................................................................................................ 131
DSKR........................................................................................................................................................ 132
DSKS.........................................................................................................................................................132
DSKU........................................................................................................................................................ 132
DSKV.........................................................................................................................................................133
DSN.......................................................................................................................................................... 133
DSNV........................................................................................................................................................ 134
DSPA.........................................................................................................................................................134
DSPC.........................................................................................................................................................135
DSPC.........................................................................................................................................................135
DSPO........................................................................................................................................................ 135
DSTA.........................................................................................................................................................136
DSTU........................................................................................................................................................ 136
DTYP.........................................................................................................................................................136
DUMP....................................................................................................................................................... 137
DUSR........................................................................................................................................................ 137
DUTnnn.................................................................................................................................................... 138
DVCT.........................................................................................................................................................138
DVMP........................................................................................................................................................138
DVOL.........................................................................................................................................................139

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords............................................................... 141

viii
 ECPU........................................................................................................................................................ 141
ECSA.........................................................................................................................................................141
ECSA.........................................................................................................................................................141
EDPP.........................................................................................................................................................143
EDPT.........................................................................................................................................................144
EDSK cccccc.............................................................................................................................................145
EIDP......................................................................................................................................................... 145
EIDT..........................................................................................................................................................146
ELAP......................................................................................................................................................... 147
END.......................................................................................................................................................... 148
ENV...........................................................................................................................................................148
ESQA........................................................................................................................................................ 149
ESQA........................................................................................................................................................ 149
ETTP......................................................................................................................................................... 150
ETTT......................................................................................................................................................... 151
.EXM......................................................................................................................................................... 152
.EXP.......................................................................................................................................................... 153
EXSnnn.....................................................................................................................................................153
EXSY......................................................................................................................................................... 154

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords............................................................... 155

FAFQ.........................................................................................................................................................155
FAVL......................................................................................................................................................... 155
FBDF.........................................................................................................................................................155
FBLD.........................................................................................................................................................156
FCOM........................................................................................................................................................156
FCSA.........................................................................................................................................................156
FDFF......................................................................................................................................................... 157
FDRF.........................................................................................................................................................157
FDSM........................................................................................................................................................ 157
FDSP.........................................................................................................................................................158
FECM........................................................................................................................................................ 158
FECS......................................................................................................................................................... 158
FEFL..........................................................................................................................................................159
FELS......................................................................................................................................................... 159
FEML.........................................................................................................................................................159
FEPL......................................................................................................................................................... 160
FEPV......................................................................................................................................................... 160
FERO.........................................................................................................................................................160
FERW........................................................................................................................................................161
FESQ.........................................................................................................................................................161
FFLP......................................................................................................................................................... 161
FFLW........................................................................................................................................................ 162
.FGO......................................................................................................................................................... 162
FHSA........................................................................................................................................................ 164
FIDA......................................................................................................................................................... 164
FIXA......................................................................................................................................................... 165
FIXB......................................................................................................................................................... 165
FIXF..........................................................................................................................................................165
FIXL.......................................................................................................................................................... 166
FIXT..........................................................................................................................................................166
FLSQ......................................................................................................................................................... 166
FMCT........................................................................................................................................................ 167
FMLP.........................................................................................................................................................167
FMOD........................................................................................................................................................167
FNDU........................................................................................................................................................ 169
FOFL......................................................................................................................................................... 170

ix
 FOLD.........................................................................................................................................................170
FORM........................................................................................................................................................171
FPLP......................................................................................................................................................... 171
FPVT......................................................................................................................................................... 171
FRON........................................................................................................................................................ 172
FRWN....................................................................................................................................................... 172
FSBF......................................................................................................................................................... 172
FSQA.........................................................................................................................................................173
FSRS......................................................................................................................................................... 173
FSYS......................................................................................................................................................... 173
FTDF......................................................................................................................................................... 174
FTOT......................................................................................................................................................... 174
FUNI......................................................................................................................................................... 174
FUNQ........................................................................................................................................................ 175
FVIO......................................................................................................................................................... 175
FVR........................................................................................................................................................... 175
FVRW........................................................................................................................................................176
FVV........................................................................................................................................................... 176
FXFB.........................................................................................................................................................176
FXFR......................................................................................................................................................... 177

Chapter 9. G-H commands and keywords........................................................... 179

GDA.......................................................................................................................................................... 179
GDEV........................................................................................................................................................ 179
GDFN........................................................................................................................................................ 180
GLST ........................................................................................................................................................ 181
GRS ..........................................................................................................................................................181
GSCL ........................................................................................................................................................ 182
GVT .......................................................................................................................................................... 182
/H .............................................................................................................................................................183
HDSP........................................................................................................................................................ 183
/HELP or /H ............................................................................................................................................. 185
HELP.........................................................................................................................................................185
/HOLD ......................................................................................................................................................185
HOLD ....................................................................................................................................................... 186
HSPI ........................................................................................................................................................ 186
HSPM .......................................................................................................................................................186
HSPO ....................................................................................................................................................... 187

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords.............................................................. 189

.I .............................................................................................................................................................. 189
IACL[nn] .................................................................................................................................................. 189
IACS[nn] .................................................................................................................................................. 189
IANC[nn] ..................................................................................................................................................190
IANL ........................................................................................................................................................ 190
IANQ ........................................................................................................................................................192
IAST[nn] .................................................................................................................................................. 193
IATH[nn] .................................................................................................................................................. 193
IATO .........................................................................................................................................................193
ICHP ........................................................................................................................................................ 194
ICHPn ...................................................................................................................................................... 194
ICPU ........................................................................................................................................................ 194
ICT ........................................................................................................................................................... 197
ID1 ...........................................................................................................................................................197
ID2 ...........................................................................................................................................................198
ID3 ...........................................................................................................................................................198
ID4 ...........................................................................................................................................................199

x
 IFAC..........................................................................................................................................................199
IFAT.......................................................................................................................................................... 199
IFAX..........................................................................................................................................................200
IIPC.......................................................................................................................................................... 200
IIPE.......................................................................................................................................................... 200
IIPP.......................................................................................................................................................... 201
IIPS.......................................................................................................................................................... 201
IIPT.......................................................................................................................................................... 201
.ILC .......................................................................................................................................................... 201
INSP ........................................................................................................................................................ 202
INT........................................................................................................................................................... 203
INT........................................................................................................................................................... 204
.INT.......................................................................................................................................................... 204
IODP ........................................................................................................................................................ 204
IOJ ...........................................................................................................................................................205
IOJ2..........................................................................................................................................................205
IOPT ........................................................................................................................................................ 205
IOSnnn .................................................................................................................................................... 206
IPRF .........................................................................................................................................................206
IPRO ........................................................................................................................................................ 206
IPRO ........................................................................................................................................................ 207

Chapter 11. J commands and keywords..............................................................209

JAS#nn ....................................................................................................................................................209
JASnnn .................................................................................................................................................... 209
JBIA .........................................................................................................................................................209
JBOA ........................................................................................................................................................210
JCAF ........................................................................................................................................................ 210
JCPU ........................................................................................................................................................ 210
JESP......................................................................................................................................................... 210
JLSW ........................................................................................................................................................211
JOBN cccccccc ........................................................................................................................................211
JOBS ........................................................................................................................................................212
JPAG ........................................................................................................................................................ 212
JPBI .........................................................................................................................................................213
JPBO ........................................................................................................................................................213
JPCI ......................................................................................................................................................... 213
JPGS ........................................................................................................................................................ 213
JPUI .........................................................................................................................................................214
JPUO ........................................................................................................................................................214
JRCM ....................................................................................................................................................... 214
JRES ........................................................................................................................................................ 215
JSNAnn ....................................................................................................................................................215
JSNCnn ....................................................................................................................................................215
JSTA .........................................................................................................................................................216
JSWP ....................................................................................................................................................... 216

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords.......................................................... 219

KILL ......................................................................................................................................................... 219
LCCAnn .................................................................................................................................................... 219
LCHRxxx .................................................................................................................................................. 220
LCOMxxx ..................................................................................................................................................220
LCSA......................................................................................................................................................... 220
LCSA......................................................................................................................................................... 221
LCTCxxx ...................................................................................................................................................221
LCU xxx xxx ............................................................................................................................................. 221
LDSKxxx .................................................................................................................................................. 222

xi
 LEXC ........................................................................................................................................................ 223
LGID .........................................................................................................................................................223
LGRAxxx .................................................................................................................................................. 223
LINE .........................................................................................................................................................224
LLT ........................................................................................................................................................... 224
LNCT ........................................................................................................................................................ 225
LOC........................................................................................................................................................... 225
/LOG ........................................................................................................................................................ 226
.LOG ......................................................................................................................................................... 226
LPAG......................................................................................................................................................... 227
LPAM ........................................................................................................................................................228
LPAR......................................................................................................................................................... 228
LPAT .........................................................................................................................................................233
LSCR ........................................................................................................................................................ 234
LSCT ........................................................................................................................................................ 234
LSFR ........................................................................................................................................................ 234
LSNW ....................................................................................................................................................... 235
LSQA ........................................................................................................................................................ 235
LSTW........................................................................................................................................................ 236
LTAPxxx ................................................................................................................................................... 236
LUIC .........................................................................................................................................................236
LUR xxx ....................................................................................................................................................237

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords.............................................................239

MCHN ...................................................................................................................................................... 239
MCPUnn ...................................................................................................................................................240
MCT ......................................................................................................................................................... 242
MCTL ........................................................................................................................................................243
MDEF ....................................................................................................................................................... 243
MEML .......................................................................................................................................................245
.MFY .........................................................................................................................................................245
.MIN .........................................................................................................................................................246
.MJ ........................................................................................................................................................... 246
.MJC .........................................................................................................................................................247
.MJI ......................................................................................................................................................... 248
MLIB ........................................................................................................................................................ 248
MLST ........................................................................................................................................................248
.MMA ....................................................................................................................................................... 250
MNSW ......................................................................................................................................................250
MNT ......................................................................................................................................................... 250
.MOD ........................................................................................................................................................251
MODnnn .................................................................................................................................................. 251
MODS .......................................................................................................................................................251
MONJnn ...................................................................................................................................................252
MPAGnn ...................................................................................................................................................253
MPGInn ................................................................................................................................................... 254
MSCM....................................................................................................................................................... 254
MSCN .......................................................................................................................................................255
MSMT....................................................................................................................................................... 256
MSWP ...................................................................................................................................................... 259
MTA ..........................................................................................................................................................259
MWTI........................................................................................................................................................262
MZAP ....................................................................................................................................................... 263

Chapter 14. N-O commands and keywords......................................................... 265

NCLV ........................................................................................................................................................ 265
NUMAnnn ................................................................................................................................................ 265

xii
 NVSC ........................................................................................................................................................266
.NXE .........................................................................................................................................................266
/O .............................................................................................................................................................267
OCHP ....................................................................................................................................................... 267
OCMD ...................................................................................................................................................... 267
OPTN ....................................................................................................................................................... 268
OSPC ........................................................................................................................................................270
OUCnnn ................................................................................................................................................... 271
OUCBnn ...................................................................................................................................................271
OUTP ....................................................................................................................................................... 271
OUXnnn ................................................................................................................................................... 273
OUXBnn ...................................................................................................................................................273

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords............................................................. 275

/P ............................................................................................................................................................. 275
PADR ........................................................................................................................................................275
PAER ........................................................................................................................................................275
PANI ........................................................................................................................................................ 276
PAR2 ........................................................................................................................................................276
PAR3 ........................................................................................................................................................276
PAR4 ........................................................................................................................................................276
PAR5 ........................................................................................................................................................277
PAR6 ........................................................................................................................................................277
PAR7 ........................................................................................................................................................277
PAR8 ........................................................................................................................................................278
PAR9 ........................................................................................................................................................278
PAREnn ....................................................................................................................................................278
PART ........................................................................................................................................................ 279
PART ........................................................................................................................................................ 279
PAS% .......................................................................................................................................................279
PAST ........................................................................................................................................................ 280
PASZ ........................................................................................................................................................ 280
PATM ....................................................................................................................................................... 280
PATP ........................................................................................................................................................ 281
PAVL ........................................................................................................................................................ 281
PAVS ........................................................................................................................................................ 281
PCCAnn ................................................................................................................................................... 281
.PCS ......................................................................................................................................................... 282
PCT........................................................................................................................................................... 282
PCTAnn ....................................................................................................................................................282
PCTJnn .................................................................................................................................................... 283
PCTS ........................................................................................................................................................ 283
PDSK cccccc ............................................................................................................................................284
PDVT ........................................................................................................................................................284
PEEK ........................................................................................................................................................ 285
.PFK ......................................................................................................................................................... 286
.PLM..........................................................................................................................................................287
PLOT ........................................................................................................................................................ 288
PLTAnn .....................................................................................................................................................288
PLTJnn ..................................................................................................................................................... 289
PLTS .........................................................................................................................................................290
PNDnnn ................................................................................................................................................... 290
POPT ........................................................................................................................................................290
PPRF ........................................................................................................................................................ 292
PPT .......................................................................................................................................................... 292
/PRINT or /P ............................................................................................................................................292
.PRM ........................................................................................................................................................ 293

xiii
 PROC ....................................................................................................................................................... 293
.PRT ......................................................................................................................................................... 294
PSA........................................................................................................................................................... 294
PSIO ........................................................................................................................................................ 295
PTAP cccccc ............................................................................................................................................ 295
PVT .......................................................................................................................................................... 295
/PWD ....................................................................................................................................................... 296
PXFR ........................................................................................................................................................ 296

Chapter 16. Q commands and keywords............................................................. 297

QCB ......................................................................................................................................................... 297

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords............................................................. 299

.R ............................................................................................................................................................. 299
RABnnn ................................................................................................................................................... 299
RABCnn ................................................................................................................................................... 299
RBEL ........................................................................................................................................................ 300
.RC ........................................................................................................................................................... 300
RCE .......................................................................................................................................................... 301
RCMD .......................................................................................................................................................301
RCP% .......................................................................................................................................................302
RCPR ........................................................................................................................................................302
RCPU ....................................................................................................................................................... 302
RCPU ....................................................................................................................................................... 303
RCSU........................................................................................................................................................ 303
RCT .......................................................................................................................................................... 304
RCT .......................................................................................................................................................... 304
RCTA ........................................................................................................................................................ 304
RCTH ....................................................................................................................................................... 305
RCTI .........................................................................................................................................................305
RCTL ........................................................................................................................................................ 306
RENM .......................................................................................................................................................306
/REP .........................................................................................................................................................306
.REP ......................................................................................................................................................... 307
/RESHOW ................................................................................................................................................ 309
RESM ....................................................................................................................................................... 309
RIT ...........................................................................................................................................................309
.RMF......................................................................................................................................................... 310
RMLF........................................................................................................................................................ 310
RMAP .......................................................................................................................................................311
RMCA .......................................................................................................................................................312
RMCT ....................................................................................................................................................... 313
RMPT ....................................................................................................................................................... 313
RMSU........................................................................................................................................................313
RPAG ....................................................................................................................................................... 316
RPTC.........................................................................................................................................................316
RREA ........................................................................................................................................................317
RSP........................................................................................................................................................... 317
.RTN .........................................................................................................................................................318
RTPG ........................................................................................................................................................319
RTPI .........................................................................................................................................................319
RUDT........................................................................................................................................................ 319
RUIC ........................................................................................................................................................ 320

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords............................................................. 321

/S ............................................................................................................................................................. 321
SAREnn ....................................................................................................................................................321

xiv
SART ........................................................................................................................................................ 321
/SAVE or /S .............................................................................................................................................. 322
SBIA ........................................................................................................................................................ 322
SBTA ........................................................................................................................................................ 323
SCAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 323
SCAP.........................................................................................................................................................323
SCBP.........................................................................................................................................................324
.SCC ......................................................................................................................................................... 324
SCCS.........................................................................................................................................................328
SCDW .......................................................................................................................................................329
SCEX ........................................................................................................................................................ 329
SCHN ....................................................................................................................................................... 330
SCHRxxx ..................................................................................................................................................331
SCIR......................................................................................................................................................... 332
SCM1........................................................................................................................................................ 332
SCM1........................................................................................................................................................ 332
SCM2........................................................................................................................................................ 333
SCM2........................................................................................................................................................ 333
SCM3........................................................................................................................................................ 333
SCM3........................................................................................................................................................ 334
SCM4........................................................................................................................................................ 334
SCM4........................................................................................................................................................ 334
SCM5........................................................................................................................................................ 334
SCM5........................................................................................................................................................ 335
SCM6........................................................................................................................................................ 335
SCM6........................................................................................................................................................ 335
SCM7........................................................................................................................................................ 336
SCM7........................................................................................................................................................ 336
SCM8........................................................................................................................................................ 336
SCM8........................................................................................................................................................ 336
SCM9........................................................................................................................................................ 337
SCM9........................................................................................................................................................ 337
SCMA........................................................................................................................................................ 337
SCMA........................................................................................................................................................ 338
SCMB........................................................................................................................................................338
SCMB........................................................................................................................................................338
SCMC........................................................................................................................................................ 338
SCMC........................................................................................................................................................ 339
SCMD........................................................................................................................................................339
SCMD........................................................................................................................................................339
SCME........................................................................................................................................................ 340
SCME........................................................................................................................................................ 340
SCMF........................................................................................................................................................ 340
SCMG........................................................................................................................................................341
SCMH........................................................................................................................................................341
SCMI.........................................................................................................................................................341
SCMJ........................................................................................................................................................ 341
SCMK........................................................................................................................................................ 342
SCML........................................................................................................................................................ 342
SCMM....................................................................................................................................................... 342
SCLF ........................................................................................................................................................ 343
SCLS ........................................................................................................................................................ 343
SCLW ....................................................................................................................................................... 343
SCMC........................................................................................................................................................ 344
SCMR........................................................................................................................................................ 345
SCMT........................................................................................................................................................ 346
SCNQ ....................................................................................................................................................... 347
SCOI......................................................................................................................................................... 347

xv
 SCOL.........................................................................................................................................................348
SCOO........................................................................................................................................................ 348
SCOMxxx ................................................................................................................................................. 349
SCPUnn ................................................................................................................................................... 349
SCRN ....................................................................................................................................................... 350
SCRQ ....................................................................................................................................................... 351
SCRS ........................................................................................................................................................351
SCSP.........................................................................................................................................................351
SCST......................................................................................................................................................... 352
SCTCxxx .................................................................................................................................................. 352
SCTI .........................................................................................................................................................353
SCTO ........................................................................................................................................................353
SCTS ........................................................................................................................................................ 353
SCUS ........................................................................................................................................................354
SCVT ........................................................................................................................................................ 354
SCXS ........................................................................................................................................................ 354
SDAT.........................................................................................................................................................355
SDPD........................................................................................................................................................ 356
SDSKxxx .................................................................................................................................................. 356
SEEK ........................................................................................................................................................ 356
.SET ......................................................................................................................................................... 357
.SGO ........................................................................................................................................................ 359
SGRA........................................................................................................................................................ 361
SIFA..........................................................................................................................................................361
SIIPnn...................................................................................................................................................... 362
SLST .........................................................................................................................................................362
.SMF .........................................................................................................................................................363
SMPP ....................................................................................................................................................... 365
SOUT ....................................................................................................................................................... 365
SPAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 366
SPC .......................................................................................................................................................... 366
SPCI .........................................................................................................................................................366
SPIA .........................................................................................................................................................367
SPL ...........................................................................................................................................................367
SPR........................................................................................................................................................... 367
SPS .......................................................................................................................................................... 368
SPSV ........................................................................................................................................................ 368
.SPT ......................................................................................................................................................... 369
SPWS ....................................................................................................................................................... 370
SQA ..........................................................................................................................................................370
SQA ..........................................................................................................................................................370
SQDC ....................................................................................................................................................... 372
SQRV ........................................................................................................................................................372
SRB2 ........................................................................................................................................................372
SRB c ....................................................................................................................................................... 372
SRBT ........................................................................................................................................................373
SRVC.........................................................................................................................................................373
SSCN ........................................................................................................................................................374
SSTA ........................................................................................................................................................ 375
STAP......................................................................................................................................................... 375
STAT .........................................................................................................................................................376
STCJ ........................................................................................................................................................ 376
STCL .........................................................................................................................................................376
STEP ........................................................................................................................................................ 377
STEP ........................................................................................................................................................ 377
STIMnn .................................................................................................................................................... 379
/STK ......................................................................................................................................................... 380
/STOP ...................................................................................................................................................... 381

xvi
 STOP ........................................................................................................................................................381
SUAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 381
SUBP ........................................................................................................................................................382
SUCP ........................................................................................................................................................384
SUI1......................................................................................................................................................... 384
SUI2......................................................................................................................................................... 384
SUI3......................................................................................................................................................... 385
SUI4......................................................................................................................................................... 385
SUIO ........................................................................................................................................................ 385
SUMS ....................................................................................................................................................... 386
SUPR ........................................................................................................................................................386
SUR...........................................................................................................................................................386
SUSP ........................................................................................................................................................387
SVC nnn,m ...............................................................................................................................................387
SVCXxx,m ................................................................................................................................................ 388
SVOL cccccc ............................................................................................................................................ 388
SWCT ....................................................................................................................................................... 389
SWPC .......................................................................................................................................................389
SWPO....................................................................................................................................................... 389
SWPI ........................................................................................................................................................390
SWPR .......................................................................................................................................................390
SYNC ........................................................................................................................................................391
SYS .......................................................................................................................................................... 392
SZAP ........................................................................................................................................................ 392

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords............................................................. 395

TADR ........................................................................................................................................................395
TAPE ........................................................................................................................................................ 395
TCBS ........................................................................................................................................................ 395
TCP2 ........................................................................................................................................................ 398
TERP ........................................................................................................................................................ 398
TERT ........................................................................................................................................................ 398
TGBR........................................................................................................................................................ 398
TGBR........................................................................................................................................................ 399
TGHW....................................................................................................................................................... 399
TGMO....................................................................................................................................................... 399
TGMO....................................................................................................................................................... 400
TGRS.........................................................................................................................................................400
TGRU........................................................................................................................................................ 400
THNK ....................................................................................................................................................... 400
THNK ....................................................................................................................................................... 401
THRS ........................................................................................................................................................401
TLBL .........................................................................................................................................................402
TLST .........................................................................................................................................................402
TLTW ........................................................................................................................................................402
TMCP ....................................................................................................................................................... 403
TMIO ........................................................................................................................................................403
TMLA ....................................................................................................................................................... 403
TMLR ....................................................................................................................................................... 404
TMPD ....................................................................................................................................................... 404
TMSW ...................................................................................................................................................... 404
TMTR ....................................................................................................................................................... 404
TMWL .......................................................................................................................................................405
/TOP ........................................................................................................................................................ 405
TPAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 405
TPBS ........................................................................................................................................................ 406
TPCU ........................................................................................................................................................406

xvii
 TPFR ........................................................................................................................................................ 406
TPMT ....................................................................................................................................................... 406
TPOF ........................................................................................................................................................407
TP16 ........................................................................................................................................................ 407
TP38 ........................................................................................................................................................ 407
TP62 ........................................................................................................................................................ 408
TP7T ........................................................................................................................................................ 408
TP80 ........................................................................................................................................................ 408
TRACnn ....................................................................................................................................................408
TRCT ........................................................................................................................................................ 411
TSEQ ........................................................................................................................................................411
TSLG......................................................................................................................................................... 411
.TSF ..........................................................................................................................................................412
TSNM ....................................................................................................................................................... 413
TSOJ ........................................................................................................................................................ 413
TSOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 414
TSOX ........................................................................................................................................................414
TWSF ....................................................................................................................................................... 414
TWSS ....................................................................................................................................................... 415

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords.........................................................417

/U .............................................................................................................................................................417
UIC1......................................................................................................................................................... 417
UIC2......................................................................................................................................................... 417
UIC3......................................................................................................................................................... 418
UIC4......................................................................................................................................................... 418
/UP or /U ..................................................................................................................................................418
.VAR ......................................................................................................................................................... 419
VICT..........................................................................................................................................................422
VIRA......................................................................................................................................................... 422
VIRB......................................................................................................................................................... 422
VIRL..........................................................................................................................................................423
VIRT..........................................................................................................................................................423
VMAP ....................................................................................................................................................... 423
VSC .......................................................................................................................................................... 424
.VTM .........................................................................................................................................................424
WAIT ........................................................................................................................................................425
.WAT ........................................................................................................................................................ 426
WATL ....................................................................................................................................................... 426
WHO ........................................................................................................................................................ 426
WKST ....................................................................................................................................................... 428
WLMX....................................................................................................................................................... 428
WMST ...................................................................................................................................................... 428
WSIZnn ....................................................................................................................................................429
WSIZnnn ................................................................................................................................................. 429
WSMR....................................................................................................................................................... 429
WSSI ........................................................................................................................................................430

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords.......................................................... 431

XACB ........................................................................................................................................................431
XAS .......................................................................................................................................................... 445
XDEV ........................................................................................................................................................445
XDSK ........................................................................................................................................................446
XGRP ....................................................................................................................................................... 447
XGSW .......................................................................................................................................................447
/XLF OUT.................................................................................................................................................. 448
.XLF.......................................................................................................................................................... 448

xviii
 .XLFOUT .................................................................................................................................................. 449
.XLG ......................................................................................................................................................... 449
XLVL..........................................................................................................................................................450
XMCH .......................................................................................................................................................451
XMLS ........................................................................................................................................................453
XMSC ....................................................................................................................................................... 454
XMZP ....................................................................................................................................................... 456
XQCnnn ................................................................................................................................................... 457
XQCB ....................................................................................................................................................... 457
XQN ......................................................................................................................................................... 459
XSUM ....................................................................................................................................................... 461
XTRP ........................................................................................................................................................462
XTXT ........................................................................................................................................................ 463
.ZAP ......................................................................................................................................................... 464
/ZOOM ..................................................................................................................................................... 464

Support information.......................................................................................... 467

Notices..............................................................................................................469
Trademarks.............................................................................................................................................. 470
Privacy policy considerations ................................................................................................................. 470

xix
xx
Figures

1. OMEGAMON screen using z/OS console support.......................................................................................98

2. DPLT command used with the DSKQ major..............................................................................................125

3. DPLT minor command used with the DEV major......................................................................................127

4. Typical .DSE immediate command display.............................................................................................. 129

5. Typical FNDU data.....................................................................................................................................134

6. Typical hex dumps of address space control block 19 and the SRM control table.................................137

7. Typical ESQA output..................................................................................................................................150

8. Typical JOBS command display................................................................................................................212

9. Typical LCU output.................................................................................................................................... 222

10. Partial LEXC display................................................................................................................................ 223

11. Typical output for LPAR command......................................................................................................... 231

12. Typical output for XLPAR command.......................................................................................................232

13. Typical output for YLPAR command....................................................................................................... 233

14. Typical LSQA results screen .................................................................................................................. 235

15. Typical MCHN command.........................................................................................................................240

16. Typical output for MCPU command with APF-authorization................................................................. 241

17. Typical output for XMCPU command..................................................................................................... 242

18. Typical output for the MODS command................................................................................................. 252

19. Output for MPAG with threshold set at three pages per second........................................................... 253

20. Output for MPGI command with the threshold set at three pages-ins per second..............................254

21. Typical output of the MSCN command...................................................................................................256

22. Typical missing task table.......................................................................................................................260

23. Typical output from the MTA ADD command......................................................................................... 261

xxi
 24. Typical output from the MTA DEL command..........................................................................................261

25. Typical output from the MWTI command.............................................................................................. 263

26. Example of the OCMD command............................................................................................................268

27. Format for OPTN display.........................................................................................................................269

28. Extended output for OSPC command.................................................................................................... 270

29. Typical output from a PLOT minor command.........................................................................................288

30. Typical output for a PLTS minor command............................................................................................ 290

31. Typical output for a .RC immediate command.......................................................................................301

32. Typical output for RMAP command........................................................................................................312

33. Typical output for RMSU command if LPAR is not in an LPAR group.....................................................314

34. Typical output for XRMSU command if LPAR is not in an LPAR group.................................................. 315

35. Typical output for XRMSU command if LPAR group capping is in effect...............................................316

36. Screen display format for .SCC immediate command........................................................................... 325

37. Display format for .SCC command with ProfileDefinitionMode=ON..................................................... 327

38. Typical SCHN display for a data space................................................................................................... 331

39. Typical output for an SCPU command on a system with active enclaves work.................................... 349

40. Typical output from a SEEK major command.........................................................................................357

41. Screen display format for .SET immediate command output............................................................... 357

42. Typical output of a SLST immediate command......................................................................................363

43. Typical output for a .SMF immediate command.................................................................................... 364

44. Typical output for an SQA minor command........................................................................................... 371

45. Typical output for an SSCN immediate command................................................................................. 375

46. Typical output for a STEP minor command............................................................................................378

47. Typical output for the SUBP minor command........................................................................................382

48. Typical output for the SVOL immediate command................................................................................ 388

xxii
49. Typical output for a TCBS minor command............................................................................................396

50. Typical output for a VMAP minor command...........................................................................................424

51. Typical output for the .VTM command................................................................................................... 425

52. Screen display format for output for XACB command...........................................................................432

53. Example of defining the XCSA exception for ASF with logging..............................................................434

54. Typical output for an XACB command....................................................................................................435

55. Partial XACB terse mode display............................................................................................................435

56. Typical output for an XDEV immediate command................................................................................. 446

57. Typical XMCH command.........................................................................................................................452

58. Typical enqueue name table.................................................................................................................. 459

59. Typical output from the XQN ADD command.........................................................................................460

60. Typical output from the XQN DEL command..........................................................................................460

61. Partial display of typical XSMU output................................................................................................... 462

xxiii
xxiv
Tables

1. System data.................................................................................................................................................53

2. .SCC keywords and Possible Settings.......................................................................................................328

xxv
xxvi
New in version 5.1.1
The XDATA minor command of the PEEK major command and the OSPC immediate command have been
enhanced to extend reporting on statistics for the actual blocks in use within a data space allocation and
the amount of real storage, pageable and fixed, backing each data space.
For more information, see “DATA” on page 112 and “OSPC ” on page 270.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 xxvii

xxviii IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
New in version 5.1.0
Two new OMEGAMON for MV minor commands have been added in V5.1: PEEK LPAG and SYS RMLF.
The LPAG minor of PEEK displays large page usage for an address space. The metrics displayed are the
number of allocated large memory objects and the number of 1 MB pages backed in real storage. The
RMLF minor of SYS displays statistics for large frames and large pages.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 xxix

xxx IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 1. Command groupings
In this section, commands are organized by topic (exception analysis, hiperspace, paging, and so on) so
you can refresh your memory as to the proper spelling of a command or keyword. Each group consists
of brief descriptions of the commands and links to the complete descriptions, organized alphabetically by
command name.

Address space information commands

The commands in this group display information about a specified address space.
The commands are grouped as follows:
• “Address space block paging commands” on page 1
• “Address space CPU activity commands” on page 1
• “Address space enclave information commands” on page 2
• “Address space environment commands” on page 3
• “Address space identification commands” on page 3
• “Address space major commands” on page 3
• “Address space miscellaneous commands” on page 4
• “Address space storage activity commands” on page 5
• “Address space SRM activity commands” on page 4
• “Address space time information commands” on page 6

Address space block paging commands

“JBIA ” on page 209
Displays the number of blocks paged in from auxiliary storage.
“JBOA ” on page 210
Displays the number of blocks paged out to auxiliary storage.
“JPBI ” on page 213
Displays the number of blocked pages paged in from auxiliary storage.
“JPBO ” on page 213
Displays the number of blocked pages paged out to auxiliary storage.

Address space CPU activity commands

“CPGS” on page 99
Displays CPU page-seconds.
“CPU” on page 100
Displays TCB time for current job step or user session.
“CPU2” on page 100
Displays TCB time in seconds.
“CPUL” on page 101
Displays job step CPU time limit.
“DISP” on page 122
Displays dispatching algorithm in use for a job.
“DPRT” on page 128
Displays dispatching priority.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 1

 “DVCT” on page 138
Displays device connection time in seconds.
“IFAC” on page 199
Displays Series z Application Assist processor (zAAP) eligible time.
“IFAT” on page 199
Displays zAAP processor time.
“IFAX” on page 200
Displays TCB time in seconds.
“IIPC” on page 200
Displays System z® Integrated Information Processor (zIIP) eligible time.
“IIPE” on page 200
Displays enclave zIIP time.
“IIPP” on page 201
Displays owned enclaves zIIP time.
“IIPS” on page 201
Displays SRB time in seconds with a decimal fractional part.
“IIPT” on page 201
Displays zIIP processor time.
“JCAF ” on page 210
Displays CPU affinity.
“RCP% ” on page 302
Displays percentage of step CPU time used.
“SRB2 ” on page 372
Displays SRB time in seconds with a decimal fractional part.
“SRBT ” on page 373
Displays SRB time in whole seconds.
“TCP2 ” on page 398
Displays total CPU utilization in seconds.

Address space enclave information commands

“EDPP” on page 143
Displays dependent enclave percentage by owning address space.
“EDPT” on page 144
Displays dependent enclave time by owning address space.
“EIDP” on page 145
Displays CPU percentages for independent enclaves.
“EIDT” on page 146
Displays independent enclave time by owning address space.
“ETTP” on page 150
Displays CPU percentages for combined independent and dependent enclaves by owning address
space.
“ETTT” on page 151
Displays total enclave information time by owning address space.
“.INT” on page 204
Sets measurement interval for NCLV Major command statistical Minors.
“MCPUnn ” on page 240
Displays CPU utilization greater than nn% by address space and system-wide.
“NCLV ” on page 265
Collects performance data for all completed and active enclaves on the system.

2 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “SIFA” on page 361
Displays zAAP utilization greater than nn% by address space.
“SIIPnn” on page 362
Displays zIIPs utilization greater than nn% by address space.

Address space environment commands

“AENV” on page 52
Displays graphic display for a given user.
“TRACnn ” on page 408
Plots address space activity.

Address space identification commands

“ASID” on page 64
Displays address space ID in hex and decimal.
“.DMP” on page 123
Displays information at hex offset from ASCB or Unit Control Block.
“PROC ” on page 293
Displays procedure step name.

Address space major commands

“ALLJ” on page 54
Selects all address spaces in ASID order.
“BATJ” on page 69
Selects all initiators, active or not.
“BATL” on page 69
Selects batch jobs in logically swapped status.
“BATX” on page 69
Selects active batch jobs.
“BCPU” on page 70
Selects CPU dispatchable batch jobs.
“BIO” on page 71
Selects non-CPU dispatchable batch doing I/O.
“BSWP” on page 74
Selects batch jobs physically swapped out.
“BWAT” on page 74
Selects batch waiting (resident).
“JAS#nn ” on page 209
Selects address space with ASID=#nn.
“JCPU ” on page 210
Selects CPU dispatchable address spaces.
“JLSW ” on page 211
Selects address spaces in logically swapped status.
“JOBN cccccccc ” on page 211
Selects address space cccccccc.
“JPAG ” on page 212
Selects all address spaces waiting on a page operation.
“JRES ” on page 215
Selects resident address spaces.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 3

 “JSNAnn ” on page 215
Selects address spaces with dispatching number.
“JSNCnn ” on page 215
Selects CPU dispatchable address space with dispatching number.
“JSWP ” on page 216
Selects physically swapped address spaces.
“STCJ ” on page 376
Selects started task.
“STCL ” on page 376
Selects started tasks in logically swapped status.
“TSOJ ” on page 413
Selects TSO users logged on.
“TSOL ” on page 414
Selects TSO users in logically swapped status.
“TSOX ” on page 414
Selects TSO users in a transaction.

Address space miscellaneous commands

“ASTG” on page 65
Displays address space threshold group.
“CHAPnn” on page 78
Sets dispatch priority for an address space.
“IODP ” on page 204
Displays I/O dispatching priority.
“IOJ ” on page 205
Displays I/O count.
“JSTA ” on page 216
Displays job status.
“LGID ” on page 223
Displays TSO logon ID that submitted a job.
“QCB ” on page 297
Displays enqueues owned by address space.
“SWCT ” on page 389
Displays short wait count.
“SWPC ” on page 389
Displays transaction swap count.
“TRCT ” on page 411
Displays transaction count for swapped in address spaces.

Address space SRM activity commands

“JPCI ” on page 213
Displays address space common area page-ins.
“JPGS ” on page 213
Displays pages stolen from address space.
“JPUI ” on page 214
Displays address space page-ins.
“JPUO ” on page 214
Displays address space page-outs.

4 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “JRCM ” on page 214
Displays composite job recommendation value.
“SUAL ” on page 381
Displays total service units since the last swap-in.
“SUCP ” on page 384
Displays CPU service units since the last swap-in.
“SUIO ” on page 385
Displays I/O service units since the last swap-in.
“SUMS ” on page 386
Displays Main Storage Occupancy (MSO) service units.
“SUPR ” on page 386
Displays service units at beginning of period.
“SWPR ” on page 390
Displays swap reason.

Address space storage activity commands

“CSA” on page 102
Displays a job’s usage of CSA.
“DSPC” on page 135
Displays dataspace utilization by an address space.
“ECSA” on page 141
Displays a job’s usage of ECSA.
“ESQA” on page 149
Displays a job’s use of ESQA.
“FIXF” on page 165
Displays number of fixed frames for swapped-out user.
“FMCT” on page 167
Displays total frame count of a swapped in address space.
“FXFB” on page 176
Displays number of fixed frames in storage below the 16M line.
“FXFR” on page 177
Displays number of fixed frames in storage.
“LPAG” on page 227
Displays large page usage.
“LSQA ” on page 235
Displays LSQA (local system queue area) and ELSQA (extended local system queue area) statics.
“NVSC ” on page 266
Displays non-VIO slots held.
“SQA ” on page 370
Displays a job’s usage of SQA.
“TWSF ” on page 414
Displays target working set size in frames.
“TWSS ” on page 415
Displays target working set size in K (1024 bytes).
“VSC ” on page 424
Displays the number of VIO slots used by an address space on page data sets.
“WKST ” on page 428
Displays working set size in K.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 5

 “WSSI ” on page 430
Displays working set size at last swap in.

Address space time information commands

“ELAP” on page 147
Displays elapsed time for address space.
“THNK ” on page 400
Displays TSO think time (address space minor).
“TLTW ” on page 402
Displays time since last terminal wait.
“TMCP ” on page 403
Displays time since last CPU usage evaluation.
“TMIO ” on page 403
Displays time since last I/O usage evaluation.
“TMLA ” on page 403
Displays time since last analysis by SRM.
“TMLR ” on page 404
Displays length of the last transaction.
“TMPD ” on page 404
Displays time in current period.
“TMSW ” on page 404
Displays time since last swap.
“TMTR ” on page 404
Displays time in transaction.
“TMWL ” on page 405
Displays time since last evaluation by Workload Manager.
“WAIT ” on page 425
Displays the time an address space has been waiting.
“WATL ” on page 426
Displays step wait time limit.

Address space minor--authorized commands

“MCTL ” on page 243
Specifies CPU time limit for an address space.
“MNSW ” on page 250
Marks an address space specified on the major command nonswappable by the SRM.
“MSWP ” on page 259
Marks an address space specified on the major command swappable by the SRM.
“SWPI ” on page 390
Causes the SRM to swap in an address space.
“TADR ” on page 395
Displays the unit address for the terminal of a TSO user.
“TSNM ” on page 413
Displays the symbolic name of a TSO terminal.

APF authorization commands

“APFU” on page 57
Updates the Authorized Program Facility (APF) library list.

6 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “ALIBnn” on page 53
Displays the APF library names and volumes.

Applications tuning commands

“ICPU ” on page 194
Displays the CPU activity within an address space.
“INSP ” on page 202
Displays the sampling parameters and status of the applications tuning facility.
“MLIB ” on page 248
Specifies the INSP module libraries.

Authorized commands
The term authorized refers to certain sensitive or powerful commands that IBM® delivers with a security
level of 3. These commands can be accessed only by entering a password. All other commands are
delivered with a security level of 0.

Address space minor authorized commands

“MCTL ” on page 243
Specifies CPU time limit for an address space.
“MNSW ” on page 250
Marks an address space specified on the major command nonswappable by the SRM.
“MSWP ” on page 259
Marks an address space specified on the major command swappable by the SRM.
“SWPI ” on page 390
Causes the SRM to swap in an address space.
“TADR ” on page 395
Displays the unit address for the terminal of a TSO user.
“TSNM ” on page 413
Displays the symbolic name of a TSO terminal.

Collecting data about address spaces authorized commands

“PEEK ” on page 285
Collects information about a single address space.

Console-related authorized commands

“CONS” on page 97
Displays the console image for the specified console.
“CONU” on page 98
Locates the output buffer for an z/OS® operator console.
“OCMD ” on page 267
Issues z/OS and JES2 operator commands from an OMEGAMON terminal.
“RCMD ” on page 301
Routes z/OS and JES2 commands to a desired system in a Sysplex.

Data space and hiperspace storage authorized commands

“.DSA” on page 128
Sets and displays authorization to list or zap non-shareable data-only spaces.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 7

 “OSPC ” on page 270
Lists the attributes of the owner of a data-only space.
“SCHN ” on page 330
Scans data-only space control blocks for a string of data.
“SLST ” on page 362
Displays bytes of memory from data-only space storage.
“SSCN ” on page 374
Scans data-only space storage for the occurrence of a string of data.
“SZAP ” on page 392
Modifies the contents of data-only space storage.

Find users of a device authorized command

“FNDU” on page 169
Finds all users of a device.

Immediate miscellaneous authorized command

“MDEF ” on page 243
Defines names for addresses.

Program library facilities authorized commands

“ALIBnn” on page 53
Displays the APF library names and volumes.
“APFU” on page 57
Updates the Authorized Program Facility (APF) library list.

SEEK contention analysis authorized command

“SEEK ” on page 356
Displays DASD SEEK contention information for a specified device.

Storage display authorized commands

“MLST ” on page 248
Displays bytes of memory from the common area or the OMEGAMON private storage area.
“XMLS ” on page 453
Displays storage from z/OS address spaces.

Storage modification authorized commands

“MZAP ” on page 263
Modifies the contents of the common area or of the OMEGAMON private storage area.
“XMZP ” on page 456
Modifies another user’s private storage area.

Storage scan authorized commands

“MCHN ” on page 239
Scans tables in the common area or in the OMEGAMON private storage area for a string of data.
“MSCN ” on page 255
Scans storage for a string of data and displays the location.
“XMCH ” on page 451
Scans tables in the z/OS address space.

8 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “XMSC ” on page 454
Scans storage in the z/OS address space for a string of data.

Terminating an address space authorized command

“KILL ” on page 219
Terminates an address space.

Automatic screen facility commands

“/LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.
“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes.

Block paging commands

Address space
“JBIA ” on page 209
Displays the number of blocks paged in from auxiliary storage.
“JBOA ” on page 210
Displays the number of blocks paged out to auxiliary storage.
“JPBI ” on page 213
Displays the number of blocked pages paged in from auxiliary storage.
“JPBO ” on page 213
Displays the number of blocked pages paged out to auxiliary storage.

System operation information

“SBIA ” on page 322
Displays number of blocks moved in from auxiliary storage.
“SBTA ” on page 323
Displays number of blocks stolen and moved to auxiliary storage.
“SPIA ” on page 367
Displays number of blocked pages moved in from auxiliary storage.
“SSTA ” on page 375
Displays number of blocked pages stolen and moved to auxiliary storage.

Collecting data about address spaces--authorized commands

“PEEK ” on page 285
Collects information about a single address space.

Color options, setting

“.SCC ” on page 324
Sets display color or highlighting for text and commands by type.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 9

Console-related authorized commands
“CONS” on page 97
Displays the console image for the specified console.
“CONU” on page 98
Locates the output buffer for an z/OS operator console.
“OCMD ” on page 267
Issues z/OS and JES2 operator commands from an OMEGAMON terminal.
“RCMD ” on page 301
Routes z/OS and JES2 commands to a desired system in a Sysplex.

Control block display commands

“ASCBnn” on page 59
Dumps address space control block (ASCB) for ASID nn.
“ASMV” on page 64
Dumps Auxiliary Storage Manager Vector table.
“ASVT” on page 65
Dumps Address Space Vector Table.
“ASVT” on page 66
Displays status of Address Space Vector Table slots.
“ASXBnn” on page 66
Dumps address space extension block (ASXB) for ASID.
“CCT” on page 76
Dumps SRM CPU Management Control Table.
“CMCT” on page 93
Dumps Channel Measurement Control Table.
“CPMT” on page 100
Dumps Channel Path Measurement Table.
“CSD” on page 107
Dumps Common System Data area.
“CVT” on page 108
Dumps Communications Vector Table.
“DUMP” on page 137
Displays dumps of control blocks as specified by its minors.
“GDA” on page 179
Dumps Global Data Area.
“GVT ” on page 182
Dumps GRS Vector Table.
“ICHP ” on page 194
Dumps Installed channel path table.
“ICT ” on page 197
Dumps SRM I/O Management Control Table.
“LCCAnn ” on page 219
Dumps logical configuration communication area (LCCA) for processor nn.
“LSCT ” on page 234
Dumps logical swap control table.
“MCT ” on page 242
Dumps SRM Storage Management Control Table.

10 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “OUCBnn ” on page 271
Dumps SRM UCB for ASID nn.
“OUXBnn ” on page 273
Dumps SRM user extension block for ASID nn.
“PAREnn ” on page 278
Dumps ASM paging activity reference table entry nn.
“PART ” on page 279
Dumps ASM paging activity reference table.
“PCCAnn ” on page 281
Dumps physical configuration communication area nn.
“PSA” on page 294
Dumps Prefixed Storage Area for the processor specified.
“PVT ” on page 295
Dumps RSM Paging Vector Table.
“RABCnn ” on page 299
Dumps Real Storage Manager (RSM) address space block for ASID nn.
“RCE ” on page 301
Dumps RSM Control and Enumeration area.
“RCT ” on page 304
Dumps SRM Resource Control Table.
“RIT ” on page 309
Dumps RSM Internal Table.
“RMCA ” on page 312
Dumps SRM Control Area.
“RMCT ” on page 313
Dumps SRM Control Table.
“RMPT ” on page 313
Dumps SRM Parameter Table.
“SAREnn ” on page 321
Dumps Swap Activity Reference Table entry.
“SART ” on page 321
Dumps Swap Activity Reference Table.
“SCVT ” on page 354
Dumps Secondary Communication Vector Table.
“SPL ” on page 367
Dumps Service Priority List.
“WMST ” on page 428
Dumps SRM Workload Manager Specification Table.

Controlling automating features commands

Automatic screen facility

“/LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.
“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 11

Exception logging facility
“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.
“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes.
“/XLF OUT” on page 448
Sends exception logging facility (XLF) data to the printer.
“.XLFOUT ” on page 449
Sends Exception Logging Facility (XLF) data to the printer.

Timed screen facility commands

“/LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.
“.TSF ” on page 412
Displays and sets TSF (the Timed Screen Facility).

CPU activity commands, address space

“CPGS” on page 99
Displays CPU page-seconds.
“CPU” on page 100
Displays TCB time for current job step or user session.
“CPU2” on page 100
Displays TCB time in seconds.
“CPUL” on page 101
Displays job step CPU time limit.
“DISP” on page 122
Displays dispatching algorithm in use for a job.
“DPRT” on page 128
Displays dispatching priority.
“DVCT” on page 138
Displays device connection time in seconds.
“JCAF ” on page 210
Displays CPU affinity.
“RCP% ” on page 302
Displays the percentage of step CPU time used.
“SRB2 ” on page 372
Displays SRB time in seconds.
“SRB c ” on page 372
Displays contents of LSMQ, GSMQ, or SPL.
“SRBT ” on page 373
Displays SRB time in whole seconds.
“TCP2 ” on page 398
Displays total CPU utilization in seconds.

12 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
CPU activity commands, system
“HDSP” on page 183
Displays HiperDispatch statistics and status.
“LPAR” on page 228
Displays data about logical partitions and their management overhead.
“MCPUnn ” on page 240
Displays CPU utilization greater than nn% by address space and processor.
“SCPUnn ” on page 349
Displays address spaces using more than nn% CPU since the last OMEGAMON cycle.

CPU utilization immediate commands

“MCPUnn ” on page 240
Displays CPU utilization.
“SCPUnn ” on page 349
Displays address spaces using more than nn% CPU.
“SIFA” on page 361
Displays zAAP utilization greater than nn% by address space.
“SIIPnn” on page 362
Displays zIIP utilization greater than nn% by address space.

CSA analyzer commands

“CSAA” on page 104
Displays common storage area information.
“CSAF” on page 106
Displays and frees orphan storage blocks.

CSA analyzer-related exceptions

Job growth exception

“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes. (See items XJCA, XJCB, XJSA, and XJSB.)

Job usage exception

“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes. (See items XUCA, XUCB, XUSA, and XUSB.)

System growth exception

“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes. (See items XSCA, XSCB, XSSA, and XSSB.)

CSA analyzer-related minor commands

“CSA” on page 102
Displays a job’s usage of CSA (address space minor).
“CSA” on page 103
Displays common storage area (CSA) by subpool and protect key (minor of SYS).
“ECSA” on page 141
Displays a job’s usage of ECSA (address space minor).

Chapter 1. Command groupings 13

 “ECSA” on page 141
Displays extended common storage area (minor of SYS).
“ESQA” on page 149
Displays a job’s use of ESQA (address space minor).
“ESQA” on page 149
Displays system ESQA by subpool and protect key (minor of SYS).
“SQA ” on page 370
Displays a job’s usage of SQA (address space minor).
“SQA ” on page 370
Displays system SQA by subpool and protect key (minor of SYS).

Data set information immediate commands

“DSN” on page 133
Displays data set label information given DSN.
“LOC” on page 225
Displays all users of a specific data set.

Data space and hiperspace storage--authorized commands

“.DSA” on page 128
Sets and displays authorization to list and zap nonshareable data-only spaces.
“OSPC ” on page 270
Lists the attributes of the owner of a data-only space.
“SCHN ” on page 330
Scans data-only space control blocks for a string of data.
“SLST ” on page 362
Displays bytes of memory from data-only space storage.
“SSCN ” on page 374
Scans data-only space storage for the occurrence of a string of data.
“SZAP ” on page 392
Modifies the contents of data-only space storage.

Degradation analysis commands

See “DEXAN commands” on page 20.

Device information commands

Device listing commands

“DLST” on page 122
Lists all online and offline disks.
“.DMP” on page 123
Displays information at hex offset from ASCB or UCB.
“GLST ” on page 181
Lists esoteric and generic device names by device class.
“TLST ” on page 402
Selects all tape drives (online/offline).

14 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Disk information commands
“DADR” on page 111
Displays the unit address of the device.
“DALC” on page 112
Displays number of allocations to the device.
“DCAT” on page 114
Displays whether a device is static, installation-static, or dynamic.
“DEV” on page 119
Selects a device (disk or tape drive).
“DEVL” on page 119
Selects list of online disks by volser or unit address.
“DEVP” on page 120
Selects a list of online disks using patterns set with .SPT.
“DIO” on page 121
Displays EXCPs issued to a device (tape or disk).
“DIOQ” on page 122
Displays I/O queue length on the disk.
“DISK” on page 122
Selects online disks.
“DOPN” on page 123
Displays number of open DCBs and ACBs on the device.
“DPIN” on page 125
Displays whether a device (tape or disk) is pinned.
“DPLT” on page 125
Displays disk activity every nn milliseconds.
“DRES” on page 128
Displays device reserve count from this CPU.
“DSKB” on page 129
Selects busy disks.
“DSKC” on page 130
Selects disks with suspended channel programs.
“DSKE” on page 130
Selects permanently resident disks.
“DSKG” on page 130
Selects mass storage (MSS) virtual disks.
“DSKM” on page 130
Selects disks waiting on mounts.
“DSKN” on page 131
Selects disks with volsers that start with cc.
“DSKP” on page 131
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of PUBLIC.
“DSKQ” on page 131
Selects disks with I/O queue length of nn or more.
“DSKR” on page 132
Selects disks with a RESERVE currently issued from this CPU.
“DSKS” on page 132
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of STORAGE.
“DSKU” on page 132
Selects disks with UCBnames starting with xx.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 15

 “DSKV” on page 133
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of PRIVATE.
“DSTA” on page 136
Displays mount status.
“DTYP” on page 136
Displays device type (tape or disk).
“DUSR” on page 137
Displays current user of device (tape or disk).
“DVMP” on page 138
Displays unit control block (UCB) hex dump for disks.
“DVOL” on page 139
Displays volser of selected device (tape or disk).
“GDEV” on page 179
Lists devices with name cccccc.
“ICHP ” on page 194
Dumps installed channel path table.
“OCHP ” on page 267
Displays online channel paths for the disk.
“2305” on page 48
Displays 2305 disks.
“3330” on page 48
Displays 3330 disks.
“3340” on page 48
Displays 3340 disks.
“3350” on page 48
Displays 3350 disks.
“3375” on page 49
Displays 3375 disks.
“3380” on page 49
Displays 3380 disks.
“3390” on page 49
Displays 3390 disks.

Disk I/O information command

“XDEV ” on page 445
Displays device I/O information for disks.

Long-term device utilization commands

“CCHRxx” on page 75
Displays statistics about optical character readers.
“CCOMxx” on page 76
Displays statistics about communications devices.
“CCTCxx” on page 76
Displays statistics about channel-to-channel adapters.
“CDSKxx” on page 77
Displays statistics about disks.
“CGRAxx” on page 77
Displays statistics about graphics devices.

16 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “CHNP” on page 79
Displays statistics about long-term channel information.
“CONnnn” on page 96
Displays and sets thresholds for average device connect time.
“CTAPxx” on page 107
Displays statistics about magnetic tapes.
“CUR xx” on page 108
Displays statistics about unit record devices.
“DSCnnn” on page 129
Sets threshold for average device disconnect time.
“DUTnnn” on page 138
Sets threshold for average device utilization.
“EDSK cccccc” on page 145
Displays statistics about disk information.
“IOSnnn ” on page 206
Sets threshold for average IOS queue time.
“LCHRxxx ” on page 220
Displays statistics about optical character readers.

Tape information commands

“DCAT” on page 114
Displays whether a device is static, installation-static, or dynamic.
“DEV” on page 119
Selects a device (disk or tape drive).
“DIO” on page 121
Displays EXCPs issued to a device (tape or disk).
“DPIN” on page 125
Displays whether a device (tape or disk) is pinned.
“DPLT” on page 125
Displays disk activity every nn milliseconds.
“DTYP” on page 136
Displays device type (tape or disk).
“DUSR” on page 137
Displays current user of device (tape or disk).
“DVMP” on page 138
Displays unit control block (UCB) hex dump for disks.
“DVOL” on page 139
Displays volser of selected device (tape or disk).
“GDEV” on page 179
Lists devices with name cccccc.
“TAPE ” on page 395
Selects all online tape drives.
“TERP ” on page 398
Displays the number of permanent read/write errors for a tape drive.
“TERT ” on page 398
Displays the number of temporary read/write errors for a tape drive.
“TLBL ” on page 402
Displays type of label (SL, NL, NON-STD).

Chapter 1. Command groupings 17

 “TSEQ ” on page 411
Displays the file number being accessed on an open tape.
“TP16 ” on page 407
Selects 1600 BPI tape drives.
“TP38 ” on page 407
Selects 38000 BPI tape drives.
“TP62 ” on page 408
Selects 6250 BPI tape drives.
“TP7T ” on page 408
Selects 7-track tape drives.
“TP80 ” on page 408
Selects 800 BPI tape drives.
“TPAL ” on page 405
Selects allocated tape drives.
“TPBS ” on page 406
Selects busy tape drives.
“TPCU ” on page 406
Selects all online tapes.
“TPFR ” on page 406
Selects online and free tape drives.
“TPMT ” on page 406
Selects tape drives awaiting mounts.
“TPOF ” on page 407
Selects all offline tape drives.

Device listing commands

“DLST” on page 122
Lists all online and offline disks.
“.DMP” on page 123
Displays information at hex offset from ASCB or UCB.
“GLST ” on page 181
Lists esoteric and generic device names by device class.
“TLST ” on page 402
Selects all tape drives (online/offline).

Device utilization commands, long-term

Channel-to-channel adapter device class

“CCTCxx” on page 76
Displays statistics about channel connected CTC adapters.
“LCTCxxx ” on page 221
Displays statistics about LCU connected CTC adapters.
“SCTCxxx ” on page 352
Displays statistics about string nn CTC adapters.

Communications device class

“CCOMxx” on page 76
Displays statistics about channel connected communications devices.

18 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “SCOMxxx ” on page 349
Displays statistics about string nn communications devices.

Disks device class

“CDSKxx” on page 77
Displays statistics about disks.
“EDSK cccccc” on page 145
Displays statistics about disk information.
“LDSKxxx ” on page 222
Displays statistics about disks connected by LCU.
“PDSK cccccc ” on page 284
Displays statistics about disks by volser pattern.
“SDSKxxx ” on page 356
Displays statistics about disks.
“XDSK ” on page 446
Displays DASD devices which exceed certain thresholds.

Graphics device class

“CGRAxx” on page 77
Displays statistics about graphics devices.
“LGRAxxx ” on page 223
Displays statistics about graphics devices connected by LCU.

Magnetic device class

“CTAPxx” on page 107
Displays statistics about magnetic tapes.
“LTAPxxx ” on page 236
Displays statistics about magnetic tape.
“PTAP cccccc ” on page 295
Displays statistics about magnetic tape devices.

Miscellaneous device utilization commands

“CHNP” on page 79
Displays statistics about long-term channel information.
“CONnnn” on page 96
Displays and sets thresholds for average device connect time.
“DSCnnn” on page 129
Sets threshold for average device disconnect time.
“DUTnnn” on page 138
Sets threshold for average device utilization.
“IOSnnn ” on page 206
Sets threshold for average IOS queue time.
“LCOMxxx ” on page 220
Displays statistics about communications devices.
“LCU xxx xxx ” on page 221
Selects and supplies information about all devices attached to LCUs.
“PNDnnn ” on page 290
Sets threshold for average device pending time.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 19

 “STAT ” on page 376
Displays statistical data collected from RMF.

Optical character reader device class

“CCHRxx” on page 75
Displays statistics about optical character readers.
“LCHRxxx ” on page 220
Displays statistics about optical character readers.
“SCHRxxx ” on page 331
Displays statistics about optical character readers.

Unit record device class

“CUR xx” on page 108
Displays statistics about unit record devices.
“LUR xxx ” on page 237
Displays statistics about unit record devices.

DEXAN commands
“ADELnn” on page 51
Removes job nn or job name from DEXAN analysis.
“ALST” on page 54
Displays jobs being analyzed by DEXAN.
“ASEL” on page 59
Selects a job for DEXAN analysis and begins monitoring.
“BEGN” on page 70
Starts DEXAN data collector.
“BLST” on page 71
List collection buckets for display.
“BOFaaa” on page 73
Removes DEXAN collection bucket aaa from the display.
“BONaaa” on page 73
Selects DEXAN collection bucket aaa for display.
“CENQ” on page 77
Controls enqueue analysis.
“CLRnnn” on page 80
Resets the DEXAN data collector counters.
“CNTAnn” on page 95
Displays counts of wait reasons for DEXAN slot number nn.
“CNTJnn” on page 95
Displays counts of wait reasons for DEXAN slot number or job name.
“CNTS” on page 96
Displays counts of DEXAN wait reasons system wide.
“DEX” on page 120
Displays information about the status of the DEXAN data collector.
“IPRO ” on page 206
Generates the Workload Impact Profile.
“MONJnn ” on page 252
Selects a job for DEXAN monitoring.

20 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “NUMAnnn ” on page 265
Sets maximum number of address spaces for analysis with DEXAN.
“PCTAnn ” on page 282
Displays wait reasons by percentage for job nn.
“PCTJnn ” on page 283
Displays wait reasons by percentage for job nn or job name.
“PCTS ” on page 283
Displays a percentage listing of DEXAN wait reasons system wide.
“PLTAnn ” on page 288
Displays a plot of job degradation analysis data for DEXAN slot number.
“PLTJnn ” on page 289
Displays a plot of job degradation analysis data for DEXAN slot number or job name.
“PLTS ” on page 290
Plots DEXAN wait reasons system wide.
“RESM ” on page 309
Restarts the DEXAN data collector.
“STIMnn ” on page 379
Sets the sampling interval for data collection.
“SUSP ” on page 387
Suspends the data collector.
“SYNC ” on page 391
Synchronizes the CLR interval with the RMF interval.
“THRS ” on page 401
Limits plot output to the most important DEXAN wait reasons.
See also “Impact analysis command” on page 26.

Disk information commands

“DADR” on page 111
Displays the unit address of the device.
“DALC” on page 112
Displays number of allocations to the device.
“DCAT” on page 114
Displays whether a device is static, installation-static, or dynamic.
“DEV” on page 119
Selects a device (disk or tape drive).
“DEVL” on page 119
Selects list of online disks by volser or unit address.
“DEVP” on page 120
Selects a list of online disks using patterns set with .SPT.
“DIO” on page 121
Displays EXCPs issued to a device (tape or disk).
“DIOQ” on page 122
Displays I/O queue length on the disk.
“DISK” on page 122
Selects online disks.
“DOPN” on page 123
Displays number of open DCBs and ACBs on the device.
“DPIN” on page 125
Displays whether a device (tape or disk) is pinned.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 21

 “DPLT” on page 125
Displays disk activity every nn milliseconds.
“DRES” on page 128
Displays device reserve count from this CPU.
“DSKB” on page 129
Selects busy disks.
“DSKC” on page 130
Selects disks with suspended channel programs.
“DSKE” on page 130
Selects permanently resident disks.
“DSKG” on page 130
Selects mass storage (MSS) virtual disks.
“DSKM” on page 130
Selects disks waiting on mounts.
“DSKN” on page 131
Selects disks with volsers that start with cc.
“DSKP” on page 131
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of PUBLIC.
“DSKQ” on page 131
Selects disks with I/O queue length of nn or more.
“DSKR” on page 132
Selects disks with a RESERVE currently issued from this CPU.
“DSKS” on page 132
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of STORAGE.
“DSKU” on page 132
Selects disks with UCBnames starting with xx.
“DSKV” on page 133
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of PRIVATE.
“DSTA” on page 136
Displays mount status.
“DTYP” on page 136
Displays device type (tape or disk).
“DUSR” on page 137
Displays current user of device (tape or disk).
“DVMP” on page 138
Displays unit control block (UCB) hex dump for disks.
“DVOL” on page 139
Displays volser of selected device (tape or disk).
“GDEV” on page 179
Lists devices with name cccccc.
“ICHP ” on page 194
Dumps installed channel path table.
“OCHP ” on page 267
Displays online channel paths for the disk.
“3330” on page 48
Displays 3330 disks.
“3340” on page 48
Displays 3340 disks.
“3350” on page 48
Displays 3350 disks.

22 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “3375” on page 49
Displays 3375 disks.
“3380” on page 49
Displays 3380 disks.
“3390” on page 49
Displays 3390 disks.

Disk I/O information command

“XDEV ” on page 445
Displays device I/O information for disks.

Disk space immediate command

“SVOL cccccc ” on page 388
Displays available space on disk.

Enqueue information immediate commands

“WHO ” on page 426
Displays all holders and requestors of a specific enqueue.
“XQCB ” on page 457
Displays enqueue conflicts and RESERVEs.

Exception analysis commands

Controlling groups
“XGSW ” on page 447
Sets exception group switch settings.

Defining exception characteristics

“GDFN” on page 180
Defines or lists exception groups for exception analysis.
“LEXC ” on page 223
Sets order of exceptions for exception analysis sampling.
“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes.
“XTXT ” on page 463
Specifies the message to display on cycles when no exceptions have tripped.

Defining groups or mask entries for monitoring

“ASG” on page 60
Displays or modifies address space threshold groups.
“CHNM” on page 78
Displays or sets the channel path mask.
“CPUM” on page 101
Displays or sets the CPU mask for missing CPU exception analysis.
“MTA ” on page 259
Displays or modifies the missing task table.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 23

Starting exception analysis
“EXSY” on page 154
Invokes exception analysis for all exceptions.
“XAS ” on page 445
Invokes exception analysis for address space exceptions.
“XGRP ” on page 447
Invokes exception analysis for the specified exception group.

Summarizing exception activity

“XSUM ” on page 461
Displays a summary of exceptions and their current status.
“XTRP ” on page 462
Displays a summary of tripped exceptions for a group.

Exception logging facility command

“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.
“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes.
“.XLFOUT ” on page 449
Sends Exception Logging Facility (XLF) data to the printer.

Exceptions command, setting

“XACB ” on page 431
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes.

Find users of a device authorized commands

“FNDU” on page 169
Finds all users of a device.

Frame information system commands

“DFRS” on page 121
Displays number of deferred frame allocations.
“FAFQ” on page 155
Displays total frames on the RSM available frame queue.
“FAVL” on page 155
Displays total available frames.
“FBDF” on page 155
Displays Bottom Double (BDF) RSM internal queue frames.
“FBLD” on page 156
Displays BLDL list frames.
“FCOM” on page 156
Displays common area frames.
“FCSA” on page 156
Displays Common Service Area (CSA) frames.
“FDFF” on page 157
Displays RSM internal deferred FREEMAIN queue frames.

24 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
“FDRF” on page 157
Displays the number of DREF frames in real storage.
“FDSM” on page 157
Displays storage being used by the system for data space management.
“FDSP” on page 158
Displays real storage in use by data spaces.
“FECM” on page 158
Displays extended common area frames.
“FECS” on page 158
Displays extended Common Storage Area (CSA) frames.
“FEFL” on page 159
Displays extended Fixed Link Pack Area (FLPA) frames.
“FELS” on page 159
Displays extended Local System Queue Area (LSQA) frames.
“FEML” on page 159
Displays extended Modified Link Pack Area (MLPA) frames.
“FEPL” on page 160
Displays extended Pageable Link Pack Area (PLPA) frames.
“FEPV” on page 160
Displays extended private area frames.
“FERO” on page 160
Displays extended read-only nucleus frames.
“FERW” on page 161
Displays extended read/write nucleus frames.
“FESQ” on page 161
Displays extended SQA frames.
“FFLP” on page 161
Displays Fixed Link Pack Area (FLPA) frames.
“FFLW” on page 162
Displays RSM internal flawed frames.
“FHSA” on page 164
Displays hardware system area (HSA) frames.
“FIDA” on page 164
Displays RSM internal IDA frames.
“FLSQ” on page 166
Displays Local System Queue Area (LSQA) frames.
“FMLP” on page 167
Displays Modified Link Pack Area (MLPA) frames.
“FOFL” on page 170
Displays offline frames.
“FPLP” on page 171
Displays Pageable Link Pack Area (PLPA) frames.
“FPVT” on page 171
Displays private area frames.
“FRON” on page 172
Displays read-only nucleus frames.
“FRWN” on page 172
Displays read/write nucleus frames.
“FSBF” on page 172
Displays RSM internal SDUMP buffer frames.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 25

 “FSQA” on page 173
Displays SQA frames.
“FSRS” on page 173
Displays RSM internal SQA reserve queue frames.
“FSYS” on page 173
Displays system area frames.
“FTDF” on page 174
Displays RSM internal top double (TDF) queue frames.
“FTOT” on page 174
Displays total frames.
“FUNI” on page 174
Displays RSM internal uninitialized frames.
“FUNQ” on page 175
Displays RSM internal unqueued frames.
“FVIO” on page 175
Displays RSM internal VIO frames.
“FVR” on page 175
Displays Virtual=Real (V=R) frames.
“FVRW” on page 176
Displays RSM internal frames waiting for V=R memory.
“FVV” on page 176
Displays Virtual=Virtual (V=V) frames.

Hiperspace commands
“HSPI ” on page 186
Displays the rate or difference in the number of Hiperspace pages paged-in.
“HSPM ” on page 186
Displays the rate or difference in the total number of Hiperspace pages paged-in/out.
“HSPO ” on page 187
Displays the rate or difference in the number of Hiperspace pages paged-out.

Impact analysis command

Default settings, customizing

“IACL[nn] ” on page 189
Sets the interval at which the long-term buckets for Impact Analysis are reset.
“IACS[nn] ” on page 189
Sets the interval at which the short-term buckets for Impact Analysis are cleared.
“IANC[nn] ” on page 190
Sets the maximum number of workloads that can be monitored with Impact Analysis.
“IANQ ” on page 192
Sets the enqueue sampling interval as a multiple of the normal sampling interval for Impact Analysis.
“IAST[nn] ” on page 193
Specifies the sampling interval for Impact Analysis.
“IATH[nn] ” on page 193
Determines the number of contenders shown on the IANL display.
“IATO ” on page 193
Specifies how long the Impact Analysis collector remains active.

26 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Impact analysis functions, controlling
“IANL ” on page 190
Controls Impact Analysis functions.

Timeout facility, modifying

“IATO ” on page 193
Specifies how long the Impact Analysis collector remains active.

Workload impact profile, generating

“IPRO ” on page 206
Generates the Workload Impact Profile.
See also “DEXAN commands” on page 20.

INFO-line and immediate commands

“..␢␢” on page 47
Clears rest of screen (␢ indicates a blank).
“====” on page 47
Draws a separator line across the screen.
“/ATTN” on page 67
Emulates the PA1 key.
“/AUP” on page 67
Controls automatic update mode.
“.AUP” on page 68
Controls automatic update mode.
“/BOTTOM” on page 74
Scrolls to the bottom of the logical screen.
“.CN” on page 94
Controls the specified secondary console in dedicated mode.
“/D” on page 111
See /DOWN.
“.D” on page 111
Deletes the specified number of lines on the physical screen.
“/DCL” on page 114
Deletes all comment lines on the screen.
“.DCL” on page 115
Deletes all comment lines following its entry line.
“.DD” on page 115
Deletes a block of data.
“/DEF” on page 117
Inhibits automatic updating to allow screen space definition.
“.DEF” on page 117
Inhibits automatic updating to allow screen space definition.
“DELT” on page 118
Deletes a screen space from main storage.
“DING” on page 121
Forces the terminal bell (audible signal) to sound.
“/DOWN or /D” on page 124
Scrolls down the specified number of lines.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 27

 “.DSE” on page 129
Displays the status of stacked screens.
“.EXM” on page 152
Lists and executes all minor commands for the preceding major command.
“.EXP” on page 153
Displays product expiration date.
“.FGO” on page 162
Fetches screen space cccccccc.
“GSCL ” on page 182
Changes the plot scale defaults.
“/H ” on page 183
See /HELP.
“/HELP or /H ” on page 185
Describes HELP facilities.
“/HOLD ” on page 185
Controls the execution of OMEGAMON commands.
“.I ” on page 189
Inserts nn blank lines.
“.ILC ” on page 201
Displays INFO-line commands or their help text.
“/LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“.LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“LSCR ” on page 234
Loads screen space members from the screen library to main storage.
“.MFY ” on page 245
Simulates the z/OS MODIFY command.
“.MIN ” on page 246
Lists all minor commands for the preceding major command.
“.MJ ” on page 246
Lists all major and immediate OMEGAMON commands.
“.MJC ” on page 247
Lists all major commands.
“.MJI ” on page 248
Lists all immediate commands.
“.MMA ” on page 250
Lists all major commands for a minor command.
“.MOD ” on page 251
Shows OMEGAMON module names and addresses.
“.NXE ” on page 266
Controls display of exceptions.
“/O ” on page 267
Prints the existing OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG.
“/P ” on page 275
See /PRINT.
“.PCS ” on page 282
Displays OMEGAMON program check statistics.
“.PFK ” on page 286
Displays or resets command mode function key definitions.

28 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
“/PRINT or /P ” on page 292
Prints the current logical screen.
“.PRM ” on page 293
Displays current values of the OMEGAMON startup command parameters.
“.PRT ” on page 294
Prints the specified portion of the screen to the REPORT file.
“/PWD ” on page 296
Specifies an OMEGAMON password or reauthorizes a session.
“.R ” on page 299
Repeats the last major command with all following minors.
“.RC ” on page 300
Repeats the last major command and all following minors.
“RENM ” on page 306
Renames a screen space.
“/REP ” on page 306
Replaces the existing saved screen space of the same name.
“.REP ” on page 307
Displays and sets printer characteristics for the REPORT file.
“/RESHOW ” on page 309
Redisplays the previously saved version of the current screen space.
“.RTN ” on page 318
Terminates an ASF or TSF sequence.
“/S ” on page 321
See /SAVE.
“/SAVE or /S ” on page 322
Saves the specified new screen space.
“SCRN ” on page 350
Lists screen space member names.
“.SGO ” on page 359
Fetches the specified screen space on the next cycle.
“.SMF ” on page 363
Displays information about SMF data sets and exits.
“.SPT ” on page 369
Assigns a number to a pattern value.
“/STK ” on page 380
Saves and stacks the current screen output for later recall.
“/STOP ” on page 381
Stops OMEGAMON.
“STOP ” on page 381
Stops OMEGAMON.
“/TOP ” on page 405
Scrolls to the top of the logical screen.
“.TSF ” on page 412
Displays and sets TSF (the Timed Screen Facility).
“/U ” on page 417
See /UP.
“/UP or /U ” on page 418
Scrolls up the specified number of lines.
“.VAR ” on page 419
Sets, displays, or deletes variables.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 29

 “.VTM ” on page 424
Displays terminal ID and session information for all users logged on to OMEGAMON in VTAM® mode.
“.WAT ” on page 426
Waits nn seconds before executing all following commands.
“/XLF OUT” on page 448
Sends exception logging facility (XLF) data to the printer.
“.XLFOUT ” on page 449
Sends Exception Logging Facility (XLF) data to the printer.
“.XLG ” on page 449
Displays and sets printer characteristics for the Exception Logging Facility.
“.ZAP ” on page 464
Displays maintenance ZAPs applied.
“/ZOOM ” on page 464
Invokes navigational zoom feature using the cursor as a pointer.

Logging OMEGAMON output commands

“/LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“.LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“OUTP ” on page 271
Controls the characteristics of log files.
“/XLF OUT” on page 448
Sends exception logging facility (XLF) data to the printer.
“.XLFOUT ” on page 449
Sends Exception Logging Facility (XLF) data to the printer.
“.XLG ” on page 449
Displays and sets printer characteristics for the Exception Logging Facility.

LPA modules immediate command

“FMOD” on page 167
Finds entry point of module in link pack area.

Operational commands
See “INFO-line and immediate commands” on page 27.

Operational parameters, setting

“.SET ” on page 357
Sets and displays operation control parameters.

Page data set information commands

“PADR ” on page 275
Displays unit address of page data sets.
“PAER ” on page 275
Displays error count of page data sets.
“PANI ” on page 276
Displays number of IORBs built for page data sets.

30 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “PAR2 ” on page 276
Displays the second-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR3 ” on page 276
Displays the third-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR4 ” on page 276
Displays the fourth-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR5 ” on page 277
Displays the fifth-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR6 ” on page 277
Displays the sixth-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR7 ” on page 277
Displays the seventh-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR8 ” on page 278
Displays the eighth-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PAR9 ” on page 278
Displays the ninth-level qualifier of a page data set name.
“PART ” on page 279
Selects page data sets.
“PAS% ” on page 279
Displays percent full for page data sets.
“PAST ” on page 280
Displays status of page data sets.
“PASZ ” on page 280
Displays size of page data sets in slots.
“PATM ” on page 280
Displays average page I/O time in milliseconds for page data sets.
“PATP ” on page 281
Displays type of page data set.
“PAVL ” on page 281
Displays available slots for page data sets.
“PAVS ” on page 281
Displays volume serial of DASD.
“PDVT ” on page 284
Displays device type of the page data set.
“PSIO ” on page 295
Displays total SIOs issued for page data set.
“PXFR ” on page 296
Displays total pages transferred for page data set.

Paging information commands

Multiplot commands
“MPAGnn ” on page 253
Displays paging rates by address space, performance group, and page data set > nn pages/second.
“MPGInn ” on page 254
Displays page-ins by address space, performance group, and page data set > nn page-ins/second.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 31

System commands
“SPAL ” on page 366
Displays the rate of total paging per second.
“SPC ” on page 366
Displays the rate of common area paging.
“SPCI ” on page 366
Displays the rate of common area page-ins.
“SPS ” on page 368
Displays the rate of system area paging.
“SPSV ” on page 368
Displays the rate of system VIO paging.
“SPWS ” on page 370
Displays the rate of swap paging.

Plot scale command

“GSCL ” on page 182
Changes the plot scale defaults.

Print output options commands

“COPY” on page 98
Specifies the number of copies to print.
“DDNM” on page 115
Directs the output to a particular ddname.
“DEST” on page 118
Specifies the destination that is to receive the output.
“DSTU” on page 136
Specifies the destination user ID to receive a report.
“FOLD” on page 170
Changes lowercase characters to uppercase.
“FORM” on page 171
Specifies the name of the form on which to print.
“/HOLD ” on page 185
Controls the execution of OMEGAMON commands.
“ID1 ” on page 197
Requests separator pages and page headers that identify output from different OMEGAMON sessions.
“ID2 ” on page 198
Defines up to 16 characters on the left of separator page.
“ID3 ” on page 198
Defines up to 16 characters in the center of separator page.
“ID4 ” on page 199
Defines up to 16 characters on the right of the separator page.
“LNCT ” on page 225
Sets the number of lines per page for the REPORT or XLFLOG file output.
“OUTP ” on page 271
Controls the characteristics of log files.
“SOUT ” on page 365
Removes control from a sequential data set and directs it to the specified SYSOUT class.

32 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Profile maintenance commands
“IPRF ” on page 206
Saves or deletes the installation-defined default profile.
“PPRF ” on page 292
Saves, deletes, comments, or lists the user’s session profile.

Program library facilities--authorized commands

“ALIBnn” on page 53
Displays the APF library names and volumes.
“APFU” on page 57
Updates the Authorized Program Facility (APF) library list.
“LPAM ” on page 228
Lists directory members in the link pack area.

SEEK contention analysis authorized commands

“SEEK ” on page 356
Displays DASD SEEK contention information for a specified device.

Session control and display options

“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.

SRM activity commands, address space

“JPCI ” on page 213
Displays address space common area page-ins.
“JPGS ” on page 213
Displays pages stolen from address space.
“JPUI ” on page 214
Displays address space page-ins.
“JPUO ” on page 214
Displays address space page-outs.
“JRCM ” on page 214
Displays composite job recommendation value.
“SUAL ” on page 381
Displays total service units since the last swap-in.
“SUCP ” on page 384
Displays CPU service units since the last swap-in.
“SUIO ” on page 385
Displays I/O service units since the last swap-in.
“SUMS ” on page 386
Displays Main Storage Occupancy (MSO) service units.
“SUPR ” on page 386
Displays service units at beginning of period.
“SWPR ” on page 390
Displays swap reason.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 33

SRM information commands
“CPGR” on page 99
Displays common area page-in rate.
“CWSS” on page 109
Displays common area target working set size in frames.
“LUIC ” on page 236
Displays unreferenced interval count and threshold for logical swap think time adjustment.
“RBEL ” on page 300
Displays percent of real storage below 16M fixed.
“RCPU ” on page 303
Displays CPU utilization.
“RCT ” on page 304
Provides title line.
“RCTA ” on page 304
Displays current SRM averages.
“RCTH ” on page 305
Displays current SRM high thresholds.
“RCTI ” on page 305
Displays number of samples.
“RCTL ” on page 306
Displays current SRM low thresholds.
“RPAG ” on page 316
Displays page fault rate.
“RREA ” on page 317
Displays percent of total real storage fixed.
“RTPG ” on page 319
Displays total paging rate.
“RTPI ” on page 319
Displays percent of I/O interrupts handled via TPI.
“RUIC ” on page 320
Displays unreferenced interval count.
“THNK ” on page 401
Displays system think time for logical swapping.

Storage activity commands, address space

“CSA” on page 102
Displays a job’s usage of CSA.
“DSPC” on page 135
Displays dataspace utilization (in pages) by an address space.
“ECSA” on page 141
Displays a job’s usage of ECSA.
“ESQA” on page 149
Displays a job’s use of ESQA.
“FIXF” on page 165
Displays number of fixed frames for swapped-out user.
“FMCT” on page 167
Displays total frame count of a swapped in address space.

34 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “FXFB” on page 176
Displays number of fixed frames in storage below the 16M line.
“FXFR” on page 177
Displays number of fixed frames in storage.
“NVSC ” on page 266
Displays non-VIO slots held.
“SQA ” on page 370
Displays a job’s usage of SQA.
“TWSF ” on page 414
Displays target working set size in frames.
“TWSS ” on page 415
Displays target working set size in K (1024 bytes).
“VSC ” on page 424
Displays the number of VIO slots used by an address space on page data sets.
“WKST ” on page 428
Displays working set size in K.
“WSSI ” on page 430
Displays working set size at last swap in.

Storage display authorized commands

“MLST ” on page 248
Displays bytes of memory from the common area or the OMEGAMON private storage area.
“XMLS ” on page 453
Displays storage from z/OS address spaces.

Storage modification authorized commands

“MZAP ” on page 263
Modifies the contents of the common area or of the OMEGAMON private storage area.
“XMZP ” on page 456
Modifies another user’s private storage area.

Storage scan authorized commands

“MCHN ” on page 239
Scans tables in the common area or in the OMEGAMON private storage area for a string of data.
“MSCN ” on page 255
Scans storage for a string of data and displays the location.
“XMCH ” on page 451
Scans tables in the z/OS address space.
“XMSC ” on page 454
Scans storage in the z/OS address space for a string of data.

Swap count system commands

“SCAL ” on page 323
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs in pages/second.
“SCDW ” on page 329
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to detected waits in pages/second.
“SCEX ” on page 329
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to exchange swaps in pages/second.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 35

 “SCLF ” on page 343
Displays the rate of attempted logical swaps.
“SCLS ” on page 343
Displays the rate of logical swap-outs.
“SCLW ” on page 343
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to long waits.
“SCNQ ” on page 347
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to enqueue swaps.
“SCRQ ” on page 351
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to request swaps.
“SCRS ” on page 351
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to RSM swaps.
“SCTI ” on page 353
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to terminal input swaps.
“SCTO ” on page 353
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to terminal output swaps.
“SCTS ” on page 353
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to TRANSWAP swaps.
“SCUS ” on page 354
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to unilateral swaps.
“SCXS ” on page 354
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to ASM swaps.

System information immediate commands

“HDSP” on page 183
Displays details of logical processor utilization and status for HiperDispatch.
“LPAR” on page 228
Displays data about logical partitions and their management overhead.

System operation information commands

Block paging commands
“SBIA ” on page 322
Displays number of blocks moved in from auxiliary storage.
“SBTA ” on page 323
Displays number of blocks stolen and moved to auxiliary storage.
“SPIA ” on page 367
Displays number of blocked pages moved in from auxiliary storage.
“SSTA ” on page 375
Displays number of blocked pages stolen and moved to auxiliary storage.

Frame information commands

“DFRS” on page 121
Displays number of deferred frame allocations.
“FAFQ” on page 155
Displays total frames on the RSM available frame queue.
“FAVL” on page 155
Displays total available frames.

36 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
“FBDF” on page 155
Displays Bottom Double (BDF) RSM internal queue frames.
“FBLD” on page 156
Displays BLDL list frames.
“FCOM” on page 156
Displays common area frames.
“FCSA” on page 156
Displays Common Service Area (CSA) frames.
“FDFF” on page 157
Displays RSM internal deferred FREEMAIN queue frames.
“FDRF” on page 157
Displays the number of DREF frames in real storage.
“FDSM” on page 157
Displays storage being used by the system for data space management.
“FDSP” on page 158
Displays real storage in use by data spaces.
“FECM” on page 158
Displays extended common area frames.
“FECS” on page 158
Displays extended Common Storage Area (CSA) frames.
“FEFL” on page 159
Displays extended Fixed Link Pack Area (FLPA) frames.
“FELS” on page 159
Displays extended Local System Queue Area (LSQA) frames.
“FEML” on page 159
Displays extended Modified Link Pack Area (MLPA) frames.
“FEPL” on page 160
Displays extended Pageable Link Pack Area (PLPA) frames.
“FEPV” on page 160
Displays extended private area frames.
“FERO” on page 160
Displays extended read-only nucleus frames.
“FERW” on page 161
Displays extended read/write nucleus frames.
“FESQ” on page 161
Displays extended SQA frames.
“FFLP” on page 161
Displays Fixed Link Pack Area (FLPA) frames.
“FFLW” on page 162
Displays RSM internal flawed frames.
“FHSA” on page 164
Displays hardware system area (HSA) frames.
“FIDA” on page 164
Displays RSM internal IDA frames.
“FLSQ” on page 166
Displays Local System Queue Area (LSQA) frames.
“FMLP” on page 167
Displays Modified Link Pack Area (MLPA) frames.
“FOFL” on page 170
Displays offline frames.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 37

 “FPLP” on page 171
Displays Pageable Link Pack Area (PLPA) frames.
“FPVT” on page 171
Displays private area frames.
“FRON” on page 172
Displays read-only nucleus frames.
“FRWN” on page 172
Displays read/write nucleus frames.
“FSBF” on page 172
Displays RSM internal SDUMP buffer frames.
“FSQA” on page 173
Displays SQA frames.
“FSRS” on page 173
Displays RSM internal SQA reserve queue frames.
“FSYS” on page 173
Displays system area frames.
“FTDF” on page 174
Displays RSM internal top double (TDF) queue frames.
“FTOT” on page 174
Displays total frames.
“FUNI” on page 174
Displays RSM internal uninitialized frames.
“FUNQ” on page 175
Displays RSM internal unqueued frames.
“FVIO” on page 175
Displays RSM internal VIO frames.
“FVR” on page 175
Displays Virtual=Real (V=R) frames.
“FVRW” on page 176
Displays RSM internal frames waiting for V=R memory.
“FVV” on page 176
Displays Virtual=Virtual (V=V) frames.

Hiperspace commands
“HSPI ” on page 186
Displays the rate or difference in the number of Hiperspace pages paged-in.
“HSPM ” on page 186
Displays the rate or difference in the total number of Hiperspace pages paged-in/out.
“HSPO ” on page 187
Displays the rate or difference in the number of Hiperspace pages paged-out.

Miscellaneous system information minor commands

“ALIBnn” on page 53
Displays the APF library names and volumes.
“ASVT” on page 66
Displays status of Address Space Vector Table slots.
“CPID” on page 99
Displays CPU ID.

38 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “ENV” on page 148
Displays system environmental information.
“LLT ” on page 224
Displays link list libraries and their APF-authorization status.
“LPAT ” on page 233
Displays list of libraries concatenated to SYS1.LPALIB.
“LSFR ” on page 234
Displays number of real frames allocated to logically swapped address spaces.
“LSNW ” on page 235
Displays number of logically swapped address spaces due to non-terminal waits.
“PPT ” on page 292
Displays a list of programs in the Program Properties Table.
“RMSU” on page 313
Displays 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU (Millions of Service Units per hour) information
“SMPP ” on page 365
Displays average time to transfer a swap page in milliseconds.
“SQDC ” on page 372
Displays SQA deficit count.
“SQRV ” on page 372
Displays number of times SQA reserve pool used.
“SRB c ” on page 372
Displays contents of LSMQ, GSMQ, or SPL.
“SVC nnn,m ” on page 387
Displays address of SVC.
“SVCXxx,m ” on page 388
Displays address of SVC.

Paging commands
“PART ” on page 279
Selects page data sets.
“SPAL ” on page 366
Displays the rate of total paging per second.
“SPC ” on page 366
Displays the rate of common area paging.
“SPCI ” on page 366
Displays the rate of common area page-ins.
“SPS ” on page 368
Displays the rate of system area paging.
“SPSV ” on page 368
Displays the rate of system VIO paging.
“SPWS ” on page 370
Displays the rate of swap paging.

SRM information commands

“CPGR” on page 99
Displays common area page-in rate.
“CWSS” on page 109
Displays common area target working set size in frames.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 39

 “LUIC ” on page 236
Displays unreferenced interval count and threshold for logical swap think time adjustment.
“RBEL ” on page 300
Displays percent of real storage below 16M fixed.
“RCPU ” on page 303
Displays CPU utilization.
“RCT ” on page 304
Provides title line.
“RCTA ” on page 304
Displays current SRM averages.
“RCTH ” on page 305
Displays current SRM high thresholds.
“RCTI ” on page 305
Displays number of samples.
“RCTL ” on page 306
Displays current SRM low thresholds.
“RPAG ” on page 316
Displays page fault rate.
“RREA ” on page 317
Displays percent of total real storage fixed.
“RTPG ” on page 319
Displays total paging rate.
“RTPI ” on page 319
Displays percent of I/O interrupts handled via TPI.
“RUIC ” on page 320
Displays unreferenced interval count.
“THNK ” on page 401
Displays system think time for logical swapping.

Swap count commands

“SCAL ” on page 323
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs in pages/second.
“SCDW ” on page 329
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to detected waits in pages/second.
“SCEX ” on page 329
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to exchange swaps in pages/second.
“SCLF ” on page 343
Displays the rate of attempted logical swaps.
“SCLS ” on page 343
Displays the rate of logical swap-outs.
“SCLW ” on page 343
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to long waits.
“SCNQ ” on page 347
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to enqueue swaps.
“SCRQ ” on page 351
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to request swaps.
“SCRS ” on page 351
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to RSM swaps.

40 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “SCTI ” on page 353
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to terminal input swaps.
“SCTO ” on page 353
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to terminal output swaps.
“SCTS ” on page 353
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to TRANSWAP swaps.
“SCUS ” on page 354
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to unilateral swaps.
“SCXS ” on page 354
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to ASM swaps.

System information major command

“SYS ” on page 392
Displays general system information.

System storage commands

“CSA” on page 103
Displays common storage area (CSA) by subpool and protect key.
“CSAR” on page 106
Displays the users of CSA real storage by storage protect key.
“ECSA” on page 141
Displays extended common storage area (ECSA).
“ESQA” on page 149
Displays ESQA by subpool and protect key.
“RMLF” on page 310
Displays statistics for real memory large frames.
“RMAP ” on page 311
Displays map of real memory.
“SQA ” on page 370
Displays SQA by subpool and protect key.
“VMAP ” on page 423
Displays map of z/OS virtual storage.

System storage commands

“CSA” on page 103
Displays common storage area (CSA) by subpool and protect key.
“CSAR” on page 106
Displays the users of CSA real storage by storage protect key.
“ECSA” on page 141
Displays extended common storage area (ECSA).
“ESQA” on page 149
Displays ESQA by subpool and protect key.
“RMLF” on page 310
Shows real memory large frame statistics.
“RMAP ” on page 311
Displays map of real memory.
“SQA ” on page 370
Displays SQA by subpool and protect key.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 41

 “VMAP ” on page 423
Displays map of z/OS virtual storage.

Table customization commands

“XQN ” on page 459
Displays or modifies the enqueue name table.

Tape information commands

“DCAT” on page 114
Displays whether a device is static, installation-static, or dynamic.
“DEV” on page 119
Selects a device (disk or tape drive).
“DIO” on page 121
Displays EXCPs issued to a device (tape or disk).
“DPIN” on page 125
Displays whether a device (tape or disk) is pinned.
“DPLT” on page 125
Displays disk activity every nn milliseconds.
“DTYP” on page 136
Displays device type (tape or disk).
“DUSR” on page 137
Displays current user of device (tape or disk).
“DVMP” on page 138
Displays unit control block (UCB) hex dump for disks.
“DVOL” on page 139
Displays volser of selected device (tape or disk).
“GDEV” on page 179
Lists devices with name cccccc.
“TAPE ” on page 395
Selects all online tape drives.
“TERP ” on page 398
Displays the number of permanent read/write errors for a tape drive.
“TERT ” on page 398
Displays the number of temporary read/write errors for a tape drive.
“TLBL ” on page 402
Displays type of label (SL, NL, NON-STD).
“TSEQ ” on page 411
Displays the file number being accessed on an open tape.
“TP16 ” on page 407
Selects 1600 BPI tape drives.
“TP38 ” on page 407
Selects 38000 BPI tape drives.
“TP62 ” on page 408
Selects 6250 BPI tape drives.
“TP7T ” on page 408
Selects 7-track tape drives.
“TP80 ” on page 408
Selects 800 BPI tape drives.

42 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 “TPAL ” on page 405
Selects allocated tape drives.
“TPBS ” on page 406
Selects busy tape drives.
“TPCU ” on page 406
Selects all online tapes.
“TPFR ” on page 406
Selects online and free tape drives.
“TPMT ” on page 406
Selects tape drives awaiting mounts.
“TPOF ” on page 407
Selects all offline tape drives.

Terminating an address space authorized command

“KILL ” on page 219
Terminates an address space.

Time information commands, address space

“ELAP” on page 147
Displays elapsed time for address space.
“THNK ” on page 400
Displays TSO think time.
“THNK ” on page 401
Displays system think time for logical swapping.
“TLTW ” on page 402
Displays time since last terminal wait.
“TMCP ” on page 403
Displays time since last CPU usage evaluation.
“TMIO ” on page 403
Displays time since last I/O usage evaluation.
“TMLA ” on page 403
Displays time since last analysis by SRM.
“TMLR ” on page 404
Displays length of the last transaction.
“TMPD ” on page 404
Displays time in current period.
“TMSW ” on page 404
Displays time since last swap.
“TMTR ” on page 404
Displays time in transaction.
“TMWL ” on page 405
Displays time since last evaluation by Workload Manager.
“WAIT ” on page 425
Displays the time an address space has been waiting.
“WATL ” on page 426
Displays step wait time limit.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 43

Timed screen facility command
“/LOG ” on page 226
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer.
“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.
“.TSF ” on page 412
Displays and sets TSF (the Timed Screen Facility).

Tuning, applications commands

See “Applications tuning commands” on page 7.

Controlling session and display options

“OPTN ” on page 268
Sets session control and display options.

Customizing tables
“XQN ” on page 459
Displays or modifies the enqueue name table.

Print output options commands

“COPY” on page 98
Specifies the number of copies to print.
“DDNM” on page 115
Directs the output to a particular ddname.
“DEST” on page 118
Specifies the destination that is to receive the output.
“DSTU” on page 136
Specifies the destination user ID to receive a report.
“FOLD” on page 170
Changes lowercase characters to uppercase.
“FORM” on page 171
Specifies the name of the form on which to print.
“/HOLD ” on page 185
Controls the execution of OMEGAMON commands.
“ID1 ” on page 197
Requests separator pages and page headers that identify output from different OMEGAMON sessions.
“ID2 ” on page 198
Defines up to 16 characters on the left of separator page.
“ID3 ” on page 198
Defines up to 16 characters in the center of separator page.
“ID4 ” on page 199
Defines up to 16 characters on the right of the separator page.
“LNCT ” on page 225
Sets the number of lines per page for the REPORT or XLFLOG file output.
“OUTP ” on page 271
Controls the characteristics of log files.
“SOUT ” on page 365
Removes control from a sequential data set and directs it to the specified SYSOUT class.

44 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Profile maintenance commands
“IPRF ” on page 206
Saves or deletes the installation-defined default profile.
“PPRF ” on page 292
Saves, deletes, comments, or lists the user’s session profile.

Setting color options

“.SCC ” on page 324
Sets display color or highlighting for text and commands by type.

Setting operational parameters

“.SET ” on page 357
Sets and displays operation control parameters.

Users of a device, finding

See “FNDU” on page 169.

Wait reasons, DEXAN

“BLST” on page 71
List collection buckets for display.

Workload Manager (WLM) commands

“WLMX” on page 428
Collect and display Workload Manager information.
“SDPD” on page 356
Displays service definition and service policy information.
“SRVC” on page 373
Display information about service class and periods.

Chapter 1. Command groupings 45

46 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 2. Numeric commands and keywords

..␢␢
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Clears rest of screen (␢ indicates a blank). This command clears the entire display down to the end of the
logical screen.

Related information
None

====
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Draws a separator line across the screen.
c====aa
c
For terminals that support an extended data stream, specifies the color of the separator line. Replace
the variable with the first letter of one of the seven extended colors (Red, Blue, White, Green, Pink,
Yellow, or Turquoise). For four- or non-color terminals, OMEGAMON translates an entry of G or B to
low intensity. All other color codes translate to high intensity.
aa
Any two characters you want to use for the separator line. When you invoke this command, the
specified characters are repeated across the screen.
For example, this command

R====++

creates a line of red pluses across the screen.

====++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Related information
None

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 47

2305
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 2305 disks. For non-base exposures, the unit address and exposure number appear instead of
the volser.

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

3330
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 3330 disks. An argument of 11 displays 3330-11 disks. For example: 3330nn

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

3340
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 3340 disks.

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

3350
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 3350 disks. An argument of P displays the disks attached to 3880-11 or 3880-21 buffered-
paging facility control units. For example: 3350c In addition, for non-base exposures, the unit address
and exposure number appear instead of the volser.

48 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

3375
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 3375 disks.

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

3380
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 3380 disks.

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

3390
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays 3390 disks.

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

Chapter 2. Numeric commands and keywords 49

50 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 3. A commands and keywords

ABCD
Help
DEXAN
Display ABEND code statistics and diagnostic data.

Related information
Minor of: DEX

ACTN
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays only those lines from the screen that require some action. ACTN displays any line that begins
with an asterisk (*). You can use this command to display any outstanding Mount or Reply messages that
need attention. ACTN has no arguments. For example, to display commands that require operator action
for console 3, enter:

CONS03 Console 6A0 (ID=3)

ACTN

Related information
Minor of: CONS and CONU
Other Console-Related minors: LINE and MNT

ADELnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Removes job nn or job name from DEXAN analysis. To delete a job (or address space) from job analysis,
use the ADEL command followed by the job name, the two-digit DEXAN slot number, or the decimal ASID
(in the form ASID=asid). For example:

DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=99 STIM=2.2 Elap=3.46MN <<

>BEGN >> DX1000 The Data Collector Started. Workarea size= 38512 Bytes <<
ADEL01
ADEL TCAM

Here, two methods of entry are shown, ADEL01 and ADEL TCAM.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 51

 DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=25 STIM=2.2 Elap=3.46MN <<
>BEGN >> DX1000 The Data Collector Started. Workarea size= 38512 Bytes <<
ADEL01 JOB1 >> DX1050 Entry will be deleted. <<
ADEL02 TCAM >> DX1050 Entry will be deleted. <<

These two address spaces are no longer included in job analysis.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTFnn, PLTJnn, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

AENV
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Command format
AEVN

Description
AENV displays statistics from the last OMEGAMON cycle in the first zone and statistics averaged from the
last 20 cycles in the second zone.
For example:

JOBN IMS
aenv System Data- Short|0.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.0| Long |0.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.0|
+ TCB Time(%) 1.3 |> . . . . . . . . . .| 1.3 |> . . . . . . . . . .|+
+ SRB Time(%) .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ AST Time(%) .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ IFA Time(%) n/a |> . . . . . . . . . .| n/a |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ IFC Time(%) .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ IIP Time(%) n/a |> . . . . . . . . . .| n/a |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ IIC Time(%) .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Page-ins/s_ .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Page-outs/s .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ I/O's/sec__ .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ SU's/sec___ 3137 |------> . . . . . . .| 3137 |------> . . . . . . .|+
+ Working Set28840K |+++++++++++++++++++++|28840K |+++++++++++++++++++++|+
+ Pg-in/CPU-s .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .| .0 |> . . . . . . . . . .|

The middle (short-term) portion of the display represents the last OMEGAMON cycle.
The right (long-term) portion represents a running average of the previous 20 OMEGAMON cycles.
The last column of the long-term display indicates:
+
Indicates that the trend is upward.
-
Indicates that the trend is downward.
blank
Indicates that there is no change.

52 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Table 1. System data
Row Description
TCB time(%) Total service units per second.
SRB time(%) Percent of the CPU being used as SRB time by this job.
AST time(%) %CPU being used by this job's client/preemptable SRBs.
IFA time(%) Percent of the IFA being used by this job.
IFC time(%) %CPU being used by this job executing IFA-eligible work.
CBP time(%) Percent of the zCBP being used by this job.
CBC time(%) %CPU being used by this job executing zCBP-eligible work.
IIP time(%) Percent of the zIIP being used by this job.
IIC time(%) %CPU being used by this job executing zIIP-eligible work.
SUs/sec Total service units per second.
Page-in/s Total page-ins per second.
Page-out/s Total page-outs per second.
I/Os/sec Total I/Os per second.
Working set Working set in K.
Pg-in/CPU-s Page-ins per CPU-second while the task has control of the CPU (used
with storage isolation).

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1.
Other Address Space Environment minor: TRACnn

ALInnn
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
See “ALIBnn” on page 53.

Related information
None

ALIBnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Displays the authorized program facility (APF) library names and volumes.

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 53

 SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83 <<
ALIB Size of the APF table is 1720 bytes, it contains 75 entries
+ System Libraries
+ MVS999 SYS1.LINKLIB
+ MVS999 SYS1.SVCLIB
+ User Libraries
+ MVS999 MY.DATASET

The format of this command is ALIBnn or ALInnn. The two or three digit operand suppresses the display
of the first nn or nnn entries in the list. This is useful if all of the data set names do not fit on one screen.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other Program Library Facilities command: APFU and LPAM

ALLJ
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects all address spaces in ASID order. Address spaces may be further broken down into three types:
Batch jobs
BATJ command
Started tasks
STCJ command
TSO users
TSOJ command
In addition to all active address spaces, ALLJ shows idle initiators as INIT.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information command in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also “.SPT ” on page 369.

ALST
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays jobs being analyzed by DEXAN. The ALST display shows:
• The time when monitoring started.
• Either the elapsed time of the monitoring or the time when the monitoring ended. This means that the
job completed while being monitored, not that you ended monitoring. Note that if ADEL was used to
stop monitoring, that job would not be displayed.
• The number of samples collected (items) shows whether statistical significance has been reached. For
statistical significance, this number should be at least 30.
For example:

54 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 DEX >> V420 running. Cycles=25 STIM=2.2 Elap=3.46MN <<
>BEGN >> The Data Collector Started. Workarea size= 38512 Bytes <<
ALST

ALST displays monitored jobs with their DEXAN slot number.

DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=99 STIM=2.2 Elap=3.46MN <<

>BEGN >> DX1000 The Data Collector Started. Workarea size= 38512 Bytes <<
ALST01 JOB1 >> DX1600 Collection started 7:03:04, elap 1:24 MN, items=39 <<
+ 02 TCAM >> DX1600 Collection started 7:04:02, ended 2:34 MN, items=53 <<

This example shows that two address spaces have been selected for job analysis. Of these, TCAM has
already terminated, so only JOB1 is still running and being monitored.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

AMAP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays a map of virtual storage utilization within the private area. The AMAP minor command of PEEK
displays a map of virtual storage utilization within the private area. This map indicates the maximum
region available, the portion currently in use, and various areas within the region.
The AMAP display shows all virtual storage, or you can limit the map to storage above or below the 16M
line by appending an A or B argument as shown.

PEEK USER01 ASID=46, collected at 15:39:39

amap <map all virtual storage>
amapA <map virtual storage above the 16M line>
amapB <map virtual storage below the 16M line>

The following figure shows the AMAP display format.

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 55

 PEEK K3RCOL22 ASID=323, collected at 15:32:26
amap
+ ===== 2 Gig Line ====== <== 7FFFFFFF Highest 31-bit address
+ | |
+ |---------------------| <== 7FFFFFFF Top of Extended Private
+ | /////////////////// |
+ | /// System Area /// | >----------- 8K ELSQA/SWA unallocated
+ | /////////////////// | 134K Fragmented free space
+ |---------------------| <== 7F654000 Current bottom of ELSQA/SWA
+ | |
+ | Available | >----------- 0K Avail. for ELSQA/SWA only
+ | |
+ |---------------------| <== 7F653FFF Extended User Area Limit
+ | |
+ | Available | >----------- 1471M Avail. for ELSQA/SWA/USER
+ | |
+ |---------------------| <== 236F8FFF Current top of Ext. User Area
+ | /////////////////// | 120K Largest free block
+ | //// User Area //// | >----------- 120K Extended User unallocated
+ | /////////////////// | 144K Fragmented free space
+ |---------------------| <== 23400000 Bottom of Extended Private
+ | |
+ ===== 16 Meg Line ===== <== 00FFFFFF Highest 24-bit address
+ | |
+ |---------------------| <== 007FFFFF Top of Private
+ | /////////////////// |
+ | /// System Area /// | >----------- 0K LSQA/SWA unallocated
+ | /////////////////// | 100K Fragmented free space
+ |---------------------| <== 007C2000 Current bottom of LSQA/SWA
+ | | (Below User Area Limit)
+ | Available | >----------- 0K Avail. for LSQA/SWA only
+ | |
+ |---------------------| <== 007C1FFF User Area Limit(Was 007FFFFF)
+ | |
+ | Available | >----------- 6956K Avail. for LSQA/SWA/USER
+ | |
+ |---------------------| <== 000F6FFF Current top of User Area
+ | /////////////////// | 12K Largest free block
+ | //// User Area //// | >----------- 12K User unallocated
+ | /////////////////// | 67K Fragmented free space
+ |---------------------| <== 00006000 Bottom of Private
+ | |
+ === Absolute Bottom === <== 00000000 Prefixed Storage Area

Area descriptions for storage above the 16M line:

Highest 31-bit address
The highest possible address in 31-bit architecture.
Top of extended private
Highest address within the extended private area.
ELSQA/SWA unallocated
The amount of storage not currently allocated within the extended system area.
Fragmented free space
The amount of free storage within allocated pages of the extended system area.
Current bottom of ELSQA/SWA
Lowest address allocated within the extended private area for the extended system area.
Avail. for ELSQA/SWA only
The amount of unallocated storage between the current bottom of the extended system area and the
limit of the extended user area.
Extended User Area Limit
Highest address possible for the extended user area.
Avail. for ELSQA/SWA/USER
The amount of unallocated storage between the extended user area limit and the current top of
extended user area. Note that the extended system area can allocate storage within this area.
Current Top of Ext. User Area
The highest address currently allocated within the extended private area for the extended user area.

56 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Largest free block
The largest contiguous piece of unallocated storage within the extended user area.
Extended User unallocated
The amount of storage not allocated within the extended user area.
Fragmented free space
The amount of free storage within allocated pages of the extended user area.
Bottom of Extended Private
The lowest address currently allocated within the extended private area for the extended user area.
Area descriptions for storage below the 16M line:
Highest 24-bit address
The highest possible address in 24-bit architecture.
Top of Private
Highest address below the common area (start of CSA).
LSQA/SWA unallocated
Total of contiguous 4K areas. The numbers include LSQA, SWA and subpools 229/230.
Fragmented free space
Total of areas within LSQA which are each less than the 4K available for allocation as defined by FQEs.
Current bottom of LSQA/SWA
Lowest address allocated to LSQA/SWA subpools.
Avail. for LSQA/SWA only
Total space available for LSQA/SWA allocation. This includes the LSQA/SWA unallocated value and the
amount of space in the region available area.
User Area Limit
Highest address available for user allocation (region size plus IEALIMIT).
Avail. for LSQA/SWA/USER
Amount of space available for problem program allocations, not including unallocated areas within the
region used.
Current top of User Area
Highest address currently allocated for problem program use.
Largest free block
Largest contiguous area available within the region used.
User unallocated
Total of the contiguous 4K areas within the region used which are available for problem program use.
Bottom of Private
Lowest address within the private area (above the resident nucleus rounded up to the next 64K
boundary).
Prefixed Storage Area
Fixed storage location starting with absolute zero.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other minor commands that collect data about address spaces: DATA, DDNS, JOBS, MODS, STEP, SUBP,
and TCBS

APFU
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 57

 Description
Updates the Authorized Program Facility (APF) library list.
This command adds or deletes a library, or changes a volume serial name in an existing entry of the APF
list.
{-}APFU{A|C|D|L} {DSN=aa.bb.cc} [,VOL=nnnnnn] [,NVOL=nnnnnn]
-
The required action character. It specifies that the command execute only once, and changes to a
comment character (>) after this execution.
A
Adds an entry to the list.
C
Changes an existing entry in the list.
D
Deletes an entry from the list.
L
Lists all of the entries in the APF table.
DSN=
Specifies the name of the data set you want to modify.
VOL=
Specifies the volume serial identification associated with the data set you want to modify.
VOL=******
Indicates the volser of the SYSRES pack.
VOL=*SMS**
Indicates SMS-managed libraries.
NVOL=
Specifies the new volume serial identification, when changing an entry with the C operand.
NVOL=******
Indicates the volser of the SYSRES pack.
NVOL=*SMS**
Indicates SMS-managed libraries.
When any modification is made to the APF list, the Link List Table is also appropriately updated with
regard to the APF status of the library in the link list concatenation.
Here is an example of using the C operand:

-APFUC DSN=SYS2.NCP.LOADLIB,VOL=SYS005,NVOL=SYS006

The following example is a typical partial display of APFU with an L operand:

>APFUL Size of the APF table is 1720 bytes, it contains 75 entries

+ System Libraries
+ MVS134 SYS1.LINKLIB
+ MVS134 SYS1.SVCLIB
+ User Libraries
+ MVS134 SYS1.VTAMLST

Related information
Other Program Library Facilities commands: ALIB and LPAM

58 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
ASCnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
See ASCBnn.

Related information
None

ASCBnn
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Dumps address space control block (ASCB) for ASID nn. The variable nn is a decimal number. By default
the display is in hexadecimal and character format. To view the display only in character format, add a C in
column 1.
Use the ASCnnn command to dump the ASCB for ASID nnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other control block display minors: ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA,
GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

ASEL
Type
OMEGAMON minor commands

Description
Selects a job for DEXAN analysis and begins monitoring that job.
DEXAN assigns a DEXAN slot number to each job selected with ASEL. The first job selected gets number
01, the second 02, and so on. To display data for the monitored job, you must use one of the display
commands (for example, PLTJ). Once a DEXAN slot number is assigned, the ADEL, PLTJ, PCTJ, and MONJ
commands let you enter either the DEXAN slot number or the job name as an operand, for example, PLTJ
JES2 or PLTJ3.
Enter the ASEL command followed by the job name or decimal ASID (ASID=asid) you want to analyze.
For example:

DEX
BEGN
ASEL JOB1

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 59

 Notice below that DEXAN assigned JOB1 the DEXAN job number 01. You may now refer to JOB1 simply as
1. The ASEL command is commented out (>) so that it will not be re-executed.

DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=99 STIM=2.2 Elap=3.46MN <<

>BEGN >> DX1000 The Data Collector Started. Workarea size= 38512 Bytes <<
>ASEL01 JOB1 >> DX1800 Entry added. <<

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

ASG
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays or modifies address space threshold groups.
The ASG command lets you display and modify the address space threshold groups table. An address
space threshold group is a group of address spaces for which you have defined similar exception analysis
characteristics. Displays use the multiline input format so you can easily alter the values. The following
considerations apply to the multiline input facility:
• You can modify any display line that begins with a colon in column 1.
• Blanking out fields has no effect; OMEGAMON redisplays the line on the next cycle.
• To change a setting, type over the displayed value and press Enter.
• OMEGAMON marks modified entries with one of the following entries:
ADDED
UPDATED
DELETED
OMEGAMON treats commas, blanks, and parentheses in command syntax as delimiters.
You can select address space threshold groups by specifying either the entry number of the group within
the table or by specifying job names or performance groups in the address space threshold group. This
latter capability helps locate specific entries. The ability to select specific address space threshold groups
is also useful, because the display for each address space threshold group is quite long, making it
impractical to list several groups at a time.
If you want to define a new address space threshold group, OMEGAMON provides you with a skeleton
to fill in after you issue the ASG command. You can also request that your new address space threshold
group be modeled after an existing one.
When you enter the ASG command without any additional operands, you see a summary display of the
current address space threshold group table, such as the one shown in the following figure.

60 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 ________________ ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:45: 31
ASG
+ 1 Jobnames = *MASTER*
+ 2 Jobnames = GRS PCAUTH TRACE CONSOLE ALLOCAS
+ 3 Jobnames = DUMPSRV TSO* RMF*
+ 4 Jobnames = JES*
+ 5 Jobnames = CICS16 CICS17 CICSQM
+ 6 Jobnames = ABCD
+ 7 Jobnames = CICS*
+ There are 7 entries in the address space threshold group table.

Note: OMEGAMON limits the summary display to the first 100 entries.
If you issue the ASG command with the DIS operand, OMEGAMON displays the address space threshold
group table in a format that permits modification. The DIS operand permits you to select which address
space threshold groups are displayed. The complete syntax is as follows:

ASG DIS
[JOB(cccccccc,cccccccc,…cccccccc)]
[ENTRY(n1,n2,…nn|n1 : n2)]
[ALL]

JOB
Specifies a list of job names. You can abbreviate this keyword to any uniquely identifiable string.
ENTRY
Specifies a list, range, or combination of address space threshold group table entries. You can
abbreviate this keyword to any uniquely identifiable string.
Note: The threshold group numbers denote the positions of entries in the table only; they have no
intrinsic meaning and are not fixed to a particular group. Namely, the entry numbers can be shifted
with addition/deletion of entries in the table.
ALL
Specifies all threshold groups.
If you do not specify an operand, the default is DIS. If you use the DIS operand without any keywords,
OMEGAMON assumes the ALL keyword. If you use the DIS operand and specify a list or range of numbers,
OMEGAMON assumes the ENTRY keyword. For example:

ASG DIS 1,2,3

is the same as:

ASG DIS ENTRY(1,2,3)

The following figure shows typical output from the ASG DIS command.

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 61

 ________________ ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:45: 31
ASG DIS J(*master*,rmf,cics*,clmenu*)
: Address Space Threshold Group 4
: Jobnames = *MASTER*
: Perf Grp =
: SKIPUW = NO
+ THRSHLD CLR BELL THRSHLD CLR BELL
: ELAP = 2592000 ---- ------ WAIT = 10 ---- ------
: NVSC = 500 ---- ------ VISC = 500 ---- ------
: WSLO = 4 ---- ------ WSHI = 1024 ---- ------
: FXFR = 50 LVL1 ------ SWPC = 1 ---- ------
: PSCU = 90 ---- ------ TPWT = 60 ---- ------
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
: Address Space Threshold Group >>> 3 <<<
: Jobnames = DUMPSRV TSO* RMF*
: Perf Grp =
: SKIPUW = NO
+ THRSHLD CLR BELL THRSHLD CLR BELL
: ELAP = 2592000 ---- ------ WAIT = 10 ---- ------
: NVSC = 900 ---- ------ VISC = 500 ---- ------
: WSLO = 256 ---- ------ WSHI = 1024 ---- ------
: FXFR = 50 RED BELLON SWPC = 10 ---- ------
: PSCU = 90 ---- ------ TPWT = 60 ---- ------
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
: Address Space Threshold Group >>> 10 <<<
: Jobnames = CICS16 CICS17 CICSQM
: Perf Grp =
: SKIPUW = No
+ THRSHLD CLR BELL THRSHLD CLR BELL
: ELAP = 2592000 ---- ------ WAIT = 2592000 ---- ------
: NVSC = 500 ---- ------ VISC = 500 ---- ------
: WSLO = 4 ---- ------ WSHI = 1024 ---- ------
: FXFR = 50 LVL1 ------ SWPC = 100000 ---- ------
: PSCU = 90 ---- ------ TPWT = 60 ---- ------
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ OM8400 Entry not found: CLMENU*

Address Space Threshold Group

Specifies the address space threshold group number.
Job names
Specifies the log names included in this address space threshold group.
Perf Grp
Specifies the performance groups included in this address space threshold group. (Obsolete)
SKIPUW
Specifies whether the WAIT exception should issue a message for this group. Valid values are YES and
NO.
THRSHLD
Specifies a threshold for the exception.
ELAP
is in seconds
MVSC
is in 4 k slots
WSLO
is in k
FXFR
is in number of frames
PSCU
is in percent of CPU time
WAIT
is in seconds
VISC
is in 4 k slots

62 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 WSHI
is in k
SWPC
is in number of frames
CLR
Specifies a color or intensity level for the exception.
BELL
ON or OFF specifies whether the terminal bell should ring when the exception trips.
If you issue the ASG command with the ADD operand, you can add an address space threshold group to
the table. The complete syntax is as follows:

ASG ADD [ENTRY(n)] [,MODEL(n)]

ENTRY
Specifies a list or range of address space threshold group table entries. You can abbreviate this
keyword to any uniquely identifiable string.
MODEL
Specifies another address space threshold group that you want to use as a model. If you do not use a
model, OMEGAMON assigns default threshold values.
If you use the ADD operand without any additional keywords, OMEGAMON adds the address space
threshold group to the end of the table. If you specify the number of an existing entry, OMEGAMON inserts
the new entry before the existing entry. OMEGAMON deletes the ADD operand and any keywords after you
press Enter. The following figure shows typical output from the ASG ADD command.

>ASG 0014
+ Address Space Threshold Group 14 ** ADDED **
: Jobnames =
: Skipuw = NO
+ THRSHLD CLR BELL THRSHLD CLR BELL
: ELAP = 2592000 DEFAULT ------- WAIT = 10 DEFAULT -------
: NVSC = 500 DEFAULT ------- VISC = 500 DEFAULT -------
: WSLO = 4 DEFAULT ------- WSHI = 1024 DEFAULT -------
: FXFR = 50 CLR1 ------- SWPC = 1 DEFAULT -------
: PSCU = 90 DEFAULT ------- TPWT = 60 DEFAULT -------
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ENTRY NUMBERS MAY HAVE BEEN SHIFTED BECAUSE OF ADD/DEL

After you add a group to the address space threshold group table, OMEGAMON reorders the group
numbers consecutively, if necessary, and displays an informational message telling you that the threshold
group numbers may have shifted.
If you issue the ASG command with the DEL operand, you can delete one or more address space
threshold groups from the table. The complete syntax is as follows:

ASG DEL inwidth on ’ASG DEL’ [ENTRY(n1,n2,…nn|n1 : n2)] [ALL]

ENTRY
Specifies a list, range, or combination of address space threshold group table entries. You can
abbreviate this keyword to any uniquely identifiable string.
ALL
Specifies all address space threshold groups in the table.
If you use the DEL operand and specify a list or range of numbers, OMEGAMON assumes the ENTRY
keyword. The following figure shows typical output from the ASG DEL command.

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 63

 >ASG DEL 13
+ Address Space Threshold Group 13 ** DELETED **
+ Jobnames =
+ Skipuw = Yes
+ THRSHLD CLR BELL THRSHLD CLR BELL
+ ELAP = 0 DEFAULT ------- WAIT = 0 DEFAULT -------
+ NVSC = 500 DEFAULT ------- VISC = 500 DEFAULT -------
+ WSLO = 64 DEFAULT ------- WSHI = 1024 DEFAULT -------
+ FXFR = 25 DEFAULT ------- SWPC = 2 DEFAULT -------
+ PSCU = 90 DEFAULT ------- TPWT = 60 DEFAULT -------
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------

After you delete a group from the address space threshold group table, OMEGAMON displays an
informational message telling you that the threshold group numbers may have shifted.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

ASID
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command
Format
[X]ASIDwhere X can be:
blank
Displays both hexadecimal and decimal ASID.
D
Displays only decimal ASID.
H
Displays only hexadecimal ASID.

Description
Displays address space ID in hex (in parentheses) and decimal.
Address spaces are numbered beginning with the Master Scheduler at ASID 01. As z/OS starts address
spaces, they are assigned an ASID number, which z/OS uses as an internal reference.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space Identification minors: .DMPxx, PROC, and STEP

ASMV
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Auxiliary Storage Manager Vector Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character
format. To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

64 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Minors: ASCBnn, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA, GVT,
ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

ASTG
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays address space threshold group. For different jobs, the appropriate threshold for each exception
may be extremely different. To give you the necessary flexibility, OMEGAMON lets you define a set of
address space threshold groups using the ASG immediate command.
Each address space threshold group contains a set of job names .
Sometimes OMEGAMON cannot discover why a job is waiting. It may be that it is supposed to wait until
some other event occurs. The WAIT exception produces a warning message for these jobs, unless they
are assigned to an address space threshold group with SKIPUW set equal to Yes.
If there is no address space threshold group defined for this job, None appears.
To display a description of the first group that appears (reading from left to right), place a D in the label
field. The description shows:
• the group ID (user ID)
• whether SKIPUW is in effect or not (If SKIPUW is on, disabled waits are to be reported for the WAIT
exception)
• a list of all address space exceptions in effect for this group
• each exception’s threshold, color intensity, and bell status (ON or OFF)
For example:

JOBN PCAUTH
DASTG
+ Address Space Threshold Group 2
+ Name = (’GRS’,’PCAUTH’,’TRACE’,’CONSOLE’,’ALLOCAS’)
+ SKIPUW = No
+ ELAP = 2592000 ---- ------- WAIT = 2592000 ---- -------
+ NVSC = 500 ---- ------- VISC = 500 LVL2 BELLON-
+ WSLO = 4 ---- ------- WSHI = 1024 ---- -------
+ FXFR = 50 LVL1 BELLON- SWPC = 2 ---- -------
+ PSCU = 90 ---- -------
+ -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1

ASVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 65

 Description
Dumps Address Space Vector Table. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for
a description of ASVT as a minor of SYS.) By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To
view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA, GVT,
ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

ASVT
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
Displays status of Address Space Vector Table slots. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
previous entry for a description of ASVT as a minor of DUMP.) Status includes the following information:
• total number of slots
• number of in-use slots
• number of available slots
• number of unusable slots.
If you add an argument of U to the ASVT command (ASVTU), the ASIDs of the unusable ASVT slots appear
(eight per line).
The MAXU exception indicates when the number of active address spaces exceeds a threshold.

ASXnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
See ASXBnn.

Related information
None

ASXBnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

66 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Dumps address space extension block (ASXB) for ASID nn, where nn is a decimal number.
By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format,
add a C in column 1.
Use the ASXnnn command to dump the address space extension block for ASID nnn.
This command only works for the user’s own ASID and for ASID 01 unless OMEGAMON runs APF
authorized. This is because the ASXB resides in private storage, and OMEGAMON has to schedule an SRB
to get to it.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA,
GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

/ATTN
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Emulates the PA1 (program attention) key.
/ATTN clears the screen, resets your internal security authorization to the lowest level, returns to default
color settings, and turns off extended color.

Related information
None

/AUP
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Controls automatic update mode.
/AUP {ON|OFF}
ON
Enables automatic update mode.
OFF
Disables automatic update mode.
This command is valid only in VTAM mode. Automatic update mode is similar to running OMEGAMON in
dedicated mode, since the screen updates at regular intervals without pressing Enter. You can check the
current default interval or change it with the .SET command.
The /AUP command controls automatic updates for the current session only and is not saved at the end of
the current session.

Chapter 3. A commands and keywords 67

 While OMEGAMON is automatically updating in VTAM mode, you can continue to enter commands.
OMEGAMON delays processing in order to avoid executing half-entered input. The length of the delay is
determined by the IODELAY keyword of the .SET command.
The /AUP command controls automatic updates for the current session only and is not saved at the end of
the current session.
.AUP is the equivalent immediate command. The .AUP command controls automatic updates for the
current session only and is not saved at the end of the current session.

Related information
None

.AUP
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Controls automatic update mode.
See “/AUP” on page 67, the equivalent INFO-line command, for the command description.
The .AUP command controls automatic updates for the current session only and is not saved at the end of
the current session.
If .AUP is entered without an argument, OMEGAMON displays whether automatic update mode is ON or
OFF.

Related information
None

68 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 4. B commands and keywords

BATJ
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects all initiators, active or not. BATJ shows idle initiators as INIT.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
See also .SPT.

BATL
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects batch jobs in logically swapped status.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
See also .SPT.

BATX
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects active batch jobs.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
See also .SPT.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 69

BCPU
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects CPU dispatchable batch jobs.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
See also .SPT.

BEGN
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Starts DEXAN data collector. To start the DEXAN data collector, use the BEGN command. For example:

DEX
BEGN

results in:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started. <<

>BEGN >> DX1000 The data collector started. Workarea size= 38696 bytes. <<

Note that the command is automatically changed to a comment (greater than (>) sign in column 1) so that
the command is not executed again.
The BEGN command also places an asterisk (*) on the INFO-line between the product and version
numbers. This asterisk remains until you issue the END minor command.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTFnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM,
STIMnn, SUSP, SYNC, THRS

.BEL
Type
Immediate command

Description
Sets or displays bell (audible alarm) support.

70 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command Format
.BEL[ON|OFF|TEST|nn]

blank
Shows whether or not bell support is on, and displays the current sound interval.
ON
Turns on bell support, so the bell can sound when exception occurs.
OFF
Turns off bell support.
TEST
Tests the bell (sounds once). TEST works only when the bell is already set to ON.
nn
Specifies the interval at which the bell sounds: 5 to 99 seconds. The initial setting is once a minute
(.BEL60).

Example
.BELON
.BELTEST

This command turns on the bell, and then tests it by sounding it once.

Related information
If there are no stacked screens, B appears in column 79 on the INFO-line when bell support is on.

BIO
Type
OMEGAMON major command

Description
Selects non-CPU dispatchable batch doing I/O. These are batch jobs that have done I/O in the last five
seconds and are not CPU-dispatchable now.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
See also “.SPT ” on page 369.

BLST
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
List collection buckets for display.
You can list the collection buckets that are currently included in the DEXAN displays with the BLST
command. The names correspond to the code names that describe wait reasons. For example:

Chapter 4. B commands and keywords 71

 DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started <<
BLST COM=on CPW=on DMP=on ECB=on ECS=on PSO=on CAN=on JST=on
+ DEL=on RQU=on RCL=on RCV=on MIG=on BKP=on RCR=on HLS=on
+ CIL=on DLD=on LCK=on MSS=on PAG=on RDY=on RTO=on STI=on
+ SWI=on TMP=on WTO=on TOU=on TIN=off LON=on AUX=on RST=on
+ DET=on REQ=on EEX=on EXC=on UNI=on TSW=on CSS=on SPS=on
+ OLS=on APS=on

Note: The default is for all wait reasons to be displayed except for terminal input waits (TIN).
You can list the names and descriptions of all collection buckets by placing the slash (/) help symbol in
the label field (column 1) before the BLST command. DEXAN displays the names and descriptions of each
bucket as comment lines. For example:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started <<

/BLST

results in the following display.

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started <<

>blst >> DEXAN -- List bucket items selected for display. <<
> COM -- LPA or CSA page in wait.
> CPW -- CPU-wait.
> DMP -- Disk mount pending.
> ECB -- ECB-wait.
> ECS -- ECB-wait with STIMER.
> PSO -- JES PROCESS SYSOUT request queued.
> CAN -- JES job CANCEL request queued.
> JST -- JES job STATUS request queued.
> DEL -- JES job DELETE request queued.
> RQU -- JES job REQUEUE request queued.
> RCL -- HSM RECALL dataset request.
> RCV -- HSM RECOVER dataset request.
> MIG -- HSM MIGRATE dataset request.
> BKP -- HSM BACKUP dataset request.
> RCR -- HSM read control record request.
> HLS -- HSM TSO HLIST request.
> CIL -- HSM read JES3 C/I request.
> DLD -- HSM DELETE dataset request.
> LCK -- Local or global lock wait.
> MSS -- Waiting for staging.
> PAG -- Local page-wait.
> RDY -- User ready to swap in.
> RTO -- RTO wait.
> STI -- STIMER-wait.
> SWI -- Swap in scheduled.
> TMP -- Tape mount pending.
> WTO -- Detected wait with WTOR.
> TOU -- Terminal output wait swap. 1 (MVS swap code)
> TIN -- Terminal input wait swap. 2
> LON -- Long wait swap. 3
> AUX -- Auxiliary storage swap. 4
> RST -- Real storage swap. 5
> DET -- Detected wait swap. 6
> REQ -- Request swap. 7
> EEX -- Enqueue exchange swap. 8
> EXC -- Exchange swap. 9
> UNI -- Unilateral swap. 10
> TSW -- Transition swap. 11
> CSS -- Central storage swap. 12
> SPS -- System paging swap. 13
> OLS -- Swapped out too long. 14
> APS -- APPC wait swap. 15

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minor commands: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM,
STIMnn, SUSP, SYNC, THRS

72 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
BOFaaa
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Removes DEXAN collection bucket aaa from the display, where aaa is the bucket ID. BOFaaa removes
the aaa collection bucket from the display. The bucket is still collected, but the results are not included in
the display. For example:

DEX
BOFDMP

results in:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started <<

BOFDMP >> DX3002 The collection counter for DMP is now off <<
BLST COM=on CPW=on DMP=off ECB=on ECS=on PSO=on CAN=on JST=on
+ DEL=on RQU=on RCL=on RCV=on MIG=on BKP=on RCR=on HLS=on
+ CIL=on DLD=on LCK=on MSS=on PAG=on RDY=on RTO=on STI=on
+ SWI=on TMP=on WTO=on TOU=on TIN=off LON=on AUX=on RST=on
+ DET=on REQ=on EEX=on EXC=on UNI=on TSW=on

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

BONaaa
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Selects DEXAN collection bucket aaa for display. BONaaa adds the aaa collection bucket to the display.
For example:

DEX >> Collector has not been started <<

BONDMP >> Done << Disk Mount Pending

results in:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started <<

BONDMP >> DX3001 The collection counter for DMP is now on <<
BLST COM=on CPW=on DMP=on ECB=on ECS=on PSO=on CAN=on JST=on
+ DEL=on RQU=on RCL=on RCV=on MIG=on BKP=on RCR=on HLS=on
+ CIL=on DLD=on LCK=on MSS=on PAG=on RDY=on RTO=on STI=on
+ SWI=on TMP=on WTO=on TOU=on TIN=off LON=on AUX=on RST=on
+ DET=on REQ=on EEX=on EXC=on UNI=on TSW=on

The DMP collection bucket now returns to the display.

Chapter 4. B commands and keywords 73

 Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

/BOTTOM
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Scrolls to the bottom of the logical screen.

Related information
None

BSWP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects batch jobs physically swapped out. These are batch jobs that are waiting and are physically
swapped out.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

BWAT
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects batch waiting (resident). These are batch jobs that are currently waiting and are in main storage.
These jobs often become non-swappable because they are waiting on tape mounts.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

74 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 5. C commands and keywords

CBPC
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
Time spent by an address space executing zCBP-eligible work on a GCP.

Command format
CBPC

This command has no operands.

CBPT
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
Time spent by an address space executing on an zCBP processor.

Command format
CBPT

This command has no operands.

CCHRxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about optical character readers connected by channel path xx.

Related information
Minor of: “STAT ” on page 376
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn, CTAPxx,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 75

CCOMxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about communications devices connected by channel path xx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn, CTAPxx,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM CPU Management Control Table. The display is in hexadecimal and character format. To view
the display only in character format, put C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

CCTCxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about channel-to-channel adapters that are connected by channel path xx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn, CTAPxx,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

76 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
CDSKxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about disks connected by channel path xx. The following screen shows CDSK output for
channel path 10.

STATP Interval Start Time: 13:14:16 Elapsed: 12:39 MN Length: 14:43 MN

cdsk10 Number of Devices = 192 Number of Samples = 760
+ Volser LCU Util% RESV%
+ CD80 PAGE01 023
+ CD81 VMHP04 023

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn, CTAPxx,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CENQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Controls enqueue analysis. CENQ without an operand displays current enqueue wait collection setting.
CENQOF turns off enqueue wait collection. CENQON turns on enqueue wait collection. CENQnn turns on
enqueue wait collection and causes enqueue sampling to take place every nn cycles (valid range is 1 -
10).
Note: By default, the enqueue analysis is turned off to conserve CPU resources, which may amount to as
much as 5%. When it is turned off, enqueue waits are attributed to ECB waits. Thus, the ECB percentages
increase.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

CGRAxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 77

 Description
Displays statistics about graphics devices connected by channel path xx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CHNP, CONnnn, CTAPxx,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CHAPnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets dispatch priority for the address space specified on the address space major command.

{-}CHAP{nn}

-
The required action character, which causes the command to execute only once and then changes to a
comment character (>).
nn
The dispatch priority for the address space. Valid values are 00 through FF.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1

CHNM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays or sets the channel path mask for missing channel path analysis. CHNM displays, sets, or
updates the current channel mask, indicating which physical channel paths are operational.
Note: If you configure a channel path online while OMEGAMON is running, OMEGAMON adds that channel
path to the channel path mask.

CHNM [ALL|ONLINE|ADD(nn)|DELETE(nn)]

ALL
Set the channel path mask with all channel paths installed and owned.
ONLINE
Set the channel path mask with all channel paths currently online.
ADD
Add channel path ID nn to the existing channel path mask.

78 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 DELETE
Delete channel path ID nn from the existing channel path mask.
nn
Channel path ID to add to or delete from the mask. You can specify more than one channel path ID if
you separate them with blanks or commas.
If you issue the CHNM command without operands, it displays the current channel path mask.

Examples
The following figure shows typical output from the CHNM command with no operands.

CHNM
+ 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
+ 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F

The following figure shows typical output from the CHNM ALL command.

>CHNM ALL
+ The Channel Path Mask is set to all INSTALLED Channel Paths.

The following figure shows typical output from the CHMN ONLINE command.

>CHNM ONLINE
+ The Channel Path Mask is set to all ONLINE Channel Paths.

The following figure shows typical output from the CHNM ADD command.

>CHNM ADD(18)
+ The following Channel Paths were ADDED to the Channel Path Mask.
+ 18

The following figure shows typical output from the CHNM DELETE command.

>CHNM DELETE(02,03)
+ The following Channel Paths were REMOVED from the Channel Path Mask.
+ 02 03

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

CHNP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about long-term channel information. CHNP is a minor command of STAT, which
shows channel utilization since the last RMF interval. When OMEGAMON first starts up, these numbers
represent averages since OMEGAMON initialization. The first time an RMF interval starts up, OMEGAMON
automatically synchronizes with it.
The following figure shows an example of a long-term channel utilization display.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 79

 STAT Interval Start Time: 10:00:01 Elapsed: 34:13 MN Length: 1 HR
CHNP Number of Samples = 245
+ ID Type % Busy ID Type % Busy ID Type % Busy
+ 00 Blk 13.2 10 Blk 24.2 20 Byte
+ 01 Blk 11 Blk 21 Byte 16.9
+ 02 Byte 12 Byte 22 Byte
+ 03 Byte 6.5 13 Byte 53.2 23 Byte
+ 04 Byte 14 Byte 6.6 24 Byte 23.1
+ 05 Byte 23.2 15 Byte 25 Byte
+ 06 Byte 8.9 16 Byte 26 Byte
+ 07 Byte 17 Byte 27 Byte

Number of Samples
This is determined by SRM, not by the RMF.
ID
Channel Path ID number.
Type
Channel type:
Blk
Block Multiplexor
Byte
Byte Multiplexor
ES-CHN
ESCON channel
ES-CNV
ESCON converter
ES-DIR
ESCON director
ES-CTC
ESCON channel-to-channel adapter
% Busy
Channel Path utilization in percent
RMF must be monitoring channels to show long-term utilization.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx,
SDSKxxx, SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CLRnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Resets the DEXAN data collector counters every nnn minutes.
To clear the DEXAN counters while the data collector is running, use the CLRnnn command (with
SYNCOF), where nnn is the interval in minutes past the hour at which DEXAN is to clear its counters.
For example, if you use a numeric argument of 15, the counters are cleared immediately, and then

80 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 every 15 minutes starting 15 minutes after the hour. (If nnn is greater than 60, the counters are cleared
immediately, and then every nnn minutes after that.)
If CLRnnn is entered without an nnn operand, the counters are cleared immediately and the 30 minute
default interval is displayed. For example:

DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=214 STIM=1.0 Elap= 1:30 MN < <
>CLR >> DX7000 Collection counter clearing interval is every 30 minutes <<

does the following:

• Clears all DEXAN counters.
• Sets the number of cycles to zero.
• Sets the DEXAN elapsed time to zero.
This is logically equivalent to stopping and then restarting DEXAN. Note that the command is changed into
a comment so that it is not re-executed on the next cycle. The CLR command can only be used after the
data collector has been started.
Note: After an episode of severe degradation, such as a ten minute tape mount pending, you may want
to clear the DEXAN counters to prevent this from overshadowing or masking other significant sources of
degradation.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CNTAnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

CLCP
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLCP command displays WLM service/report class period CPU metrics. It displays the following
information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• CPU percentage
• zIIP percentage
• zIIP on CP percentage
• zAAP or zCBP percentage
• zAAP on CP or zCBP on CP percentage
• LPAR name
• system name.

Command format
[R]CLCP

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 81

 blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLDC
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLDC command displays WLM service/report class period Using and Delay metrics. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• CPU Using Samples Percentage
• CPU Delay Samples Percentage
• zIIP Using Samples Percentage
• zIIP On CP Using Samples Percentage
• zIIP Delay Samples Percentage
• zAAP or zCBP Using Samples Percentage
• zAAP On CP or zCBP On CP Using Samples Percentage
• zAAP or zCBP Delay Samples Percentage.

Command format
[R]CLDC

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLDO
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLDO command displays WLM service/report class period Using and Delay metrics. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• I/O using samples percentage

82 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • I/O delay samples percentage
• total using samples percentage
• total delay samples percentage
• CPU percentage
• zIIP percentage
• zIIP On CP percentage.

Command format
[R]CLDO

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLIO
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLIO command displays WLM service or report class period I/O response time metrics. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• average I/O response time per I/O
• average I/O connect time per I/O
• average I/O disconnect time per I/O
• average I/O IOSQ time per I/O
• average I/O wait time per I/O
• I/O rate as I/Os per second.

Command format
[R]CLIO

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLIX
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 83

 Description
The CLIX command displays WLM service or report class I/O and dispatcher promotion times. It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• control unit I/O queuing time in 128 microsecond units
• DASD throttle I/O time in 128 microsecond units
• DASD contention I/O time in 128 microsecond units
• dispatcher promotion for enqueue time in 1024 microsecond units
• dispatcher promotion for critical resource management time in 1024 microsecond units.
• dispatcher promotion for lock time in 1024 microsecond units.

Command format
[R]CLIX

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLM1
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLM1 command displays WLM service or report class period Using and Delay raw metrics. It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total using samples
• total delay samples
• total CPU using samples
• total CPU delay samples
• total I/O using samples
• total I/O delay samples.

Command format
[R]CLM1

blank
Displays service class metrics.

84 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 R
Displays report class metrics.

CLM2
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLM2 command displays WLM service or report class period I/O response time raw metrics. It
displays the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement
interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total I/O response time in 128 microsecond units
• total I/O connect time in 128 microsecond units
• total I/O disconnect time in 128 microsecond units
• total I/O IOSQ time in 128 microsecond units
• total I/O wait time in 128 microsecond units
• total I/Os.

Command format
[R]CLM2

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLM3
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLM3 command displays WLM service or report class period SUs and transaction times. It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total zIIP service units
• total zAAP or zCBP service units
• total transaction elapsed time in 1024 microsecond units
• total transaction active time in 1024 microsecond units

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 85

 • total transaction queued time in 1024 microsecond units
• total transaction wait time in 1024 microsecond units.

Command format
[R]CLM3

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLM4
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLM4 command displays WLM service or report class period subsystem and job times. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total subsystem using samples
• total subsystem delay samples
• total job queue time in 1024 microsecond units
• total job affinity time in 1024 microsecond units
• total job converter time in 1024 microsecond units
• total job ineligible time in 1024 microsecond units.

Command format
[R]CLM4

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLM5
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLM5 command displays WLM service or report class period CPU using and delay samples. It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval

86 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total zIIP using samples
• total zIIP on CP using samples
• total zIIP delay samples
• total zAAP or zCBP using samples
• total zAAP on CP or zCBP on CP using samples
• total zAAP or zCBP delay samples.

Command format
[R]CLM5

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLM6
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLM6 command displays WLM service or report class period CPU SUs and subsystem samples. It
displays the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement
interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total CPU service units
• total SRB service units
• total zIIP on CP service units
• total zAAP on CP or zCBP on CP service units
• total subsytem samples
• reporting interval.

Command format
[R]CLM6

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 87

CLM7
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
Displays WLM service or report class I/O and dispatcher promotion times. It displays the following
information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total control unit I/O queuing time in 128 microsecond units
• total DASD throttle I/O time in 128 microsecond units
• total DASD contention I/O time in 128 microsecond units
• total dispatcher promotion for enqueue time in 1024 microsecond units
• total dispatcher promotion for critical resource management time in 1024 microsecond units
• total dispatcher promotion for lock time in 1024 microsecond units.

Command format
[R]CLM7

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLMS
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLMS command displays WLM service/report class period miscellaneous metrics. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• velocity mode as I/O+CPU or CPU
• actual velocity achieved
• velocity including I/O Using and Delay samples
• velocity excluding I/O Using and Delay samples
• percentage of transactions that completed within the WLM class period percentile response time goal.
• WLM class period percentile response time goal value
• WLM class period response time goal measurement units.

88 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command format
[R]CLMS

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLR1
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLR1 command displays WLM class response time bucket counts (50% to 100% of goal). It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• 50% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 60% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 70% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 80% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 90% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 100% of percentile goal response time bucket samples.

Command format
[R]CLR1

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLR2
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLR2 command displays WLM class response time bucket counts (120% to 200% of goal). It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 89

 • 110% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 120% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 130% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 140% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 150% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• 200% of percentile goal response time bucket samples.

Command format
[R]CLR2

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLR3
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLR3 command displays WLM class response time bucket counts (400% to >400% of goal). It
displays the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement
interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• 400% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• >400% of percentile goal response time bucket samples
• number of transactions completed in response time goal
• total transactions in all response time buckets.

Command format
[R]CLR3

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLSB
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

90 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
The CLSB command displays WLM service or report class period subsystem and job times. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• subsystem using percentage
• subsystem delay percentage
• average job queue time in seconds
• average job affinity time in seconds
• average job converter time in seconds
• average job ineligible time in seconds.

Command format
[R]CLSB

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLSC
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLSC command displays WLM service or report class period CPU service unit rates. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• CPU service units per second
• zIIP service units per second
• zIIP on CP service units per second
• zAAP or zCBP service units per second
• zAAP on CP or zCBP on CP service units per second
• SRB service units per second.

Command format
[R]CLSC

blank
Displays service class metrics.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 91

 R
Displays report class metrics.

CLSO
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLSO command displays WLM service or report class period service unit rates. It displays the
following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• total service units
• total service units per second
• total I/O service units
• I/O service units per second
• total MSO service units
• MSO service units per second.

Command format
[R]CLSO

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CLTR
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The CLTR command displays WLM service or report class period transaction response times. It displays
the following information for each service class or report class period over the measurement interval:
• measurement interval
• WLM class name
• WLM class period
• transaction rate per second
• total transactions ended
• total subsystem work manager completed
• average transaction execution time
• average transaction queued time

92 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • average transaction elapsed time.

Command format
[R]CLTR

blank
Displays service class metrics.
R
Displays report class metrics.

CMBxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Channel Measurement Block for device xxx, or for device xxxx.
By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format. To view the display only in character
format, add a C in column 1.

DUMP Display MVS Control Blocks

cmbC520 Addr=053FC220
0000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 *................*
0010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 *................*

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA,
GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

CMCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Channel Measurement Control Table.
By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format. To view the display only in character
format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA,
GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 93

CMSU
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The CMSU command displays zCBP MSU information.
RCSU displays the following information:
• the zCBP average service usage over the most recent 1-hour and 4-hour intervals in millions of service
units per hour
• the zCBP average service usage since IPL in millions of service units per hour
• the zCBP service capacity of the LPAR and the CPC in millions of service units per hour.
XRCSU displays the same information, and the following information for each time period comprising the
last 4-hour timeframe in chronologically descending sequence:
• the zCBP service rate over each time period in millions of service units per hour
• the percentage of the LPAR and CPC capacity that is used by this LPAR's zCBP processors over each
time period.

Command format
CMSU {RSCU|XRSCU|RSCUDB}

RSCU
Displays a summary zCBP MSU statistics.
XRSCU
Displays detailed zCBP MSU statistics.
RSCUDB
Displays a hexadecimal and character dump of the RCSU data collection work area.

.CN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Controls the specified secondary console in dedicated mode.

.CNxxx

The variable xxx is the hexadecimal address of the secondary console.

In dedicated mode, you can set up a secondary OMEGAMON console to be used for output only. The
secondary console is a repeater console; it echoes everything that appears on the primary console, but
accepts no commands or input of any kind. The secondary console must be the same terminal type as the
primary console.
After you set the address of the secondary console with .CNxxx, you can manipulate it with the following
arguments:

94 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 .CN OP
Allocate (open) a secondary console for OMEGAMON output display.
.CN CL
Deallocate (close) a secondary console.
.CN SW
Swap primary and secondary console functions.
Note: While the .CN command handles multiple terminals connected to a single session, the immediate
command, .MFY, sets up multiple independent sessions.

Related information
None

CNTAnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays counts of wait reasons for DEXAN slot number nn.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTJnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

CNTJnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays counts of wait reasons for DEXAN slot number nn or job name. For example:

CNTJ USERPSP

results in:

CNTJ01 CPU PAG UNI CPW 4A3 4A0 A9A 4A4 QA9A0 157 Q4A0A 140
+ USERPSP --- 307 236 206 98 86 71 50 35 23 21 10

The counts show you the actual results of DEXAN sampling or data collection. Each column heading is an
execution state where a job is spending time. The numbers are the actual number of times DEXAN found a
job in a particular execution state.
No counts appear for CPU because using CPU is determined by an alternate method. These counts are the
raw data from which the resource impact profile, plot, and percentage are drawn. These three displays
are what you will rely on most of the time because they are easier to interpret than a count. However, it
is good to become familiar with counts because they can help you become familiar with your system and
with DEXAN. Also, if you know where the displays come from, they will be even easier to use.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 95

 The CNTJ command cannot be used with the IPRO command.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

CNTS
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Displays counts of DEXAN wait reasons system wide. For example:

CNTS CPU ECS ECB STI DET CPW LON TMP TOU SWI 333 155
+ --- 5913 2967 1760 1451 802 250 175 161 46 30 29

The counts show you the actual results of DEXAN sampling or data collection. Each column heading is an
execution state where system transactions are spending time. These numbers are the number of times
DEXAN found a workload in a particular execution state.
No counts appear for CPU because using CPU is determined by an alternate method.
These counts are the raw data from which the resource impact profile, plot, and percentage are drawn.
These three displays are what you will rely on most of the time because they are easier to interpret.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minor commands: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn,
CNTAnn, CNTJnn, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTnnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn,
PLTS, RESM, STIMnn, SUSP, SYNC, THRS

CONnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays and sets thresholds for average device connect time > nnn milliseconds. The following screen
shows sample CON output:

STAT Interval Start Time: 13:14:16 Elapsed: 12:39 MN Length: 14:32 MN

con001
edsk OMON* <-- Volser Pattern
+ Number of Devices = 192 Number of Samples = 760
+ Volser DB CUB
+ 714B OMON27 .3 .0 .0
+ 7151 OMON28 .1 .0 .0

96 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CTAPxx,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CONS
Type
OMEGAMON Major command (Authorized)
Format:
CONSnn[CONS={conid|conname}] CONSnn [CONX=xconid]

Description
Displays the console image for the specified console.
nn
This z/OS console number ranges from 01 to the maximum number of consoles generated for your
installation. If nn is omitted, OMEGAMON selects the master console.
conid
Selects the z/OS operator’s console by ID number. This operand overrides the nn operand.
conname
Selects the z/OS operator’s console by name. This operand overrides the nn operand.
xconid
Selects the z/OS operator's console by hexadecimal number. ID may be 1 through 8 hexadecimal
digits. This operand overrides the nn operand.
CONS displays three types of information about the command line: the type of console (CONSOLE or
MASTER CONSOLE), the console’s device number, and the console’s ID number (as in ID=3).
To see each z/OS console’s number (also known as the UCMID), issue the D CONSOLES command at a real
z/OS console.
The CONS minor commands enable you to display selected types of messages from the console.
The CONS command also displays the output that z/OS or JES commands generate when the OCMD
authorized command issues them.
Note that OMEGAMON accesses the CONSOLE address space using cross memory services each time you
ask for a display. It uses a small amount of memory in the z/OS common area (approximately 2K) for the
period that the CONS command is on the screen.
The following figure is an example of an OMEGAMON screen that uses the z/OS console support.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 97

 >OCMD R 83,ABEND RC = 0
================================================================================
CONS01 MASTER CONSOLE 01F
line99 *STC 721 *82 DFS996I *IMS READY* IPO1
+ - STC 1113 $HASP395 IMSRDR ENDED
+ STC 1113 $HASP250 IMSRDR IS PURGED
+ - JOB 1114 $HASP373 BMP01 STARTED - INIT 4 - CLASS I - SYS A430
+ - JOB 1111 $HASP395 TSO003G ENDED
+ $HASP309 INIT 3 INACTIVE ******** C=I
+ JOB 1111 $HASP250 TSO003G IS PURGED
+ - STC 721 DFS2500I *MDA00 IPO1
+ - DATABASE BE3PARTS SUCCESSFULLY ALLOCATED
+ - STC 721 DFS2500I *MDA00 IPO1
+ - DATABASE BE3PSID1 SUCCESSFULLY ALLOCATED
+ | JOB 1114 @83 DFS3125A PRIMER SAMPLE TEST, REPLY CONT, LOOP, ABEND, O
+ | CANCEL JOB
+ TSU 1115 $HASP100 TSO045 ON TSOMEGAMON/IMSNRDR
+ - TSU 1115 $HASP373 TSO045 STARTED
+ 00 IEE600I REPLY TO 83 IS;ABEND
================================================================================

Figure 1. OMEGAMON screen using z/OS console support

Related information
Major of: ACTN, LINE, and MNT
Other console-related commands: CONU, OCMD, and RCMD

CONU
Type
OMEGAMON Major command (Authorized)

Description
Locates the output buffer for an z/OS operator console by device number.

CONU xxxx

CONU functions like CONS, except that you supply the four-byte hex device number as an operand instead
of the console ID. If you omit xxx, OMEGAMON automatically locates the output buffer for the master
console. CONU displays the number and the console ID as shown:

CONU 06A0 Master Console 06A0 ( ID=3 )

Related information
Major of: ACTN, LINE, and MNT
Other Console-Related commands: CONS, OCMD, and RCMD

COPY
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

98 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Specifies the number of copies to print. The COPY minor is under SYSOUT control.

COPY nn

If you set the HOLD minor command to YES, OMEGAMON ignores the COPY command. If the value you
type is not valid, OMEGAMON redisplays it where you typed it and does not transfer it to the pending
column.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

CPGR
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
Displays common area page-in rate.
This command shows how the current values affect SRM adjustments to the system.

Related information
Other SRM information commands: CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG, RREA,
RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

CPGS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays CPU page-seconds.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

CPID
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 99

 Description
Displays CPU ID.

CPMT
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Dumps Channel Path Measurement Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.
To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minor commands: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CSD,
CVT, GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

CPU
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays TCB time for current job step (batch) or user session (TSO). The value shown is in whole seconds.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

CPU2
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays TCB time in seconds. The value shown is in seconds plus fractions of seconds. An argument of .R
gives the percentage of the total time (of an interval) attributable to TCB utilization.
The system resets TCB time to zero when a job step completes, so .R may display an incorrect value if the
TCB time is reset between OMEGAMON cycles.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1

100 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Other Address Space CPU Activity minor commands: CPGS, CPU, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%,
RCPU, SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

CPUL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays job step CPU time limit.
When TIME=1440 or TIME=NOLIMIT is specified to turn off job step timing, ’No Limit’ is displayed.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

CPUM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays or sets the CPU mask for missing CPU exception analysis. When the XCPU exception is invoked,
it examines the number of active CPUs, and builds a mask of processors that should be active. You can
display or reset this mask with the CPUM command.

CPUM [ADD(n)|DELETE(n)|ONLINE]

ADD
Specifies a CPU ID to add to the existing CPU mask.
DELETE
Specifies a CPU ID to delete from the existing CPU mask.
ONLINE
Sets the CPU mask to all online CPUs.
You can specify more than one CPU ID on the ADD or DELETE keywords if you separate each with blanks
or commas. For example:

CPUM ADD(0,2,3)

When you change the CPU mask, OMEGAMON returns a message summarizing the changes you made.
You cannot turn off the mask bit for a CPU that is currently online, because XCPU automatically resets it at
each cycle. The following figure shows typical output from the CPUM command with no operands.

CPUM 0 2

The following figure shows typical output from the CPUM ADD command.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 101

 >CPUM ADD(1)
+ The following CPUs were ADDED to the CPU Mask.
+ 2

The following figure shows typical output from the CPUM DELETE command.

>CPUM DELETE(0)
+ The following CPUs were REMOVED from the CPU Mask.
+ 1

The following figure shows typical output from the CPUM ONLINE command.

>CPUM ONLINE
+ The CPU Mask is set to all ONLINE CPUs.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

CRSV
Type
Minor command of “DEX” on page 120

Description
Collector - Control reserve collection.

Command format
CRSV

This command has no parameters.

CSA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays a job’s usage of CSA. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a
description of CSA as a minor of SYS.)

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

102 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
CSA
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
Displays common storage area (CSA) by subpool and protect key. (There are other entries with the same
name. See the previous entry for a description of CSA as a minor of address space majors.)
CSA displays the number of bytes used as well as allocated for those subpools that are not in fetch-
protected memory.
Protected subpools display *AUTH* in the Storage Used column. OMEGAMON cannot access these
protected subpools.
The display of CSA utilization shows the extents, allocated blocks, storage used, and the largest free
block.

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS123,145) <<

CSA Subpl-Key Ext Alloc. Blks Storage Used Largest Free Blk
+ 227-6 4 16K *AUTH* *AUTH*
+ 231-6 13 272K 267K+384 3K+832
+ 241-6 9 48K 47K+784 240
+ 228-1 1 4K 56 3K+968
+ 231-1 2 20K 16K+680 3K
+ 241-1 8 32K 30K+96 1K+16
+ 241-0 3 12K 11K+96 326
+ 227-0 3 20K *AUTH* *AUTH*
+ 231-0 16 76K 65K+1016 5K+56
+ --- -------------- ------------------- ------------------
+ Total: 59 500K 439K+40 17K+390
+ Percent of CSA: 16.6% 14.6% 0.6%
+ CSA Size 3012K
display

Subpl-Key
Storage by subpool and key. These are the typical protect key assignments:
0
Control Program
1
Job Scheduler and JES
2,3,4
Reserved
5
Data Management: IOS, OPEN/CLOSE/EOV
6
TCAM and VTAM
7
IMS & DB2®
8
All V=V programs
9
Public Storage Key
10-15
V=R programs
For more information on subpool assignments, see the appropriate IBM manual.

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 103

 Ext
Number of extents.
Alloc. Blks
Storage that the VSM assigned to the subpool.
Storage Used
Part of the subpool allocation that has been used to satisfy a GETMAIN request.
Largest Free Blk
Largest piece of storage that is in a subpool allocation, but has not been used to satisfy a GETMAIN
request.
Total
Ext, Alloc. Blks, and Storage Used totals are sums of the subpools displayed. Largest Free Blk is the
largest free block of all subpools or of unallocated storage.
When an SQA overflow condition occurs, the following line appears at the bottom of CSA output:

(CSA SIZE DOES NOT INCLUDE nnnk OF CSA CONVERTED TO SQA)

To display CSA for real storage, use the CSAR minor command of SYS.

Related information
Other system storage minor commands: CSAR, ECSA, ESQA, RMAP, SQA, and VMAP

CSAA
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays common storage area information.
CSAA [function keyword] [filter keyword]
The CSAA command entered without operands defaults to the function keyword, SUMMARY. The CSAA
command entered with only a function keyword produces a display based on the defaults for the
associated filter keywords. The full command syntax is included in the display.
The CSAA command retains values for its keywords; therefore, you do not need to re-enter their values
each time you execute the command. Also, it displays the current values with the keywords so that they
can be changed easily.
Function keywords
The following function keywords are available for CSAA.
SUMMARY
Shows overall common storage utilization. This is the default. You can use this keyword to
determine if there is a common storage shortage problem in any of the four common storage
areas. SUMMARY does not accept filter keywords.
TREND
Displays the utilization trend of CSA, ECSA, SQA, or ESQA at the system or job level. TREND
accepts the following filter keywords: AREA, SYSTEM or JOB, and ASID.
USAGE
Lists the users of CSA, ECSA, SQA, or ESQA. USAGE accepts these filter keywords: AREA and
BOUND.

104 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 GROWTH
Displays the fastest growing users of CSA, ECSA, SQA, or ESQA. GROWTH accepts these filter
keywords: AREA and BOUND.
DETAIL
Generates a detailed report on outstanding GETMAINed items. You must specify a job name.
DETAIL accepts these filter keywords: AREA, ASID, SUBPOOL, MINSIZE, JOB, and KEY.
ORPHAN
Displays outstanding GETMAINed items whose original requestors are no longer active. You can
specify SYSTEM for all jobs, or the job name for a specific job. ORPHAN accepts these filter
keywords: AREA, ASID, SUBPOOL, MINSIZE, JOB or SYSTEM, and KEY.
OWNER
Shows the original requestor of a block of common storage. You must specify the start address or
the address range of the common storage block. OWNER accepts these filter keywords: RANGE
and KEY.
Filter keywords
The function keyword you specify determines which of the following filter keywords is available to
you. Most of the filter keywords have default values.
AREA(c)
Valid values for c: CSA, ESCA, SQA, or ESQA. Default value: CSA.
SYSTEM or JOB(c)
SYSTEM generates a system level report. JOB(c) generates a report for a specified job. An asterisk
(*) indicates all jobs.
ASID(n)
Address space identifier. An asterisk (*) indicates all ASIDs of the specified job name. Default
value: *.
BOUND(n)
Specifies a lower bound in percent to limit display. Default value: 0.
SUBPOOL(n)
Subpool number. An asterisk (*) indicates all subpool numbers within the specified area. Default
value: *.
KEY(n)
Storage key; any number from 0 to 15, or *. An asterisk (*) indicates all storage keys. Default value:
*.
MINSIZE(n)
Limits the display to areas whose size is greater than or equal to minsize. Default value: 0.
RANGE(l,h)
Specifies low and high addresses that indicate the desired address range. Default value: all
common storage addresses.

Interpreting the CSAA display

An asterisk (*) to the right of a job name indicates that the job has terminated.
A job name of *SYSTEM* indicates that the issuer of a request is unknown.

Related information
Other CSA Analyzer command: “CSAF” on page 106

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 105

CSAF
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays and frees orphan storage blocks.
You can specify SYSTEM for all jobs, or the jobname for a specific job. Place an F before the job to free the
displayed orphan storage areas.
The OMEGAMON CSAF command uses the following filter keywords:
AREA(c)
Valid values for c: CSA, ESCA, SQA, or ESQA. Default value: CSA.
SYSTEM or JOB(c)
SYSTEM generates a system level report. JOB(c) generates a report for a specified job. An asterisk (*)
indicates all jobs.
ASID(n)
Address space identifier. An asterisk (*) indicates all ASIDs of the specified job name. Default value: *.
SUBPOOL(n)
Subpool number. An asterisk (*) indicates all subpool numbers within the specified area. Default
value: *.
KEY(n)
Storage key; any number from 0 to 15, or *. An asterisk (*) indicates all storage keys. Default value: *.
MINSIZE(n)
Limits the display to areas whose size is greater than or equal to minsize. Default value: 0.
Some CSAF commands display a RETURN field. This is the return address of the getmain requestor. It
points to the instruction after the getmain request.

Related information
Other CSA Analyzer command: “CSAA” on page 104

CSAR
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
Displays the users of Common Storage Area (CSA) real storage by storage protect key. These are the
typical protect key assignments:
0
Control Program
1
Job Scheduler and JES
2,3,4
Reserved
5
Data Management: IOS, OPEN/CLOSE/EOV

106 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 6
TCAM and VTAM
7
IMS & DB2
8
All V=V programs
9
Public Storage Key
10-15
V=R programs
For more information about subpool assignments, see the appropriate IBM manual.
The following figure shows a typical CSAR display.

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS123,145) <<

CSAR Key Used by CSA Real Memory
+ 0 Supervisor 592K
+ 1 JES 172K
+ 5 Data Mgmt. 8K
+ 6 TCAM/VTAM 588K
+ 7 IMS 268K
+ 8 V=V 8K
+ ----------------------------
+ Total 1636K

Related information
Other system storage minor commands: CSA, ECSA, ESQA, RMAP, SQA, and VMAP

CSD
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Common System Data area.
By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format,
add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CVT, GDA,
GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

CTAPxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 107

 Description
Displays statistics about magnetic tapes connected by channel path xx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CTRG
Type
Minor of address space majors

Description
The CTRG commmand displays the Working Set Management central storage target size, in frames, for the
address space that is specified in the major command.

Command format
CTRG

This command has no parameters.

CUR xx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about unit record devices connected by channel path xx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

CVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

108 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Dumps Communications Vector Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To
view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

CWSS
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
Displays common area target working set size in frames.

Related information
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG, RREA,
RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

Chapter 5. C commands and keywords 109

110 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 6. D commands and keywords

/D
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
See “/DOWN or /D” on page 124.

Related information
None

.D
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Deletes the specified number of lines on the physical screen.

.D nnn

This command deletes lines beginning with the current line. For example, the following command deletes
5 lines on the physical screen.

.D 5

The default is 1.

Related information
None

DADR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the unit address of the device.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 111

DALC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of allocations to the device.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DATA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (of PEEK)

Description
Displays data space and Hiperspace utilization for a given address space. (There are other entries with the
same name. See the next entry for a description of DATA as a minor of SEEK.)
The DATA minor of PEEK requires an APF-authorized environment.
Here is an example of the DATA minor display.

-PEEK TSOX07 ASID=48 >> OB8112: Data Collection Initiated <<

data Name Type Owning Task Current Size Maximum Size
+ SDUMPSWA Basic CR8SPACE (007FE380) 64K 256K
+ MYHIPER Scroll HIPERPGM (007FD468) 1000K 4096K
+ HIPER2 Cache HIPERPGM (007FDA50) 40K 100K
+ SDUMPALL Basic DSPPGM1 (007ED900) 4K 4K

If you put an X in the label field, DATA displays extended information.

-PEEK TSOX07 ASID=48 >> OB8112: Data Collection Initiated <<

Xdata Name Type Owning Task Current Size Maximum Size
+ SDUMPSWA Basic CR8SPACE (007FE380) 64K 256K
+ Key= 8 Fprot=NO Dref=NO Scope=SINGLE
+ Used= 2660K PageableFrm 2660K FixedFrm= 1648K
+ MYHIPER Scroll HIPERPGM (007FD468) 1000K 4096K
+ Key= 7 Fprot=NO
+ HIPER2 Cache HIPERPGM (007FDA50) 40K 100K
+ Key= 0 Fprot=YES Castout=YES
+ SDUMPALL Basic DSPPGM1 (007ED900) 4K 4K

The following fields appear in the DATA display:

Name
Name of the data-only space.
Type
Type of data-only space. Valid types are basic, scroll, and cache.
BASIC
BASIC data space.
SCROLL
SCROLL-type Hiperspace.

112 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 CACHE
CACHE-type Hiperspace.
Owning Task
Program name and TCB address associated with the owning task.
Size
Current size of the data-only space in K.
Max Size
Maximum allowable size of the data-only space in K.
Key
Storage protect key of the data-only space.
Fprot
Storage fetch protection indicator of the data-only space.
Dref
Disabled reference storage indicator for the BASIC data space.
Scope
Specifies whether the BASIC data space is shareable (ALL) or non-shareable (SINGLE) with other
address spaces.
Castout
Indicates whether the CACHE-type Hiperspace is being given special consideration when the system
searches for pages to remove when a shortage arises.
Used
The storage used, in bytes, that is made up of real storage and auxiliary storage backing the data only
space.
PageableFrm
The Pageable Real Storage frames, in bytes, that are currently backing the data only space.
FixedFrm
The Fixed Real Storage frames, in bytes, that are currently backing the data only space.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other Minors that collect data about address spaces: AMAP, DDNS, JOBS, MODS, STEP, SUBP, and TCBS

DATA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (of SEEK)

Description
Displays detailed data set information for one or all SEEKs. (There are other entries with the same name.
See the previous entry for a description of DATA as a minor of PEEK.)
[X]DATA ITEM(nnn | cccccccc | *)
X
An optional label which may be used to display extent information for each extent in a data set
associated with a displayed SEEK observation. If not specified, the display includes extent information
for only the extent within the data set accessed during the observed SEEK.
nnn
The 1-to 3-digit sample number that detailed information is requested for.

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 113

 cccccccc
The 1-to 8-character job name that detailed SEEK information is requested for.
*
Displays detailed data for all observed SEEKs. (default)
The following figure displays the output from a DATA detail display for all observed SEEKs:

-SEEK VOL(OMON28) INT(10)

+ Unit=3DC Volser=OMON28 Samples=70 Interval=010 ms SEEKS=20 Time=08:43:21
DATA ITEM(*)
+ # Jobname ASID Dataset name Cyl Ext Low Hi
+ -- -------- ---- -------------------------------------------- --- --- -------
+ 3 TESTJOB1 1C PAYROLL.TEST.FILE 853 1 840 879
+ 6 PRODJOBA 23 PAYROLL.PROD.FILE 83 3 080 099
+ 7 PRODJOBA 23 PAYROLL.PROD.FILE 84 3 080 099
+ 8 XYZJOB 15A XYZJOB.DATA 773 4 773 773
+ 12 TSOUSERX 76 TSOUSERX.JCL.CNTL 310 2 310 310
+ 15 TESTJOB1 1C PAYROLL.TEST.FILE 854 1 840 879
+ 19 TSOUSERY 8D TSOUSERY.DUMP.LIST 527 10 520 534
+ 21 TSOUSERX 89 TSOUSER.COMMON.CLIST 880 1 880 884
+ 28 TESTJOB1 1C PAYROLL.TEST.FILE 855 1 840 879
+ 32 ABCJOB 143 ABCJOB.DATA 395 1 394 396
+ 35 TSOUSERX 76 TSOUSER.COMMON.CLIST 881 1 880 884
+ 41 PRODJOBA 23 PAYROLL.PROD.FILE 90 3 080 099
+ 42 TSOUSERY 8D TSOUSERY.DUMP.LIST 528 10 520 534
+ 45 TESTJOB1 1C PAYROLL.TEST.FILE 859 1 840 879
+ 49 TSOUSERX 76 TSOUSERX.JCL.CNTL 310 2 310 310
+ 53 TSOUSERY 8D TSOUSER.COMMON.CLIST 881 1 880 884
+ 56 TSOUSERY 8D TSOUSERY.DUMP.LIST 529 10 520 524
+ 61 TSOUSERZ A7 TSOUSERZ.MISC.LOG 195 1 195 195
+ 62 XYZJOB 15A XYZJOB.DATA 773 4 773 773
+ 63 PRODJOBA 23 PAYROLL.TEST.FILE 853 1 840 879

Related information
Minor of: SEEK
Other SEEK contention analysis Minors: PLOT and WSIZ nnn

DCAT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays whether a device (tape or disk) is static, installation-static, or dynamic. DCAT will display
STATIC, I-STATIC, or DYNAMIC, to indicate the device category.

Related information
Minor of: See Disk information commands and Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.

/DCL
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

114 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Deletes all comment lines on the screen. If you want to delete only those comment lines below a certain
point on the screen, use the equivalent immediate command instead.

Related information
None

.DCL
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Deletes all comment lines following its entry line. If you want to delete all comment lines on the
screen, use the equivalent INFO-line command instead. Unlike most other immediate commands, .DCL
disappears after it executes.

Related information
None

.DD
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Deletes a block of data.
To delete a block of data from the physical screen, enter.DD on the first line of the block and .DD on
the last line. For example, the following command deletes the line with the first .DD command and the
succeeding 3 lines.

.DD
DISK SYSB24 TSO021 SYSB21 MVSA21
DSKB MVSA21 PROD05 SYSA24
.DD 150 334 D8B

Related information
None

DDNM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 115

 Description
Directs the output to a particular ddname. The DDNM minor removes control from SYSOUT.

DDNM cccccccc

If the value you type is not valid, OMEGAMON redisplays it where you typed it and does not transfer it to
the pending column.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

DDNS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays information about allocated ddnames.

[␢]DDNS[nn]
[X]DDNS[nn]

␢
Displays all ddnames allocated to a job step and their corresponding device numbers, data set names,
and volume serial numbers.
X
Requests extended information. For each TCB group of ddnames, XDDNS shows:
LRECL
Logical record.
BLKSZ
Blocksize.
RECFM
Record format.
DSORG
Data set organization.
PWD
Password protection. A blank indicates that no data set password is in effect.
EXCP
Execute channel program. This figure represents the number of I/Os (EXCPs) issued.
TIOT
Task I/O table address.
nn
Suppresses the first nn lines of the display. This option is useful if all of the ddnames do not fit on one
screen.
Here is an example of the DDNS display:

116 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 PEEK USER01 ASID=46, collected at 15:39:39
ddns DDname Adr VolSer Sta,Dsp DSname
+ PROC00 245 SYSRES SHR,KEE SYS1.PROCLIB
+ 246 USER01 SHR,KEE USER1.PROCLIB
+ PROC01 245 SYSRES SHR,KEE SYS2.PROCLIB

The following conditions apply to the DDNS display:

• The DDNS display includes dynamically allocated ddnames.
• A blank ddname field indicates the data set is part of a concatenation with preceding data sets.
• DDNS displays only the first allocated volume in cases where a ddname is associated with a multi-
volume data set. A plus sign (+) immediately following the volser field indicates a multi-volume data set.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other Minors that collect data about address spaces: AMAP, DATA, JOBS, MODS, STEP, SUBP, and TCBS

/DEF
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Inhibits automatic updating to allow screen space definition. This command allows you to define a screen
space to include commands that comment themselves out or otherwise change form after execution.

/DEF {ON|HOLD|OFF}

ON
/DEF ON inhibits automatic updating during a dedicated mode session or a VTAM mode session
with automatic updating activated (see the /AUP or .AUP command). Once you set definition mode
with /DEF ON, it remains in effect until you issue /DEF OFF, or save or replace the screen space.
HOLD
Same as ON argument, but definition mode remains in effect after you save a screen space. It is only
canceled when you issue /DEF OFF. Use this option when you want to save two or more screens in a
row without reactivating definition mode each time.
OFF
Restores normal screen updating (cancels the effect of /DEF ON or /DEF HOLD).
.DEF is the equivalent immediate command.

Related information
None

.DEF
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 117

 Description
Inhibits automatic updating to allow screen space definition. See /DEF, the equivalent INFO-line
command, for the command description. If .DEF is entered without an argument, OMEGAMON displays
the current definition mode status (ON, OFF, or HOLD).

Related information
None

DELT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Deletes a screen space from main storage and from the user’s screen space library,
rhilev.midlev.RKOMPCSV, which is referenced by the RKOMPCSV DD statement.
DELT does not delete screen spaces from the IBM-supplied screen space library,
rhilev.midlev.RKOMPROC, which is referenced by the RKOMPROC DD statement.

DELTc aaaaaaaaa

c
One of the following arguments that specifies the location of the screen space. Enter it in column 6:
B or ␢
Deletes from both main storage and RKOMPCSV.
I
Deletes from main storage (in-storage) only.
D
Deletes from RKOMPCSV only.
aaaaaaaa
The screen space name you want to delete. Specify the name starting in column 8.
For example, the following command deletes screen space SAMPLE from main storage.

DELTI SAMPLE

Related information
None

DEST
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Specifies the destination that is to receive the output. The DEST minor is under SYSOUT control.

DEST cccccccc

118 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 The default is *NONE*, which sends output to the local printer. The destination can be a terminal, a node,
a remote work station, a local device or group of devices, or a user ID.
Your installation determines valid destinations. OMEGAMON checks your installation’s table for valid
destinations only when you reset the log (with .LOGOUT or .XLFOUT). During initialization, OMEGAMON
only checks syntax validity.
If the destination is a specific user ID (at the device destination), use the DSTU minor command for the
user ID.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

DEV
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects the device (disk or tape drive) with volser cccccc or address xxxx.
DEV cccccc|xxxx
For example, if you supply the volser or the address of a disk, DEV displays the volser, the address, and
the online or offline status of the disk.
If you enter:

DEV 0520

the result is:

DEV 0520 volser=TSO099 Online Alloc

Alternatively, you could supply the volser (TSO099).

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands and Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.

DEVL
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects list of online disks by volser cccccc or unit address xxx.
DEVL cccccc ... cccccc|xxx ... xxx
DEVL selects a list of disks for examination, whereas DEV selects only one device at a time.

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 119

 The following example shows disks at addresses 123 and 141 and volsers TSO021 and TSO022:

DEVL 123 TSO021 TSO022 141

If you list an invalid address or volser, or if you specify the same disk twice, OMEGAMON eliminates the
invalid or duplicate value from the list.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DEVP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects a list of online disks using patterns set with .SPT.
DEVP/n
The variable n is a number from 0 to 9 indicating the pattern set with the .SPT immediate command.
For example, you could set the pattern and then display all online disks beginning with TSO as shown in
this figure:

.SPT/9 TSO*
DEVP/9 TSO024 TSO025 TSO021 TSO022 TSO023 TSO069

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DEX
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays information about the status of the DEXAN data collector. DEXAN statistically analyzes
degradation by surveying system resources to determine where a workload is spending its time and
whether it is spending that time productively or unproductively, (whether it is active or waiting).
The DEX command must precede any DEX minor commands on the screen for them to work. For example,
to start the data collector you would enter DEX and BEGN in the following way:

DEX
BEGN

Related information
Major of: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn, CNTJnn, CNTS,
END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn, SUSP,
SYNC, THRS

120 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
DFRS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of deferred frame allocations. Use DFRSF to display the number of deferred fixed frame
allocations.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

DING
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Forces the terminal bell (audible signal) to sound. The bell must be activated with the BELL=YES option
of the OPTN immediate command. You can set the BELL=YES option through the menu system and save
your setting in a user profile.

Related information
None

DIO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays EXCPs issued to a device (tape or disk). DIO requires RMF.
Note: If RMF is not currently monitoring the device when you issue DIO, the command displays the
message UNMNITRD.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 121

DIOQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays I/O queue length on the disk.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DISK
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects online disks. An argument of AL (DISKAL) displays all offline disks as well as those online.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DISP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays dispatching algorithm in use for a job. The algorithm can be one of the following:
• MTW (Mean-Time-to-Wait)
• ROTATE
• TIME-SLC
• FIXED

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

DLST
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

122 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Lists all online and offline disks. A hyphen (-) in the command display indicates the selected offline disks.

Related information
Other Device Listing commands: GLST and TLST

.DMP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays information at hex offset xx from ASCB or Unit Control Block (UCB).
C.DMPxx or .DMxxx
If you place the letter C in column 1, .DMP dumps 8 characters at offset xx in character format. If you
want to specify a three-digit offset, use .DMxxx.
This command is considered to be a generalized minor, in that it applies to more than one group of major
commands.
When you use .DMPxx with an address space major command, it displays 4 hex bytes at offset xx from the
ASCB.
When you use .DMPxx with a device major command, it displays 4 hex bytes at offset xx from the device’s
UCB.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands and Device information commands in Chapter 1,
“Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Identification minors: ASID, PROC, and STEP
Other Device Listing commands: DLST, GLST, and TLST

.DMxxx
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
See “.DMP” on page 123.

Related information
None

DOPN
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 123

 Description
Displays number of open DCBs and ACBs on the device.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

/DOWN or /D
Description
OMEGAMON INFO-line command
Scrolls down the specified number of lines.

/DOWN cccc

cccc can be:

nnn
Scrolls nnn lines (from 1–999).
BOT
Scrolls to the last logical row.
CSR
Scrolls according to the current location of the cursor. If the cursor is on the INFO-line, the scroll
amount is a page.
MAX
Scrolls down the number of LROWS defined for your terminal.
PAGE
Scrolls down so that the current cursor position is at the bottom of the physical screen. This is the
default.
/DOWN works only if the number of logical rows is defined to a number greater than the number of
physical rows on this terminal. This definition can be changed with the LROWS startup parameter.
If you assign the /DOWN command to a PF key (the default is PF20), you can type any of the optional
arguments on the INFO-line before you press the PF key. OMEGAMON will interpret the entry as if you had
typed the command plus the argument.

Related information
None

DPAV
Type
Major command

Description
The DPAV command displays PAV (parallel access volume) base devices.

Command format
DPAV

124 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 This command has no parameters.

DPIN
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays whether device’s UCB (tape or disk) is pinned. DPIN will display PINNED, UNKNOWN, or a field of
blanks, to indicate the device status.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DPLT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays disk activity every nn milliseconds. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next
entry for a description of DPLT as a minor of tape majors.)
DPLTnn
DPLT allows inspection of processes that occur between OMEGAMON cycles. For any given major device
command, DPLT takes 50 samples every nn milliseconds. DPLT only plots the first device that the major
specifies. Each sample indicates changes in device status and user.
As the plot progresses from left to right, a number of fields show either the status of the address space or
its activity since the last sample. One column in the display represents each sample.
If you use DPLT as a minor command of DSKQ, OMEGAMON only performs the sampling when there is a
need, such as when a disk has an I/O queue length of nn or more and is, therefore, selected by the DSKQ
command.
To monitor a specific device, use DPLT as a minor command of DEV xxx, where xxx specifies the device
number.
The following screen display shows an example of the DPLT command used with the DSKQ major.

DSKQ01 MVS005
DPLT03 _____ OMEGAMON Peek at unit=138 volser=MVS005 __________
+ |DBsy DDDD DD DDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD DDDD | Samples: 50
+ |IOQ 1 11221111 11223322222222111111 2222 | Interval: 4
+ |I/O# >33 >34 >35 >36 >37 >38 >39 | I/O’s: 6
+ |CPU |||..|..|...||.......|||......|......|||......||..|
+ |User >PAYROLL >SORT >PAYROLL >SORT |
+ |Cyl >280>281 >403 >282 >283 >404 >284 |
+ |Nrdy |
+ |Resv |

Figure 2. DPLT command used with the DSKQ major

To report on the I/O# subfield properly, DPLT requires RMF to be monitoring the device.

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 125

 The Interval value to the right is the true interval between samples, calculated after DPLT completes
processing. On a system running perfectly, this number is the same as the nn sampling interval. This
number may vary due to your system’s workload.
The previous example shows that the DSKQ01 command selected a disk with a volser of MVS005 because
it had an I/O queue length of one or more. The minor command DPLT03 plots the activity on the selected
device at 3 millisecond intervals (OMEGAMON always takes 50 samples). The resulting plot shows two
jobs (PAYROLL and SORT) competing for the disk arm at cylinder addresses 280 and 403. This explains
the I/O queue on the selected device. Even though we specified a 3 millisecond interval (DPLT03), the
actual interval that appears is 4 milliseconds (Interval: 4). This is because other address spaces operated
at a higher priority than OMEGAMON at the time.
The following fields appear in the display:
DBsy
D indicates device busy. S indicates suspended channel program.
IOQ
Length of IOQ. A value greater than 9 but less than 36 is given by a letter of the alphabet, where A=10,
B=11, and so on. A value greater than 35 is given by a plus (+) sign.
I/O#
Wrap-around I/O#. (The > indicates the point at which OMEGAMON calculates a new wrap-around
I/O#. The new number appears to the right of the >, and indicates the end of the I/O.)
CPU
Can be one of these symbols:
|
CPU dispatchable. This character indicates that the address space has at least one TCB ready to
be dispatched.
.
Waiting. This character indicates that no TCBs are ready to execute.
User
Current user. (The > indicates the point at which a new user had the device.)
Note: OMEGAMON may not be able to identify the user of a device if that user is a system routine or
utility issuing its own seek commands.
Cyl
Cylinder address. (The > indicates the point at which a new cylinder was accessed.) Rls in this field
indicates that a standalone release is in progress; therefore, no cylinder is involved.
Nrdy
Not ready.
Resv
Device reserved this CPU.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DPLT
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Plots tape device activity every nn milliseconds. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
previous entry for a description of DPLT as a minor of disk majors.)

126 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
DPLTnn
DPLT allows inspection of processes that occur between OMEGAMON cycles. For any given major device
command, DPLT takes 50 samples every nn milliseconds. DPLT only plots the first device which the major
specifies. Each sample indicates changes in device status and user.
To report on the I/O# subfield properly, DPLT requires RMF to be monitoring the device.
The following screen display shows the DPLT minor command used with the DEV major.

DEV 522 Online

DPLT02 ________ OMEGAMON Peek at unit=522 volser=...... _______
+ |DBsy | Samples: 50
+ |CBsy | Interval: 6
+ |Chan | I/O’s:
+ |IOQ 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111|
+ |I/O# |
+ |CPU |
+ |User |
+ |Cyl |
+ |Nrdy NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN|
+ |Resv |

Figure 3. DPLT minor command used with the DEV major

The following fields appear on the display:

DBsy
D indicates device busy.S indicates suspended channel program.
IOQ
Length of IOQ. A value greater than 9 but less than 36 is given by a letter of the alphabet, where A=10,
B=11, and so on. A value greater than 35 is given by a plus (+) sign.
I/O#
Wrap-around I/O#.
CPU
Can be one of these symbols:
|
CPU dispatchable. This character indicates that the address space has at least one TCB ready to
be dispatched.
.
Waiting. This character indicates that no TCBs are ready to execute.
User
Current user.
Cyl
Cylinder address. Rls in this field indicates that a standalone release is in progress, and, therefore, no
cylinder is involved.
Nrdy
Not ready.
Resv
Device reserved this CPU.

Related information
Minor of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 127

DPRT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays dispatching priority. The priority appears in hex and decimal.

Related information
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

DRES
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays device reserve count from this CPU.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

.DSA
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command (authorized)

Description
Sets and displays authorization to list and or zap non-shareable data-only spaces. The .DSA command
provides a mechanism to limit the scope of the listing and zapping commands to shareable data-only
spaces (data spaces or hiperspaces that have been defined by the owner as able to be shared by other
address spaces).
Entering .DSA with no operand displays the current status of data-only space authorization.
The .DSA command exists to provide an extra level of protection when using OSPC, SCHN, SLST, SSCN,
and SZAP.

Related information
Other Data Space and Hiperspace Storage commands: OSPC, SCHN, SLST, SSCN, and SZAP

128 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
DSCnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets threshold for average device disconnect time > nnn milliseconds.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

.DSE
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays the status of stacked screens. The .DSE command displays the status of screens stacked with
the /STK INFO-line command. The information includes the screen space name, the GETMAINed size in
bytes of each screen space, a time stamp that indicates when you stacked the screen, the total amount of
storage allocated for all stacked screens, and the relative position of the current stack entry pointer.
The current stack entry pointer is the arrow that is labeled current in the .DSE display. The entry pointer
indicates which screen space in the stack has most recently been referenced with a /STK INFO-line
command. If you issue the /STK command with an up or down argument, the pointer moves to the entry
preceding or following the current entry.
Following is a typical .DSE immediate command display.

.DSE Entry Screen Size (bytes) Time

+ 1 #01 17987 10:27:14
+ current --> 2 SYSLOAD 17987 11:08:30
+ 3 OMINITZZ 17987 11:56:00
+ Total stack size: 53961

Figure 4. Typical .DSE immediate command display

Related information
None

DSKB
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 129

 Description
Selects busy disks.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKC
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects disks with suspended channel programs.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKE
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects permanently resident disks.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKG
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects mass storage (MSS) virtual disks.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKM
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

130 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Selects disks waiting on mounts.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKN
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects disks with volsers that start with cc.

DSKNcc

The following example selects disks with volsers that begin with the characters TS, such as all TSO disks:

DSKNTS

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of PUBLIC.

Related information
Minor of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKQ
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects disks with I/O queue length of nn or more.
DSKQnn
The DPLTnn minor command plots a microscopic analysis of device utilization. You can use it to
investigate disks with I/O queues.

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 131

 Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKR
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects disks with a RESERVE currently issued from this CPU.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKS
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of STORAGE.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSKU
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects disks with UCBnames starting with xx.
DSKUxx
The variable xx specifies the UCBnames with which the disks begin. This may or may not correspond to
control unit xx. DSKUxx does not consider alternate paths.
The following example selects disks with UCBnames that start with 58, which includes disks 580 through
58F:

DSKU58

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

132 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
DSKV
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects DASD volumes with a mount status of PRIVATE.

Related information
Major of “Disk information commands” on page 21

DSN
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Displays data set label information given DSN. DSN displays tape or disk volume data set label
information. The command name begins in column 2 and the data set name begins in column 7.
OMEGAMON automatically supplies the name of the volser, and replaces the command DSN with DSNV to
indicate that it found the volser name.
To execute the command in dedicated mode, you must move the cursor down to the next line.
If you enter:

DSN XOSCAN.OMM.A.TEST

the result is:

>DSNV PRI131 TDZOST.M5420D3I.TKANMOD

> Creat-Dt Expir-Dt Last-Acs XT DSORG BLKSZ LRECL RECFM
> 01/05/09 01/00/00 03/11/09 1 PO 32760 0 U
> Prim-Alloc Used-Alloc Sec-Alloc
> 650 628 91

These are the fields on the display:

Creat-Dt
Creation date
Expir-Dt
Expiration date
Last-Acs
Date of last access
P
Password protection
Alloc
Total tracks allocated
Used
Total tracks used
XT
Number of extents

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 133

 SEC
Secondary allocation (in tracks or blocks)
DSORG
Dataset organization
BLKSZ
Block size
LRECL
Logical record length
RECFM
Record format
The > next to DSNV in the display indicates that the command changed to a comment to prevent
re-executing on subsequent cycles. To allow the command to execute on the next cycle, space over the >.
If you want information about a data set that is uncataloged, you must use DSNV instead of DSN, and
provide the name of the volser along with the data set name. An example of the DSNV command:
DSNV SYS010 XOSCAN.OMM.A.TEST

Related information
Other Dataset information command: LOC

DSNV
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
See DSN.

Related information
None

DSPA
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Displays details of the data FNDU collected. For example:

FNDU MVS001 245 2 User(s) Holding 3 Allocation(s)

DSPA DDName Sta,Disp DSName
+ TSO005 SYSUT1 OLD,KEEP SYS3.DATALIB
+ SYS00001 SHR,KEEP SYSCTLG.VMVS001
+ PRODJOB TMPFILE * NEW,PASS TEMPFILE

Figure 5. Typical FNDU data

This display indicates that job TSO005 has two data sets allocated on MVS001, and that job PRODJOB
has one data set. The asterisk (*) indicates that data set TEMPFILE is currently open.

134 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 DSPA accepts a 2-digit argument to suppress the first nn lines of output.

Related information
Minor of: FNDU
Other Find Users of a Device minors: DSPC, DSPO, and WSIZ nn

DSPC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays dataspace utilization (in pages) by an address space. (There are other entries with the same
name. See the next entry for a description of DSPC as a minor of FNDU.) DSPC displays the number of 4K
blocks of virtual storage in use. Only user key dataspaces are included.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

DSPC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays only those allocations that are currently closed. (See previous entry for a description of DSPC as
a minor of address space majors.)

Related information
Minor of: FNDU
Other Find Users of a Device minors: DSPA, DSPO, and WSIZ nn

DSPO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays only those allocations that are currently open.

Related information
Minor of: FNDU

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 135

 Other Find Users of a Device minors: DSPA, DSPC, and WSIZ nn

DSTA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays mount status. Status can be:
• PRIVATE
• PUBLIC
• STORAGE

Related information
Minor of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

DSTU
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Specifies the destination user ID to receive a report. The DSTU minor is under SYSOUT control.
DSTU cccccccc
The default is *NONE*, which sends output to the local printer. Enter the destination user ID in the format
established for your installation.
Your installation determines valid destinations. OMEGAMON checks your installation’s JES parameters
for valid destinations only when you reset the log (with .LOGOUT or .XLFOUT). During initialization,
OMEGAMON only checks syntax validity.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

DTYP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays device type (tape or disk).

136 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: See Disk information commands and Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.

DUMP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays dumps of control blocks as specified by its minors. An argument of AD shows the starting
address of the control block. To dump a UCB, use the DVMP minor command of DEV. Each minor
command displays a different control block.
The following figure shows typical hex dumps of address space control block 19 and the SRM control
table.

DUMP
ASCB19 <Dump ASID 19 TEST23> Addr=00FCC9A8
+ 0000 C1E2C3C2 00FDC130 0000BC10 00000000 *ASCB..A.........*
+ 0010 0081D248 000000A0 00000000 00296310 *.aK.............*
+ 0020 00000000 00030002 000001FF 00000000 *................*
+ 0030 0081F548 C0FE0260 00FE8020 00000000 *.a5.{..-........*
+ 0040 00000000 1706F000 94FC0D1B 09A2D000 *......0.m....s}.*
+ 0050 00000000 8081D7E0 94FC0CBC 00000000 *.....aP\m.......*
+ 0060 0081CD90 FFFF0100 00000000 0081F300 *.a...........a3.*
+ 0070 002B0044 00000000 ... <dump of ASCB> ...
================================================================================
RMCT Addr=000281F8
+ 0000 D9D4C3E3 00028318 000283C8 00028428 *RMCT..c...cH..d.*
+ 0010 00028610 00028678 00FE6220 00FEE978 *..f...f.......Z.*
+ 0020 0002D278 00000000 000287A0 000287F8 *..K.......g...g8*
+ 0030 00028B78 00028B38 00028A68 00028760 *..............g-*
+ 0040 00031923 00024D94 0004F58C 00028E78 *......(m..5.....*
+ 0050 00028EAC 00000000 00FEA678 00028BA8 *..........w....y*
+ 0060 0000A466 00028C10 00028BC8 00028BE0 *..u........H...\*
+ 0070 00028BF8 00028898 0FCCC5F7 ... <dump of RMCT> ...
================================================================================

Figure 6. Typical hex dumps of address space control block 19 and the SRM control table

Related information
Major of: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT, GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT,
LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA,
RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

DUSR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays current user of device (tape or disk).

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 137

 Related information
Minor of: See Disk information commands and Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.

DUTnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets threshold for average device utilization > nnn percent.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

DVCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays device connection time in seconds.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, JCAF, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

DVMP
Type
Minor of the device major commands, for example: “DEV” on page 119

Description
The DVMP command displays the following information for a device:
• the unit control block (UCB) for the device in hex format
• the UCB prefix
• all appropriate extensions for the device
• the device status.

138 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command format
DVMP

This command has no parameters.

DVOL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays volser of selected device (tape or disk). If the tape drive is not allocated, OMEGAMON displays
--------.
If a tape mount is outstanding for the drive, M*vvvvvv appears. The variable vvvvvv is the volume serial
number.

Related information
Minor of: DEV and DEVL.

Chapter 6. D commands and keywords 139

140 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 7. E commands and keywords

ECPU
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The ECPU command displays the independent enclave time in seconds. This command is the equivalent
of the SMF Type 30 field SMF30ENC.
Independent and dependent enclave percentages and times are available by using the NCLV major
command and its associated minor commands. These statistics, summarized by enclave-owning address
space, include standard CP, zIIP, zCBP or zAAP, and Total values.

Command format
ECPU[.R|.%]

blank
Displays the independent enclave time in seconds and fractions of seconds.
.R
Displays the rate of CPU consumption per second.
.%
Displays the percentage of CPU usage.

ECSA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays a job’s usage of ECSA. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a
description of ECSA as a minor of SYS.)

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

ECSA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 141

 Description
Displays extended common storage area (ECSA) by subpool and protect key. (There are other entries with
the same name. See the previous entry for a description of ECSA as a minor of address space majors.)
The following figure shows a typical display of ECSA utilization.

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS123,145) <<

ECSA Subpl-Key Ext Alloc. Blks Storage Used Largest Free Blk
+ 227-0 1 4K 72 3K+952
+ 228-5 1 24K 24K
+ 241-0 1 4K 2K+72 1K+264
+ 241-1 1 8K 4K+544 3K+480
+ --- ------------- ------------------- -------------------
+ Total: 4 40K 30K+688 960K
+ Percent of ECSA: 4.0% 3.1% 96.0%
+ ECSA size: 1,000K

Subpl-Key
Storage by subpool and key. These are the typical protect key assignments:
0
Control Program
1
Job Scheduler and JES
2,3,4
Reserved
5
Data Management: IOS, OPEN/CLOSE/EOV
6
TCAM and VTAM
7
IMS & DB2
8
All V=V programs
9
Public Storage Key
10-15
V=R programs
For more information about subpool assignments, see the appropriate IBM manual.
Ext
Number of extents.
Alloc. Blks
Storage that the VSM assigned to the subpool.
Storage Used
Part of the subpool allocation that has been used to satisfy a GETMAIN request.
Largest Free Blk
Largest piece of storage that is in a subpool allocation, but has not been used to satisfy a GETMAIN
request.
Total
Ext, Alloc. Blks, and Storage Used totals are sums of the subpools displayed. Largest Free Blk is the
largest free block of all subpools or of unallocated storage.
When an ECSA overflow condition occurs, the following line appears at the bottom of ECSA output:

(ECSA SIZE DOES NOT INCLUDE nnnk OF ECSA CONVERTED TO ESQA)

142 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other system storage minors: CSA, CSAR, ESQA, RMAP, SQA, and VMAP

EDPP
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Description
The EDPP command displays dependent enclave information as percentages by owning address space.
It displays the following information for each enclave-owning address space where its dependent or
independent enclaves have consumed CPU resource over the measurement interval:
• address space name
• address space ID in hexadecimal format
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zAAP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zIIP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zAAP-eligible work
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zIIP-eligible work
• total of combined standard CP, zAAP and zIIP percentage consumed by enclaves.
A totals line displaying the sum of these values by column is displayed after the individual address space
statistics.
Statistical values can be thresholded as follows:
• Address Space Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUWARN.
• Address Space Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUCRIT.
• LPAR Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTWARN.
• LPAR Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTCRIT.
Yellow indicates that the warning threshold has been exceeded.
Red indicates that the critical threshold has been exceeded.
Green indicates that there has been activity over the measurement interval.
zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
[U]EDPP[n]

blank
Displays normalized statistical values.
U
Displays un-normalized statistical values.

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords 143

 n
Displays statistical values where address space owned enclave CPU consumption is greater than or
equal to n%.

Related information
Other enclave minor commands: “EDPT” on page 144, “EIDP” on page 145, “EIDT” on page 146, “ETTP”
on page 150, “ETTT” on page 151

EDPT
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Description
The EDPT command displays dependent enclave information as times by owning address space. It
displays the following information for each enclave-owning address space where its dependent or
independent enclaves have consumed CPU resource over the measurement interval:
• address space name
• address space ID in hexadecimal format
• standard CP resource time consumed by enclaves
• zAAP resource time consumed by enclaves
• zIIP resource time consumed by enclaves
• standard CP resource time consumed by enclaves performing zAAP-eligible work
• standard CP resource time consumed by enclaves performing zIIP-eligible work
• total of combined standard CP, zAAP and zIIP time consumed by enclaves.
A totals line displaying the sum of these values by column is displayed after the individual address space
statistics.
Statistical values can be thresholded as follows:
• Address Space Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUWARN.
• Address Space Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUCRIT.
• LPAR Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTWARN.
• LPAR Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTCRIT.
Yellow indicates that the warning threshold has been exceeded.
Red indicates that the critical threshold has been exceeded.
Green indicates that there has been activity over the measurement interval.
zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
[U]EDPT[n]

blank
Displays normalized statistical values.

144 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 U
Displays un-normalized statistical values.
n
Displays statistical values where address space owned enclave CPU consumption is greater than or
equal to n%.

Related information
Other enclave minor commands: “EDPP” on page 143, “EIDP” on page 145, “EIDT” on page 146, “ETTP”
on page 150, “ETTT” on page 151

EDSK cccccc
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about disk information by volser pattern cccccc. This display supplements the PDSK
display and includes control unit busy, device busy, and ESCON switch port busy delay times.
If an asterisk is the last character in the volser pattern, any character after that point meets the selection
criteria. For example, the pattern VS* displays the volumes VSRESA, VSAM01, VS, and so on.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx,
LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx, SGRAxxx,
STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

EIDP
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Description
The EIDP command displays independent enclave information as percentages by owning address space.
It displays the following information for each enclave-owning address space where its dependent and
independent enclaves have consumed CPU resource over the measurement interval:
• address space name
• address space ID in hexadecimal format
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zAAP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zIIP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zAAP-eligible work
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zIIP-eligible work
• total of combined standard CP, zAAP and zIIP percentage consumed by enclaves.

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords 145

 A totals line displaying the sum of these values by column is displayed after the individual address space
statistics.
Statistical values can be thresholded as follows:
• Address Space Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUWARN.
• Address Space Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUCRIT.
• LPAR Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTWARN.
• LPAR Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTCRIT.
Yellow indicates that the warning threshold has been exceeded.
Red indicates that the critical threshold has been exceeded.
Green indicates that there has been activity over the measurement interval.
zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
[U]EIDP[n]

blank
Displays normalized statistical values.
U
Displays un-normalized statistical values.
n
Displays statistical values where address space owned enclave CPU consumption is greater than or
equal to n%.

Related information
Other enclave minor commands: “EDPP” on page 143, “EDPT” on page 144, “EIDT” on page 146, “ETTP”
on page 150, “ETTT” on page 151

EIDT
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Description
The EIDT command displays independent enclave information as times by owning address space. It
displays the following information for each enclave-owning address space where its dependent or
independent enclaves have consumed CPU resource over the measurement interval:
• address space name
• address space ID in hexadecimal format
• standard CP resource time consumed by enclaves
• zAAP resource time consumed by enclaves
• zIIP resource time consumed by enclaves
• standard CP resource time consumed by enclaves performing zAAP-eligible work
• standard CP resource time consumed by enclaves performing zIIP-eligible work

146 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • total of combined standard CP, zAAP and zIIP time consumed by enclaves.
A totals line displaying the sum of these values by column is displayed after the individual address space
statistics.
Statistical values can be thresholded as follows:
• Address Space Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUWARN.
• Address Space Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUCRIT.
• LPAR Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTWARN.
• LPAR Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTCRIT.
Yellow indicates that the warning threshold has been exceeded.
Red indicates that the critical threshold has been exceeded.
Green indicates that there has been activity over the measurement interval.
zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
[U]EIDT[n]

blank
Displays normalized statistical values.
U
Displays un-normalized statistical values.
n
Displays statistical values where address space owned enclave CPU consumption is greater than or
equal to n%.

Related information
Other enclave minor commands: “EDPP” on page 143, “EDPT” on page 144, “EIDP” on page 145, “ETTP”
on page 150, “ETTT” on page 151

ELAP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays elapsed time for address space. The display uses one of the following formats:
sss
SEC (seconds)
mm:ss
MN (minutes)
hh:mm
HR (hours)
dd:hh
DY (days)

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords 147

 For example:

BATJ USER21A DUMPJOB

ELAP 25 SEC 5:39 MN

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

END
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Stops the DEXAN data collector. To stop the DEXAN data collector, use the END command. For example:

DEX
END

DEXAN acknowledges your request and stops collecting data. NUMAnn can now be changed. To restart
DEXAN, use BEGN.
Note: Terminating DEXAN with this minor command does not terminate OMEGAMON.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn,PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

ENV
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The ENV command displays the following information about the system environment:
• current level of the operating system
• operating environment
• current LPAR (if applicable)
• processor’s unit number and model number
• date and time of the last IPL (initial program load)
• whether RMF is active, and the RMF level
• whether an ESCON director switch port is active
• whether WLM GOAL mode is active

148 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • whether HiperDispatch is active
• whether Series z Application Assist Processors (zAAPs) are configured, and how many
• whether zCBP processors are configured, and how many
• zAAP CrossOver setting, if supported. zIIP support eliminated this control completely. z/OS
maintenance prior to zIIP support might also have been applied to eliminate this control.
• zAAP or zCBP Honor Dispatch Priority setting
• zAAP or zCBP processor speed relative to a standard CP
• whether zIIPs (Integrated Information Processors) are configured, and how many
• zIIP Honor Dispatch Priority setting
• zIIP processor speed relative to a standard CP.
If processor multi-threading is active, this command also displays this information:
• the multi-threading status (PROCVIEW CORE)
• the maximum threads that can be active on any logical core
• the multi-threading mode of each processor class; that is, the number of threads that can be active on a
standard CP or zIIP logical core, as configured through the MT_CP_MODE and MT_ZIIP_MODE keyword
values in SYS1.PARMLIB(IEAOPTxx).
ASID and FMID, if displayed, refer to the method by which OMEGAMON determines the RMF level.

Command format
ENV

This command has no parameters.

ESQA
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Displays a job's use of ESQA. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a
description of ESQA as a minor of SYS.)

Related information
Minor of: see Address space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address space storage activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESFC, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

ESQA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays ESQA by subpool and protect key.

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords 149

 The following screen is a typical ESQA display:

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS123,145) <<

ESQA Subpl-Key Ext Alloc. Blks Storage Used Largest Free Blk
+ 239-0 6 84K 83K+720 3K+928
+ 245-0 7 8M+108K 700K+232 7M+928K+440
+ --- ------------- ------------------- -------------------
+ Total: 13 8M+192K 783K+952
+ Percent of ESQA: 100.0% 9.4%
+ ESQA size: 8M+192K
================================================================================

Figure 7. Typical ESQA output

These are the typical protect key assignments:

0
Control Program
1
Job Scheduler and JES
2,3,4
Reserved
5
Data Management: IOS, OPEN/CLOSE/EOV
6
TCAM and VTAM
7
IMS & DB2
8
All V=V programs
9
Public Storage Key
10-15
V=R programs
For more information about subpool assignments, see the appropriate IBM manual.
When an ESQA overflow condition occurs, the following line appears at the bottom of ESQA output:

(ESQA SIZE DOES NOT INCLUDE nnnk OF ECSA CONVERTED TO ESQA)

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other system storage minors: CSA, CSAR, ECSA, RMAP, SQA, and VMAP

ETTP
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Description
The ETTP command displays CPU percentages for combined independent and dependent enclaves. It
displays the following information for each enclave-owning address space where its dependent and
independent enclaves have consumed CPU resource over the measurement interval:

150 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • address space name
• address space ID in hexadecimal format
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zAAP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zIIP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zAAP-eligible work
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zIIP-eligible work
• total of combined standard CP, zAAP and zIIP percentage consumed by enclaves.
A totals line displaying the sum of these values by column is displayed after the individual address space
statistics.
Statistical values can be thresholded as follows:
• Address Space Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUWARN.
• Address Space Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUCRIT.
• LPAR Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTWARN.
• LPAR Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTCRIT.
Yellow indicates that the warning threshold has been exceeded.
Red indicates that the critical threshold has been exceeded.
Green indicates that there has been activity over the measurement interval.
zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
[U]ETTP[n]

blank
Displays normalized statistical values.
U
Displays un-normalized statistical values.
n
Displays statistical values where address space owned enclave CPU consumption is greater than or
equal to n%.

Related information
Other enclave minor commands: “EDPP” on page 143, “EDPT” on page 144, “EIDP” on page 145, “EIDT”
on page 146, “ETTT” on page 151

ETTT
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords 151

 Description
The ETTT command displays CPU times for combined independent and dependent enclaves. It displays
the following information for each enclave-owning address space where its dependent and independent
enclaves have consumed CPU resource over the measurement interval:
• address space name
• address space ID in hexadecimal format
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zAAP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• zIIP resource percentage consumed by enclaves
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zAAP-eligible work
• standard CP resource percentage consumed by enclaves performing zIIP-eligible work
• total of combined standard CP, zAAP and zIIP percentage consumed by enclaves.
A totals line displaying the sum of these values by column is displayed after the individual address space
statistics.
Statistical values can be thresholded as follows:
• Address Space Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUWARN.
• Address Space Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUCRIT.
• LPAR Level Warning set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTWARN.
• LPAR Level Critical set by POPT Major Command value SCPUTCRIT.
Yellow indicates that the warning threshold has been exceeded.
Red indicates that the critical threshold has been exceeded.
Green indicates that there has been activity over the measurement interval.
zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
[U]ETTT[n]

blank
Displays normalized statistical values.
U
Displays un-normalized statistical values.
n
Displays statistical values where address space owned enclave CPU consumption is greater than or
equal to n%.

Related information
Other enclave minor commands: “EDPP” on page 143, “EDPT” on page 144, “EIDP” on page 145, “ETTP”
on page 150, “ETTT” on page 151

.EXM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

152 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Lists and executes all minor commands for the preceding major command.

.EXM [nn|c1 c2]

(blank)
Without operands, the .EXM command lists and executes all the minors.
nn
Skips nn minor commands and executes the rest.
c1 c2
Executes all the minor commands that begin with the specified character string or are in the range
specified (c1–c2). A character string can be 1–4 characters long.
This command applies only to the major command that immediately precedes it. The .EXM command
executes the minors in alphabetic order and shows the number of minors it has executed. You can use
operands to limit the execution to specified minors.
For example, the following .EXM command executes minors of the DISK command that have names
starting with A through F.

DISK
.EXM A F

The .EXM command comments itself out after it executes.

Related information
None

.EXP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays product expiration date. The .EXP command displays the expiration date after which
OMEGAMON will not function. Product updates contain new features, support for new IBM releases,
enhanced operations, and maintenance. To benefit from improvements, install the product each time it is
updated.

Related information
None

EXSnnn
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
See “EXSY” on page 154.

Chapter 7. E commands and keywords 153

 Related information
None

EXSY
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Invokes exception analysis for all exceptions. EXSY invokes all system-wide exceptions as well as address
space exceptions. To invoke only the address space exceptions, issue the XAS command instead. EXSY
command invokes over 50 exceptions, which includes all of the exceptions in these IBM-defined groups:
AS
Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM)
HD
Hardware
OP
Operations
RS
Real Storage Manager (RSM)
SR
System Resource Manager (SRM)
To execute only the exceptions for a single group, use the XGRPcc command.
The output of EXSY only shows the exception message. You may want to change an exception threshold.
To see which analysis generated the exception, enter L in column 1 of EXSY (that is, LEXSY). You can enter
the 4-character exception name that appears on the LIST=parameter of the XACB command to change
the exception threshold.
A G in column 1 of EXSY displays the Address Space Threshold (AST) group number (if any) for each
address space. The ASG immediate command defines address space threshold groups. These groups
allow you to vary the address space exception thresholds for different groups of address spaces.
If you enter EXSY in the form EXSYnn or EXSnnn, the first nn or nnn lines of output are suppressed. If
no exceptions have tripped on the current cycle, OMEGAMON displays a message to that effect. You can
customize this message with the XTXT profile command.
For an explanation of individual exceptions, see the bulleted list at the end of the XACB command.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

154 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 8. F commands and keywords

FAFQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total frames on the RSM available frame queue.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FAVL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total available frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FBDF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Bottom Double (BDF) RSM internal queue frames. Real storage frames used for segment table
entries.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 155

 Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FBLD
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays BLDL list frames. Use FBLDF to display BLDL list fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FCOM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays common area frames. This includes all CSA, SQA, LPA, and nucleus frames below 16M. Use
FCOMF to display common area fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FCSA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Common Service Area (CSA) frames. Use FCSAF to display CSA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

156 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FDFF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal deferred FREEMAIN queue frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FDRF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of DREF frames in real storage. FDRF displays data in K. You can plot the data by
specifying the plot character c of your choice before the command.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FDSM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays storage being used by the system for data space management. FDSM accepts a plot character in
column 1. FDSM displays the number of frames followed by the storage amount in K-bytes.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 157

 Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSP, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FDSP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays real storage in use by data spaces. FDSP accepts a plot character in column 1. This command
displays the number of frames followed by the storage amount in K-bytes.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FECM, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FECM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended common area frames. This includes all CSA, SQA, LPA, and so on, above 16M. FECMF
displays extended common area fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECS, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FECS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended Common Storage Area (CSA) frames. FECSF displays extended CSA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

158 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FEFL,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FEFL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended Fixed Link Pack Area (FLPA) frames. FEFLF displays extended FLPA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FELS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended Local System Queue Area (LSQA) frames. FELSF displays extended LSQA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FEML
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended Modified Link Pack Area (MLPA) frames. FEMLF displays extended MLPA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 159

FEPL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended Pageable Link Pack Area (PLPA) frames. FEPLF displays extended PLPA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FEPV
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended private area frames. FEPVF displays extended private area fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FERO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended read-only nucleus frames. FEROF displays extended read-only nucleus fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

160 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
FERW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended read/write nucleus frames. FERWF displays extended read/write nucleus fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FESQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays extended SQA frames. FESQF displays extended SQA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FFLP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Fixed Link Pack Area (FLPA) frames. FFLPF displays FLPA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 161

FFLW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal flawed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

.FGO
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Fetches screen space cccccccc. The .FGO (Fast GO) command is used when creating screen spaces to
fetch the next screen space of a series. It allows screen spaces to be chained together and to execute
very quickly, bypassing the screen display and the normal OMEGAMON interval. It is particularly useful
in exception analysis for implementing the Automatic Screen Facility (ASF) or the Timed Screen Facility
(TSF).
.FGO has a conditional screen fetch feature that fetches a screen space only if a condition is true.

n.FGO cccccccc
[CPSER {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[MODE {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[PREFIX {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[SMFID {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[UNIT {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[USER {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[&var {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]

n
The variable n is an optional numeric label that allows you to delay the fetch of screen space cccccccc
for a number of cycles up to 35. Use the numbers 1–9 or the letters A–Z (representing 10–35 cycles).
Each time the screen updates, n decrements by 1. When n=0, screen cccccccc is fetched on the next
cycle.
cccccccc
The variable cccccccc specifies the name of a screen space.
Keywords for Conditional Setting of Variables
The following keywords are available for conditional setting of variables. Their values are initialized by
OMEGAMON.
CPSER
CPU serial number. In the case of a multi-processor, this will compare the supplied CPU serial
number with the serial numbers of all CPUs in the complex. If the relational argument is equal
(= or EQ), OMEGAMON will fetch the screen space the first time it finds a match. If the relational
argument is NE, OMEGAMON will fetch the screen space only after it has checked all of the CPUs
in the complex.

162 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 MODE
The 3-character code for the OMEGAMON mode of operation. It is displayed on the INFO-line
during a session. The possible values are:
DED
A dedicated mode session
TSO
A TSO mode session
SPF
An ISPF mode session
VTM
A VTAM mode session
PREFIX
The OMEGAMON product code (for example, OM).
SMFID
The system ID from the SYS= startup parameter or the default SMF ID.
UNIT
The device number from the UNIT= startup parameter (the primary OMEGAMON console).
USER
The user profile suffix from the USER= startup parameter.
&var
Allows you to set any comparison you want. The keyword and argument can be any variable name set
with the .VAR command or any OMEGAMON-defined variable. The .VAR command lists OMEGAMON-
defined variables.
Relational Operators
The relational operators require blanks on either side except for the equal sign (=).
= or EQ
Keyword equals argument.
GE
Keyword is greater than or equal to argument.
GT
Keyword is greater than argument.
LE
Keyword is less than or equal to argument.
LT
Keyword is less than argument.
NE
Keyword is not equal to argument.

argument
The argument is a 1–to 8–character value to which OMEGAMON compares the keyword. The
keyword and argument can be any variable name set with the .VAR command or any OMEGAMON-
defined variable. The .VAR command lists OMEGAMON-defined variables.
To protect against the possibility of a looping condition caused by the .FGO command, OMEGAMON limits
the number of consecutive fetches allowed. The limit is controlled with the FGOLIMIT keyword of .SET,
which is set to 64 by default (in the IBM-supplied profile). After the limit is reached, .FGO acts like .SGO
(Screen Go) so that screen spaces continue to execute, but now they display on each cycle.
Therefore, if there was a loop caused by .FGO screen spaces, you will need to correct the condition and
re-enable .FGO with the FGOLOOP keyword of the .SET command.
Because FGOLOOP=ON causes .FGO to display executing screen spaces, you may want to turn it on
yourself to test your screen space fetch routines.

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 163

 If multiple .FGO commands appear on one screen, the last .FGO command without a condition, or for
which the condition is true, executes.

Example
To fetch screen space SAMPLE only if the terminal address is 05E1, enter:

.FGO SAMPLE UNIT=05E1

or

.FGO SAMPLE UNIT EQ 05E1

Related information
See “.SGO ” on page 359.

FHSA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays hardware system area (HSA) frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FIDA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal IDA frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

164 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
FIXA
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The FIXA command displays the amount of real storage frames from 16MB to 2GB that are fixed and
cannot be moved to disk to make room for other address spaces. The output is displayed in tenths of
megabytes.

Command format
FIXA

This command has no parameters.

FIXB
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The FIXB command displays the amount of real storage frames below the 16 MB line that are fixed and
cannot be moved to disk to make room for other address spaces. The output is displayed in tenths of
megabytes.

Command format
FIXB

This command has no parameters.

FIXF
Type
Minor of “Address space information commands” on page 1

Description
Displays number of fixed frames for swapped-out user. The term IN displays if the user is swapped in.

Related information
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 165

FIXL
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The FIXL command displays the amount of real storage frames above 2 GB that are fixed and cannot be
moved to disk to make room for other address spaces. The output is displayed in tenths of megabytes.

Command format
FIXL

This command has no parameters.

FIXT
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The FIXT command displays the amount of real storage frames that are fixed and cannot be moved to disk
to make room for other address spaces. The output is displayed in tenths of megabytes.

Command format
FIXT

This command has no parameters.

FLSQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Local System Queue Area (LSQA) frames. FLSQF displays LSQA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

166 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
FMCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total frame count of a swapped in address space. Each frame is 4096 bytes. The working set size
is calculated as 4 * FMCT. You can view this with the WKST minor command.
When an address space is physically swapped out, an S is displayed followed by the last frame count.
When the allocated frame count is 0, address spaces may be resident and still show an S for FMCT or
WKST.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESFC, ESQA, FIXF, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

FMLP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Modified Link Pack Area (MLPA) frames. FMLPF displays MLPA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FOFL, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FMOD
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Finds entry point of module in link pack area. FMOD locates and determines the status of modules in the
Link Pack Area (LPA). You supply the module name. The output for FMOD is as follows:

FMOD module-name *ACT* aaaa Entry=xxxxxx Load=xxxxxx Use Cnt= ddd

+ cccc Address=xxxxxx Major Module=mmmmmmmm

The following fields appear on the FMOD display:

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 167

 *ACT*
Appears if the module-name was found on the Active Link Pack Area Queue (ALPAQ). This means that
a CDE was found for the module.
aaaa
Location of the module:
FLPA
If the module is located in the Fixed Link Pack Area.
MLPA
If the module is located in the Modified Link Pack Area.
PLPA
If the module is located in the Pageable Link Pack Area.
EFLPA
If the module is located in the Extended Fixed Link Pack Area.
EMLPA
If the module is located in the Extended Modified Link Pack Area.
EPLPA
If the module is located in the Extended Pageable Link Pack Area.
Entry=
The entry address (xxxxxx represents the hex address) for this module.
Load=
The starting address of the load module in which this module name resides. Most of the time the Entry
address will be the same as the Load address. It can be different if the first instruction to be executed
in this load module is not at offset 0.
Note: The load address is not given for a minor CDE/LPDE. To find this information, enter FMOD for the
major module.
Use Cnt=
The number of requests currently active for the specified module. The use count is always 0 for minor
CDEs and for LPDEs; therefore, it is not shown for these entries. For modules in either the MLPA or the
FLPA, the use count is initialized to 1 at IPL. For modules in the PLPA, the use count does not appear
unless the module is actually being requested. In such a case, the first request sets the use count to
1. Module aliases have no use count.
Note: The use count goes up as requests are made for the module and goes down when requests for
the module become inactive.
cccc Address=
cccc is either CDE or LPDE. The address represents the location of the control block used to obtain the
data shown.
Major Module=
The name of the module for which the requested module is a minor (an alias).
Example:

FMOD IKJEFT01 *Act* PLPA Entry=BAF000 Load=BAF000 Use Cnt= 37

+ CDE Address=FDFA30
FMOD IKJEFT02 PLPA Entry=BA9000 Load=BA9000 Use Cnt= 76
+ CDE Address=FAA4F0

In this example, module IKJEFT01 is currently active, begins at location BAF000, and has a use count
of 37. CDE address is FDFA30. Module IKJEFT02 is loaded at address BA9000, but is not in use at the
moment. CDE address is FAA4F0.

Related information
None

168 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
FNDU
Type
OMEGAMON major command (authorized)

Description
Finds all users of a device.
aFNDU device
a
An action character in column 1:
-
Specifies that new data be collected from the target address spaces.
␢
Enables minor commands to execute with previously collected data.
device
This can be:
xxxx
A 4-digit hexadecimal unit address
cccccc
6-digit volume serial number
If the unit indicated is online, FNDU accesses every active address space, and continues until it finds as
many allocations as the UCBUSER field indicates. This can cause OMEGAMON to pause until all address
spaces are examined.
For example, if you issue the command

-FNDU MVS001

or

-FNDU 0245

you might see the following result:

FNDU MVS001 0245 2 User(s) Holding 3 Allocation(s)

This typical FNDU display means that two users are active, and have three data sets allocated on MVS001
between them. To display the specific users, you must use the DSPA minor command of FNDU. If
you reissue this command without the action character, it does not display current information. If, for
example, you are attempting to determine allocations on paging volumes based on the PAOD exception,
be sure to re-enter the action character.
When you try to vary a device offline, the VARY remains pending until all users of the device free their
allocations. In the case of a DASD device, it is often difficult to determine which users have the data
sets allocated. The z/OS OS command, D U, and the OMEGAMON DALC minor command of DISK, show
how many allocations are still held but not who holds them. The z/OS command D U,,ALLOC, displays the
users of a volume but not the ddname or number of current allocations. The authorized command, FNDU,
displays more detailed information than DALC or D U,,ALLOC.
Sometimes no allocations of a device are found, but the device use count shows a number greater than
zero. This condition occurs in the following cases:
• At IPL time, the nucleus initialization program (NIP) allocates and opens several system data sets
before the standard OPEN and ALLOCATE interface is available. To ensure that the volume is not forced

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 169

 offline, NIP raises the device use count by one for each data set it needs on a volume. Because there
are no DD statements for these devices, FNDU does not find them under the master scheduler, and it
appears that there is a discrepancy between DALC and FNDU. This affects the SYS1.LOGREC data set,
the page and swap data sets, and all of the link list library data sets. Because you don’t want to vary
these devices offline anyway, this does not present a problem.
• The other case is more serious. If you use the OS FORCE command or the OMEGAMON KILL command
to cancel a user, the Recovery Termination Manager (RTM) does not perform any device allocation
cleanup. Devices that the FORCEd user allocated do not have their use counts decremented, and so
the volumes the job used show allocations that do not (and that FNDU cannot find). You cannot vary
volumes in this condition offline, unless you use MZAP to zap the UCB USE count (UCBUSER) in memory.
The first time you use FNDU in an OMEGAMON session, it gets a work area to hold the collected data from
the target address space. If you use FNDU in dedicated mode, you might have to increase the size of the
OMEGAMON V=R region. If the allocation data from all of the active address spaces does not fit within the
work area, FNDU issues a warning. Use the WSIZ minor of FNDU to increase the work area size and then
reissue the FNDU command.

Related information
Major of: DSPA, DSPC, DSPO, and WSIZ nn

FOFL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays offline frames. FOFLF displays offline fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FPLP, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FOLD
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Changes lowercase characters to uppercase. FOLD is active under ddname or SYSOUT.

FOLD ccc

YES
Lowercase characters are changed to uppercase before printing (default).
NO
Lowercase characters are not changed to uppercase before printing.
If the value you type is not valid, OMEGAMON redisplays it where you typed it and does not transfer it to
the pending column.

170 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

FORM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Specifies the name of the form on which to print. The FORM minor is under SYSOUT control.
FORM cccc
The default value is *NONE*. This means that OMEGAMON uses the form defined as the default for the
printer at that destination. If the value you type is not valid, OMEGAMON redisplays it where you typed it
and does not transfer it to the pending column. If you change *NONE* to a value (such as HOLE), and you
then want to return to *NONE*, type an asterisk(*).

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

FPLP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Pageable Link Pack Area (PLPA) frames. FPLPF displays PLPA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPVT,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FPVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays private area frames. These are non-system frames below 16M. FPVTF displays private area fixed
frames.

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 171

 Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FRON
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays read-only nucleus frames. FRONF displays read-only fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FRWN
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays read/write nucleus frames. FRWNF displays read/write nucleus fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FSBF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal SDUMP buffer frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

172 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FSQA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays SQA frames. FSQAF displays SQA fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FSRS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal SQA reserve queue frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FSYS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays system area frames. FSYSF displays system area fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 173

FTDF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal top double (TDF) queue frames. These are real storage frames used for segment
table entries.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FTOT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total frames. FTOTF displays total fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FUNI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal uninitialized frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

174 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
FUNQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal unqueued frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FVIO, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FVIO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal VIO frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVR, FVRW, and FVV

FVR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Virtual=Real (V=R) frames. FVRF displays Virtual=Real (V=R) fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVRW, and FVV

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 175

FVRW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays RSM internal frames waiting for V=R memory.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, and FVV

FVV
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Virtual=Virtual (V=V) frames. FVVF displays Virtual=Virtual (V=V) fixed frames.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other frame minors: DFRS, FAFQ, FAVL, FBDF, FBLD, FCOM, FCSA, FDFF, FDRF, FDSM, FDSP, FECM, FECS,
FEFL, FELS, FEML, FEPL, FEPV, FERO, FERW, FESQ, FFLP, FFLW, FHSA, FIDA, FLSQ, FMLP, FOFL, FPLP,
FPVT, FRON, FRWN, FSBF, FSQA, FSRS, FSYS, FTDF, FTOT, FUNI, FUNQ, FVIO, FVR, and FVRW

FXFB
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of fixed frames in storage below the 16M line. These are the number of real storage
frames an address space is using below the 16M line that are fixed and cannot be moved to disk (as slots)
to make room for other address spaces. If the address space is swapped out, FXFB displays zero.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFR, NVSC, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

176 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
FXFR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of fixed frames in storage. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
alphabetic list of exceptions at the end of the XACB command for the description of the FXFR exception.)
These are the number of real storage frames an address space is using that are fixed and cannot be
moved to disk (as slots) to make room for other address spaces.
The term IN displays if the address space is swapped out.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, NVSC, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

Chapter 8. F commands and keywords 177

178 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 9. G-H commands and keywords

GDA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Global Data Area. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

GDEV
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Related information
Lists devices (tape or disk) with name cccccc.

nGDEV cccccc

This major command lists disk and tape devices with the generic name cccccc. The value of n can be one
of the following: the less-than symbol (<) to display all devices, or the numbers 1 to 9 and the letters A to
Z (representing 10 to 35) to display individual rows of the list of devices.
For example, SYSDA is a generic device name in the system. To list all devices with the generic name
SYSDA, enter the following:

<GDEV SYSDA

TAPEA is also a generic device name in the system. To list all devices with the generic name TAPEA, enter
the following:

<GDEV TAPEA

You can specify the number of entries in the device name table with the GDEVUCBS keyword of the .SET
command. The maximum is 4000.
Note: Use the GLST major command to list the generic names in the system.

Related information
Major of: See Disk information commands and Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 179

GDFN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Defines or lists exception groups for exception analysis. With this command, exceptions can be organized
by groups such as hardware, software, system services, critical applications, tape and disk drives, and
online applications. Then, when you invoke exception analysis by group with the XGRP command, critical
and related exceptions appear together on the display.
GDFN [GROUP=cc] [LIST=cccc,aaaa NAME=’ccc…ccc’] [POSITION=nn] [DELETE=EXCEPTION
LIST=cccc,aaaa] [DELETE=GROUP]
(Blank)
Lists user-defined and IBM-defined exception groups along with the exceptions included in each
group.
GROUP=cc
Specifies the 2-character exception group ID. A group ID can be any two unique alphanumeric
characters. To list the entries for an existing group, enter this keyword and the group ID.
LIST=cccc,aaaa,…
Lists and adds exceptions to the exception group specified with the GROUP= keyword. An exception
may be associated with only one group at a time.
NAME=’ccc…ccc’
Specifies a 25-character user-defined description of the exception group. Enclose in single quotation
marks if there are blanks, special characters, or single quotation marks in the name.
POSITION=nn
Specifies the order in which GDFN displays defined groups. The variable nn is a position number for
the specified group relative to the other groups.
DELETE=EXCEPTION
Deletes exceptions specified with LIST= from the group specified by the GROUP= keyword. Note that
the syntax does not allow you to use the DELETE keyword followed by a list of exceptions. You must
enter the LIST keyword.
DELETE=GROUP
Deletes the entire exception group specified by the GROUP= keyword.
For example, to define the group SP and its related exceptions, enter:

GDFN GROUP=SP POSITION=1 NAME=’SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER’

GDFN GROUP=SP LIST=ABND,ELAP,MAXU,PSCU,SLOG,WAIT,XCON
GDFN GROUP=SP LIST=XCSA,XDDR,XECS,XGRS,VISC,XRMF

To delete specific exceptions from group TX, enter:

GDFN GROUP=TX DELETE=EXCEPTION LIST=WSHI,WSLO

To delete the group TX and all its related exceptions, enter:

GDFN GROUP=TX DELETE=GROUP

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

180 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
GLST
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Lists esoteric and generic device names by device class. GLST [cccc cccc … cccc]
The GLST display can be limited to specific device classes with the following operands:
ALL
Displays all device names. This is the default.
CHAR
Displays character reader devices.
COMM
Displays communication devices.
CTC
Displays channel to channel devices.
DASD
Displays direct access storage devices.
DISP
Displays display devices.
TAPE
Displays tape devices.
UREC
Displays unit record devices.
These operands can be used in combination. For example:

GLST TAPE COMM

displays all tape devices and communications devices, as shown:

________________
GLST
+ TAPE DEVICES:
+ 3480X 3400-6 TAPE CART T3480 3480 3400-9 3400-5
+ 3400-3
+
+ COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES:
+ 3705

See also the GDEV command.

Related information
Other Device Listing commands: DLST and TLST

GRS
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Chapter 9. G-H commands and keywords 181

 Description
Displays global resource serialization information. Global Resource Serialization (GRS) manages the
sharing of data sets and other resources between separate systems by connecting the systems into
a communications ring using channel-to-channel adapters. If any link in this ring fails, the entire ring
deactivates until the system or the operator restarts it.
The XGRS exception reports when the GRS ring deactivates.

GRS SYSNAME=xxxxxxxx GRS Version=vvvv Status=ssss

+ Exclusion RNL=000000 Inclusion RNL=000000 Conversion RNL=000000

Related information
None

GSCL
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Changes the plot scale defaults.

GSCL SPNUM=n1,SPRATE=n2,SPDIFF=n3

SPNUM=n1
Sets paging number per point on scale to n1. n1 can be a number from 1–42949672.
SPRATE=n2
Sets paging rate per point on scale to n2. n2 can be a number from 1–42949672.
SPDIFF=n3
Sets paging difference per point on the scale to n3. n3 can be a number from 1–42949672.
GSCL changes only the scale you specify. When you enter GSCL without any arguments, the current values
are displayed.
SPNUM, SPRATE, and SPDIFF affect graphs of the following minors of SYS: SPAL, SPC, SPCI, SPR, SPS,
SPSV, and SPWS.

Related information
None

GVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps GRS Vector Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

182 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD,
CVT, GDA, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

/H
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
See “/HELP or /H ” on page 185

Related information
None

HDSP
Type
Immediate command

Description
The HDSP command displays HiperDispatch statistics and status. It provides the following information:
• Header information:
– HiperDispatch status
On
HiperDispatch is active in the LPAR
Off
The LPAR supports HiperDispatch but the feature is switched off. This can be for the following
reasons:
- Keyword parameter HIPERDISPATCH=NO is set in the IEAOPTxx member of SYS1.PARMLIB.
- The system has determined that HiperDispatch should be switched off even though
HIPERDISPATCH=YES is specified.
N/A
The HiperDispatch feature is not available in the LPAR because it is not supported by the
operating system or hardware.
– LPAR name
– LPAR cluster name or N/A
– LPAR group name, if the LPAR is a member of an LPAR Group, or N/A
If LPAR Weight Management is enabled, the following information is displayed:
• current LPAR weight for standard CP, zAAPs and zIIPs
• minimum LPAR weight for standard CP, zAAPs and zIIPs
• maximum LPAR weight for standard CP, zAAPs and zIIPs

Chapter 9. G-H commands and keywords 183

 • the measurement interval the statistical data represents in seconds to 3 decimal places.
If HiperDispatch management is active, the following system-wide level statistics are displayed by
processor type:
• physical CPU utilization as a percentage to 3-decimal places.
• MVS CPU utilization as a percentage to 3-decimal places. This is the CPU utilization as observed by
z/OS.
It is calculated as:

Online Time - (Wait Time + Parked Time)

MVS% = ---------------------------------------
Online Time - Parked Time

If HiperDispatch is active, processor-level statistics are grouped by processor type (standard CP, zAAP,
zCBP or zIIP). Each group is preceded by the following summary statistics:
• the number of processors of the specific type that are available
• the number of High HiperDispatch Priority processors
• the number of Medium HiperDispatch Priority processors
• the number of Low HiperDispatch Priority processors
• the number of processors in Parked status.
If HiperDispatch is active, the following information is displayed for each processor:
• logical CPU ID as a 2-character hexadecimal field. If multi-threading is active, this is the hexadecimal
logical core ID.
• if multi-threading is active, the logical core thread number. In multi-threading mode (PROCVIEW CORE
specified in SYS1.PARMLIB(LOADxx)), each active thread is considered as a logical CPU by z/OS.
• HiperDispatch Priority: High, Medium or Low
• HiperDispatch Share Percentage: 100.0 for HiperDispatch Priority High, 0.0 for Low, and any value in the
range between these values for Medium.
• MVS CPU utilization as a percentage to 3 decimal places. This is the CPU utilization as observed by z/OS.
It is calculated as:

Online Time - (Wait Time + Parked Time)

MVS% = ---------------------------------------
Online Time - Parked Time

• parked percentage to 3 decimal places. This is the percentage of the processor online time that the
processor was in a parked state.
• physical CPU utilization as a percentage to 3 decimal places
• management overhead as a percentage to 3 decimal places if LPAR management data is available
• processor status: Parked, Park Pending, Online, Offline or Reserved

Applies to
• z/OS 1.7 or z/OS 1.8 with PTFS applied that add HiperDispatch support.
• z/OS 1.9 and later.
For all supporting z/OS levels, the appropriate level of hardware support must also be installed.

Command format
HDSP

This command has no parameters.

184 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
/HELP or /H
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
The /HELP command displays information about how to find out more about the functions, features, and
operation of OMEGAMON.

Using the HELP command

To use the HELP command, go to the INFO-LINE, type HELP, and then press Enter.
For help with an individual major, minor, or immediate command, type ? (question mark) in column 1 in
front of the command. + (plus sign) in column 79 indicates that there is extended help for the command.
To see the extended help, type / (forward slash) or ; (semi-colon) in column 1 in front of the command.
For help with an INFO-line command, use the “.ILC ” on page 201 immediate command.

HELP
Type
Immediate command

Description
To display information about the functions, features, and operation of OMEGAMON, go to the INFO-line,
type HELP, and then press ENTER.
For help on an specific command, type ? (question mark) in column 1 in front of the command. +
(plus sign) appears in column 79 indicates that there is more help for the command; to see it, type /
(slashmark) or ; (semi-colon) in column 1 in front of the command.

/HOLD
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Controls the execution of OMEGAMON commands. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
next entry for a description of HOLD as a minor of OUTP.)

/HOLD ccc

ON
Suspends OMEGAMON command execution.
OFF
Returns to normal OMEGAMON command execution.
/HOLD ON allows you to stop automatic updating until you enter /HOLD OFF.
The /HOLD command is designed for users of VM/PASSTHRU. If you are not a user of VM/PASSTHRU, you
can also stop automatic updating by placing the cursor in column 1, row 1.

Chapter 9. G-H commands and keywords 185

 Related information
None

HOLD
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Specifies that output be placed in the hold queue. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
previous entry for a description of HOLD as an INFO-line command.) The HOLD minor is under SYSOUT
control.

HOLD ccc

YES
Places the print file on the hold queue, and allows it to be retrieved from TSO.
NO
Does not place the print file on the hold queue (default).
If the value you type is not valid, OMEGAMON redisplays it where you typed it and does not transfer it to
the pending column.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and
SOUT

HSPI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate or difference in the number of Hiperspace pages paged-in from auxiliary storage.
HSPI [.D|.R]
where .D represents the difference or .R represents the rate in pages per second.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other hiperspace commands: HSEI, HSEM, HSEO, HSMG, HSPM, and HSPO

HSPM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

186 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays the rate or difference in the total number of Hiperspace pages paged-in from and paged-out to
auxiliary storage.
HSPM [.D|.R]
where .D represents the difference or .R represents the rate in pages per second.
HSPM.D = HSPI.D + HSPO.D HSPM.R = HSPI.R + HSPO.R
If you execute HSPM on a system without expanded storage, n/a (for not applicable) appears.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other hiperspace minors: HSEI, HSEM, HSEO, HSMG, HSPI, and HSPO

HSPO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate or difference in the number of Hiperspace pages paged-out to auxiliary storage.
HSPO [.D|.R]
where .D represents the difference or .R represents the rate in pages per second.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other hiperspace commands: HSEI, HSEM, HSEO, HSMG, HSPI, and HSPM

Chapter 9. G-H commands and keywords 187

188 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 10. I commands and keywords

.I
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Inserts nn blank lines.
.I nn
This command inserts nn blank lines so that you can insert new commands on the screen. The number of
logical rows on your terminal is the maximum.
For example, the next command inserts 5 lines before the current line.

.I 5

The default is 1.

Related information
None

IACL[nn]
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets the interval at which the long-term buckets for Impact Analysis are reset (in number of short-term
intervals). If entered without an operand (the valid range is 0–99), the current value of the interval is
displayed. The default is 5 short term intervals. Each execution of the command (with or without an
operand) automatically resets the long term buckets. This command can be used while the collector is
running.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATH[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IACS[nn]
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 189

 Description
Sets the interval at which the short-term buckets for Impact Analysis are cleared (in minutes).
If entered without an operand (the valid range is 0–99), the current value of the interval is displayed. The
default is 1 minute. Each execution of the command (with or without an operand) automatically clears the
short-term buckets. This command can be used while the collector is running.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATH[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IANC[nn]
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Sets the maximum number of workloads that can be monitored with Impact Analysis. If no operand is
entered (the valid range is 1–5), the current value is displayed. The default is 5. Although the collector
must be stopped to change this parameter, the current value can be displayed while collection is ongoing.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATH[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IANL
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Controls Impact Analysis functions. Impact analysis is well suited for detailed analysis of workload
contention problems that have been identified by DEXAN or exception analysis. Impact analysis can
accurately identify the source of resource contention, because it focuses on workloads as they contend for
resources. IANL enables you to do the following:
• See how a favored workload is being impacted by other workloads.
• Group workloads or performance groups together and see how they are being impacted as a group.
• List workload that are being monitored in the current session.
• Add or delete workloads from the session.
• Change default settings for the collection and display parameters.
Once you have started monitoring a workload, you can use the IPRO command to display its Workload
Impact Profile.

lIANL [␢]
[P]
[PD]
[Workload,[DELETE]]
[GROUP=Groupname=(Memberlist)]

190 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 [END/STOP/QUIT]
[LIST[=ALL]]

l
Label prefix used to control the display format. Valid labels are:
␢
Displays the overview format. (The prefix ␢ indicates that column 1 is blank and you enter IANL
beginning in column 2.)
S
Displays the summary format.
D
Displays the detail format.
␢
Displays the impact analysis screen for the last monitored workload that was displayed. Add the
appropriate prefix to indicate the display format you want.
P
Displays the impactors as performance groups. For example, to display the impact on performance
group 2 that is caused by other performance groups, add the suffix P to the IANL command as follows:

IANLP PG=2

PD
Displays the impactors as individual workloads within performance groups.
You can also monitor the impact of individual address spaces within performance groups. For
example, to display the impact on performance group 2 that is caused by performance groups and
address spaces within each performance group, add the suffix PD to the IANL command as follows:

IANLPD PG=2

workload
Starts monitoring and displays information for the specified workload.
Once you have started monitoring a workload, you can display any of the three display types for it
by adding the appropriate label, or you can display a Workload Impact Profile by adding the IPRO
command. If you enter the IANL command without a workload name, the system remembers the last
workload that you selected during the session and generates a display for that workload.
GROUP=Groupname=(member list)
Defines a group of workloads as an impact group, where group name is the user-defined group name,
and member list is the list of members in the group. The first character of the group name must be
non-numeric. Members of the group can be workloads or performance groups.
For example, to combine the TSO users TSO1, TSO2, and TSO3 into a reporting group called TSO33,
enter the following command:

IANL GROUP=TSO33=(TSO1,TSO2,TSO3)

GROUP=Groupname
Selects a user-defined group of workloads for analysis. The group name is defined by the operand
GROUP = group name = member list.
For example, to monitor the group TSO33 (as defined above), enter the following command:

IANL GROUP=TSO33

LIST
Displays information about the last workload that was monitored.
Workload,LIST
Displays information about the specified workload.

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 191

 GROUP=Groupname,LIST
Lists the members of a group. This operand displays impact information if the group is currently being
monitored.
GROUP,LIST
Lists all defined groups.
LIST=ALL
Displays information about all workloads and groups currently being monitored.
DELETE
Ends monitoring for the last displayed workload.
Workload,DELETE
Ends monitoring for the specified workload.
Each time you select a workload, it is monitored until the session is terminated, the job ends, or you
stop monitoring. To stop monitoring a workload, add the DELETE keyword to the command, separating
the keyword from the job name by a comma. For example, to stop monitoring PAY0022, enter the
following command:

IANL PAY0022,DELETE

END/STOP/QUIT
Ends the Impact Analysis session. All storage areas are freed except the defined groups.
The group definition lasts until the end of the current OMEGAMON session. You can avoid the need to
redefine group workloads by creating a screen space to retain group workload definitions. For more
information about screen spaces, see Screen spaces.
When interpreting IANL output, you should be aware that in addition to contending workloads, impact
may also be attributed to System, which means that Impact Analysis is unable to identify a specific
address space as the source of contention. This may be because the contention stopped before Impact
Analysis was able to analyze it, or because the nature of the contention is such that no single address
space is responsible. System contention always appears as the last item in an Impact Analysis display,
regardless of its severity.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATH[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IANQ
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets the enqueue sampling interval as a multiple of the normal sampling interval for Impact Analysis.

IANQ[nn]
[ON]
[OF]

The ON and OF operands enable and disable enqueue data collection. By default, enqueue sampling
is disabled. If enqueue sampling is enabled, the default multiple is 10. Although the collector must be
stopped to change this parameter, the current value can be displayed while collection is ongoing.

192 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IAST[nn], IATH[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IAST[nn]
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Specifies the sampling interval for Impact Analysis in tenths of a second. If entered without an operand
(the value range is 1–99), the current value of the interval is displayed. The default is .9 seconds. This
command can be used while the collector is running.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IATH[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IATH[nn]
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Determines the number of contenders shown on the IANL display, based upon the severity of the impact.
By default, only contenders that account for 5% or more of the total non-idle time are shown. The
operand (the valid range is 0–99) to this keyword sets the display threshold as a minimum contention
amount (expressed as a percentage of total contention).
For example, IATH03 sets the threshold at 3%. If no operand is entered, the current value is displayed.
If the operand is set to 0, all contenders are shown. This command can be used while the collector is
running.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATO, and
IPRO

IATO
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Specifies how long the Impact Analysis collector remains active after its last use.
IATOnn

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 193

 The variable nn is the number of minutes the Impact Analysis collector remains active after an Impact
Analysis command is issued. The valid range is 0 (meaning that Impact Analysis will not time out),
through 99 minutes.
When the period of time you specify with the IATO command elapses without a subsequent Impact
Analysis command, the collector terminates, and frees all data areas except the group definitions and
workload memory block. Any Impact Analysis command, including environmental commands such as
IAST and IACS, begins a new time-out countdown.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATH, and
IPRO

ICHP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Installed channel path table. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for
ICHPn as a minor of disk information commands.) By default the display is in hexadecimal and character
format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

ICHPn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays installed channel paths for the disk. (There are other entries with the same name. See previous
entry for ICHP as a minor of DUMP.) The value of n is a number from 1 to 8.

Related information
Minor of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

ICPU
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

194 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Description
Displays the CPU activity within an address space. CPU activity information is shown in real time during
the progress of a job.

ICPUnn TCB(ccc) LMOD(ccc) CSECT(cccc) OFF(cccccc) GR(ccccc) aaaaa

nn
Skips first nn lines of display. This can be a number from 1 to 99999. The default is 0.
TCB(ccc)
Specifies which task (ccc) to monitor. The default is *, which specifies all tasks.
LMOD(ccc)
Specifies load module (ccc) to monitor. The default is *, which specifies all load modules.
CSECT(cccc)
Specifies CSECT (cccc) to monitor. The default is *, which specifies all CSECTs.
OFF(cccccc)
Specifies the first offset (cccccc) of a CSECT to monitor. The default is X'0'.
GR(ccccc)
Specifies the granularity (ccccc) of the CSECT display. For example, GR(10) offsets appearX' 10' bytes
apart.
When you monitor at the CSECT level, OMEGAMON calculates the default so that the display just fits
the physical screen.
aaaaa
Specifies the order of the CSECT display.
HOT
Descending order of CPU consumption
NOHOT
Instruction addresses (default)
The following screens show how to proceed through the different levels of the ICPU display. When you
first enter ICPU with no operands, TCB(*) appears beside it to indicate that all tasks are being monitored.
The first line of the ICPU display shows % CPU utilization. Succeeding lines show tasks in order of their
addresses (the default). The following figure shows the MONITOR task using 100% of the CPU.

INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(PROBJOB) ASID is 88 Sampling is active
+ SAMPLES(3000) INTERVAL(50)
+ Samples taken = 3000; samples used = 7
ICPU TCB(*)
+<.: % CPU Utilization +----+---20----+---40----+---60----+---80----+--100
+ 1 61DA48 IEAVAR00 |
+ 2 61D258 IEESB605 |
+ 3 60A158 IEFIIC |
+ 4 56FC48 MONITOR 100.0|=================================================>
+ 5 61D510 IEAVTST |
+ 6 572E28*MONITOR2 |

Note: On a terminal with extended mode graphics, reverse video blanks appear as the plot symbol.
The asterisk (*) between address 572E28 and module MONITOR2 indicates a task that was present
during earlier samples, but is no longer present.
To further investigate the MONITOR task, use one of the following methods:
• Change the TCB(*) to TCB(4) OR move the cursor to the 4 field and press Enter.
• Change the TCB(*) to TCB(56FC48) OR move the cursor to the 56FC48 field and press Enter.
• Change the TCB(*) to TCB(MONITOR) OR move the cursor to the MONITOR field and press Enter.
ICPU then displays the resource consumption of the load modules associated with the task:

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 195

 INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(PROBJOB) ASID is 88 Sampling is active
+ SAMPLES(3000) INTERVAL(50)
+ Samples taken = 3000; samples used = 7
ICPU TCB(56FC48) LMOD(*)
+<.: % CPU Utilization +----+---10----+---20----+---30----+---40----+---50
+ 1 125238 MONITOR 19.30 |==================>
+ 2 254320 MONDSPL0 .00 |
+ 3 3557A8 MONTEMP .00 |
+ 4 60A158 MONGRPH0 34.60 |===================================>
+ 5 65CF48 MONDATA0 46.10 |=============================================>
+ 6 C70FD3 ISGPREP +15.40 |===============>

so
The plus sign next to module ISGPREP means that CPU time was accumulated under another address
space ID.
Note that OMEGAMON adjusts the CPU utilization scale to maximize the use of the plots, following the
pattern 100%, 50%, 10%, 5%, 1%, and so on.
You can then examine the CPU consumption of the MONITOR load module, broken down into CSECTs, by
one of the following methods:
• Change the LMOD(*) to LMOD(1) OR position the cursor in the 1 field and press Enter.
• Change the LMOD(*) to LMOD(125238) OR position the cursor in the 125238 field and press Enter.
• Change the LMOD(*) to LMOD(MONITOR) OR position the cursor in the MONITOR field and press Enter.
ICPU then displays the resource consumption of the CSECTs associated with the load module. The dots
following CSECT 4 indicate that data is omitted from the figure.

INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(PROBJOB) ASID is 88 Sampling is active
+ SAMPLES(3000) INTERVAL(50)
+ Samples taken = 3000; samples used = 7
ICPU TCB(56FC48) LMOD(MONITOR) CSECT(*)
+<.: % CPU Utilization +----+---.1----+---.2----+---.3----+---.4----+---.5
+ 1 125238 MAIN 0.412 |========================================>
+ 2 134020 WASTE 0.184 |==================>
+ 3 1362000 LIE 0.349 |===================================>
+ 4 142450 MISTAKE 0.440 |============================================>
.
.
.

You can then examine the CPU usage of the MAIN CSECT by one of the following methods:
• Change the CSECT(*) to CSECT(1) OR position the cursor in the 1 field and press Enter.
• Change the CSECT(*) to CSECT(125238) OR position the cursor in the 125238 field and press Enter.
• Change the CSECT(*) to CSECT(MAIN) OR position the cursor in the MAIN field and press Enter.
ICPU then displays the resource consumption of the CSECT broken down into addresses. At this level,
ICPU displays the default values for OFF (which is 0) and GR (which is 20); ICPU adjusts the value for GR
so that the display exactly fits your physical terminal screen. To look at other parts of the CSECT, enter
different values for OFF.

196 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(PROBJOB) ASID is 88 Sampling is active
+ SAMPLES(3000) INTERVAL(50)
+ Samples taken = 3000; samples used = 7
ICPU TCB(56FC48) LMOD(MONITOR) CSECT(MAIN) OFF(0) GR(20)
+<.: % CPU Utilization +----+---.1----+---.2----+---.3----+---.4----+---.5
+ 1 125238 +000000 |
+ 2 125248 +000020 0.018 |=>
+ 3 125268 +000040 0.354 |===================================>
+ 4 125288 +000060 0.021 |=>
.
.
.

The dots following address 4 indicate that data is omitted from the figure.
The less-than symbol (<) in column 2 of the plot line lets you navigate through ICPU displays in reverse.
Simply move the cursor to this position and press Enter to move, for example, from the CSECT level up to
the load module level display.
If the load module name displays as $PRIVATE, then use the MLIB command to specify additional
libraries to be used to resolve the CSECT maps for the programs being reported on. If ICPU is unable to
determine the load module name, *-UNKN-* is displayed.

Related information
Minor of: INSP
Other Applications Tuning minor: MLIB

ICT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM I/O Management Control Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character
format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

ID1
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Requests separator pages and page headers that identify output from different OMEGAMON sessions. ID1
is active under ddname or SYSOUT.
Type:
Minor of OUTP

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 197

 Format:
ID1 cccccccc
*
OMEGAMON generates separator pages and page headers with the appropriate job name printed
in block letters on the pages. This is the default.
*NONE*
OMEGAMON does not generate separator pages and page headers.
cccccccc
OMEGAMON generates separator pages and page headers with cccccccc printed in block letters
on the pages. cccccccc is up to 8 user-defined characters.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT,
and SOUT

ID2
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Defines up to 16 characters on the left of separator page. ID2 is active under ddname or SYSOUT.

ID2 ccc…ccc

When separator pages and page headers are requested with ID1, ID2 can define up to 16 characters to
appear on the left of the separator page justified underneath the block letters.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID3, ID4, LNCT,
and SOUT

ID3
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Defines up to 16 characters in the center of separator page. ID3 is active under ddname or SYSOUT.

ID3 ccc…ccc

When separator pages and page headers are requested with ID1, ID3 can define up to 16 characters to
appear centered on the separator page below the block letters.

198 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID4, LNCT,
and SOUT

ID4
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Defines up to 16 characters on the right of the separator page. ID4 is active under ddname or SYSOUT.

ID4 ccc…ccc

When separator pages and page headers are requested with ID1, ID4 can define up to 16 characters to
appear on the right of the separator page justified underneath the block letters.

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, LNCT,
and SOUT

IFAC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by the address space executing work eligible for a Series z Application Assist
processor (zAAP) on a standard processor.

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zAAP minors: IFAT, IFAX

IFAT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by the address space executing on a Series z Application Assist processor (zAAP).

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 199

 Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zAAP minors: IFAC, IFAX

IFAX
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by the address space executing on a Series z Application Assist processor (zAAP).

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zAAP minors: IFAC, IFAT

IIPC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by the address space executing work eligible for a System z Integrated Information
Processors (zIIP) on a standard processor.

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zIIP minors: IIPE, IIPP, IIPS, IIPT

IIPE
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by enclaves in this address space executing System z Integrated Information
Processors (zIIP) work.

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zIIP minors: IIPC, IIPP, IIPS, IIPT

200 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
IIPP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time enclaves owned by this address space executed on a System z Integrated Information
Processor (zIIP).

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zIIP minors: IIPC, IIPE, IIPS, IIPT

IIPS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by the address space executing in SRB-mode on a standard processor.

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zIIP minors: IIPC, IIPE, IIPP, IIPT

IIPT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time spent by the address space executing on a System z Integrated Information Processor
(zIIP).

Related information
Minor of: address space majors
Other zIIP minors: IIPC, IIPE, IIPP, IIPS

.ILC
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 201

 Description
Displays INFO-line commands or their help text.

.ILC /cccccc

The variable /cccccc is an INFO-line command name (slash is optional). To display all of the INFO-line
commands and their aliases, enter the .ILC command without a command name.
To display help text for a specific INFO-line command, enter .ILC followed by the command. For example,
the next command generates an explanation of the /STOP INFO-line command.

.ILC /STOP

Related information
None

INSP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays the current sampling parameters and status of this facility, which monitors applications running
in an address space. It also shows TCB CPU resource consumption.
INSP JOB(cccccccc) SAMPLES(nnnn)|NOLIMIT INTERVAL(nnn) STOP|START
When you enter the INSP command beginning in column 2, the cursor automatically moves to column 7 to
accept an operand. The operand can be:
JOB(cccccccc)
The variable cccccccc specifies the address space INSP monitors. This can be a job name, * (the
current address space), or the ASID value in decimal.
SAMPLES(nnnn)
Number of samples to gather. The default is 3000. If you set the sample number to 0, it has the same
effect as the NOLIMIT operand.
NOLIMIT
Specifies sampling to continue until you enter the STOP command.
INTERVAL(nnn)
The variable nnn is the duration of the interval (in milliseconds) between samples. The default is 10
milliseconds.
STOP
Stops sampling immediately. You can use this parameter to terminate sampling before INSP reaches
the specified sampling limit.
START
Begins sampling and displays results. Using the action character (-) in column 1 is the same as using
this operand.
The INSP command requires APF-authorization.
To use the applications tuning facility, use the following procedure.
1. Issue the INSP command.

INSP

202 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 The following display appears:

INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(USER1) ASID is 38 Sampling is not active
+ SAMPLES(200) INTERVAL(100)

2. To begin sampling, enter INSP START or the action character (-) in column 1.

INSP START

Sampling begins and its progress appears:

INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(USER1) ASID is 38 Sampling is active
+ SAMPLES(200) INTERVAL(100)
+ Samples taken = 25; samples used = 15

The figure given for samples taken includes both valid and not valid samples. Samples used reflects
valid samples. A not valid sample may result from the address space being swapped out or not
accumulating CPU.
INSP completes the sampling when the SAMPLES limit is reached or when you enter the STOP parameter:

INSP STOP

The following display appears:

INSP
+ Current sampling options:
+ JOB(USER1) ASID is 38 Sampling is not active
+ SAMPLES(200) INTERVAL(100) 200 samples have been taken
Samples taken = 25; Samples used = 15

Related information
Major of: ICPU and MLIB

INT
Type
Minor command of MSCM

Description
The INT command sets the measurement interval for the SCMC and “SCMR” on page 345 commands. If
you change the interval, the MSCM command data collection re-initializes.

Command format
INT[nnn]

(blank)
Displays the current measurement interval.
nnn
Sets the measurement interval (in minutes) for the display output of the SCMR and SCMC commands.
Valid values are 0-999.
To set an interval, specify a value from 1 to 998.

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 203

 To set the interval as from when you previously ran the command to now, specify 0.
To set an indefinite interval, specify 999.

Related information
Other minor commands of MSCM: SCMC, SCMR, SCMT

INT
Type
Minor command of “NCLV ” on page 265

Description
The INT command sets the measurement interval for “NCLV ” on page 265 major command statistical
minors. If you change the measurement interval, the NCLV command data collection re-initializes.

Command format
INT[nnn]

nnn
Sets the measurement interval (in minutes) for the NCLV percentage-based minor commands' display
output. Valid values are 0-999.
To set the number of minutes before a new measurement interval will start, specify a value from 1 to
998.
To set the interval as Enter to Enter, specify 0.
To set an indefinite interval, specify 999.
To display the current measurement interval, type INT (that is, with no parameters).

.INT
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Sets measurement interval for NCLV Major command statistical Minors.

Related information
Minor of: NCLV

IODP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

204 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays I/O dispatching priority.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

IOJ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays I/O count. You typically use this command with .R to produce the EXCP rate. To display the value
as a difference between two OMEGAMON cycles, use an argument of .D.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

IOJ2
Description
The IOJ2 command displays the I/O count for current job step. This command is identical to “IOJ ” on
page 205.

IOPT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets installation profile options.

IOPT {NONSWAP=ON|OFF,}
{PAGEFIX=ON|OFF,}
{RESERVE=ON|OFF,}
{TSOFIX=ON|OFF}

NONSWAP
Turns nonswap storage mode on or off.
PAGEFIX
Turns pagefix storage mode on or off. When pagefix storage is turned on, all of the OMEGAMON
storage (except the DEXAN work area) is pagefixed.
RESERVE
Specifies whether or not to issue a DASD RESERVE when a member is saved to OcPROCSV.
TSOFIX
Turns pagefix storage on or off for TSO.
IOPT settings do not take effect until your next session.

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 205

 Related information
None

IOSnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets threshold for average IOS queue time > nnn milliseconds per I/O.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

IPRF
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Saves or deletes the installation-defined default profile.

IPRF SAVE|DELETE

SAVE
Saves the installation profile in the data set defined by the OMPROFSV DD statement.
DELETE
Deletes the installation profile from the data set defined by the OMPROFSV DD statement.
OMEGAMON automatically assigns the 2-character code /I to the installation profile. /I is used on the
USER= startup parameter to load this profile, and it appears on the INFO-line during the session.
The installation-defined profile for OMEGAMON for MVS is stored as member name OMINSTAL.

Related information
See also PPRF.

IPRO
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

206 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Generates the Workload Impact Profile, which shows a graphic illustration of current contention on your
system. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a description of IPRO as a
minor of DEXAN.)

IPRO [IANL
[Workload]
[GROUP=Groupname]]

IPRO does not support the labels S and D, or the suffix PD.
Note the following guidelines for using this command:
• IPRO cannot be used to initiate monitoring. You must first start monitoring the job or group with the
IANL command.
• If you do not specify a job name or group name, IPRO defaults to the last job or group specified with
IANL.
• If you do not specify IANL, the operand defaults to the last one issued with IPRO.
The IPRO command remembers its last set of operands, and if it is entered alone, it uses the last
operands to construct the profile.
Contending workloads are shown in order of decreasing severity, including self-contention and system
contention. To ensure a statistically significant display, the profile displays only the long-term wait
condition figures available with the IANL command, and not the short-term ones.
For terminals with extended color in effect, the Workload Impact Profile appears in the colors set for
levels 5, 6, and 7. The graph itself appears in the level 5 color, the impact source labels are in the level 7
color, and the lines pointing from the impact source labels to the graph are in the level 6 color.
The Workload Impact Profile is most useful when the favored workload is experiencing response time
problems. When response time is acceptable, the profile provides a picture of contention that is non-
critical, and no tuning is required. If response time worsens due to contention from other workloads, the
Workload Impact Profile may also change, indicating a possible cause of the response time problem.

Related information
Other Impact Analysis commands: IACL[nn], IACS[nn], IANC[nn], IANL, IANQ[nn], IAST[nn], IATH[nn],
and IATO

IPRO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays resource impact profile. (There are other entries with the same name. See the previous entry for
a description of IPRO as an Immediate command.) Use the IPRO command preceding a plot command
such as IPRO PLT01 to display a resource impact profile. The plot commands that you may use with IPRO
are:
MONJnn
Displays a resource impact profile for the address space with DEXAN slot number nn or job name.
PLTJnn
Displays a resource impact profile for the address space with DEXAN slot number nn or job name.
PLTAnn
Displays a resource impact profile for the address space with DEXAN slot number nn.

Chapter 10. I commands and keywords 207

 PLTS
Displays a resource impact profile for system-wide address spaces.
The resource impact profile is an alternative to the plot display for showing degradation data. The
resource impact profile shows more graphically the impact of system resources on a workload. The
vertical lines represent a workload’s productivity. For wait reasons the arrows intruding from the right
represent the impact a resource has on productivity. The greater the indentation, the greater the impact
the system resource has on productivity. The indentations correlate directly to the actual percentage of
time the workload waited for or used a resource.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

208 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 11. J commands and keywords

JAS#nn
Type
OMEGAMON major command

Description
Selects address space with ASID=#nn, where nn is a decimal number. This command selects one address
space only; therefore use it to monitor specific address spaces. If an ASID has three digits, use “JASnnn ”
on page 209. JAS# issues a message if the selected address space is unusable.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JASnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
See JAS#nn.

Related information
None

JBIA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of blocks paged in from auxiliary storage.

Related information
Other Address Space Block Paging commands: JBOA, JBOE, JPBI, and JPBO
Minor of: ALLJ, BATJ, BATL, BATX, BCPU, BIO, BSWP, BWAT, JAS#nn, JCPU, JLSW, JOBN cccccccc, JPAG,
JPmnnn, JPRnnn, JRES, JSNAnn, JSNCnn, JSWP, STCJ, STCL, TSOJ, TSOL, and TSOX

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 209

JBOA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of blocks paged out to auxiliary storage.

Related information
Other Address Space Block Paging commands: JBIA, JBOE, JPBI, and JPBO
Minor of: ALLJ, BATJ, BATL, BATX, BCPU, BIO, BSWP, BWAT, JAS#nn, JCPU, JLSW, JOBN cccccccc, JPAG,
JPmnnn, JPRnnn, JRES, JSNAnn, JSNCnn, JSWP, STCJ, STCL, TSOJ, TSOL, and TSOX

JCAF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays CPU affinity. This is for multiprocessors.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, RCP%, RCPU,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

JCPU
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects CPU dispatchable address spaces.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JESP
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

210 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
The JESP command displays either information about JES spool usage or a hexadecimal and character
dump of the JESP data collection areas.

JESP [DB]

(blank)
Displays JES spool utilization by total and individual spool volume (JES2) or DD Name (JES3).
DB
Displays a hexadecimal and character dump of the JESP data collection areas that are returned by the
IEFSSI and IEFSSREQ subsystem interfaces.

Information displayed
JESP displays the following information:
• The JES subsystem name, usually JES2 or JES3
• The subsystem type, JES2 or JES3.
• The total number of JES spool track groups and tracks that are allocated; the total number that are in
use; and the percentage of allocation that is used by this system.
• The JES spool track groups and tracks that are allocated; the total number that are in use; and the
percentage of allocation that is used by extent. If the monitored system is JES3, the extents are
grouped by JES3 partition. If the monitored system is JES2, the partition name is blank.
• The status of each JES extent. The status is one of these values: ACTIVE, ACTIVE-RSVD, STARTING,
HALTING, DRAINING, INACTIVE, HELD, EXTENDING, MIGRATING or MAPPED.

Related command
• Minor command of: SYS

JLSW
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects address spaces in logically swapped status. These are address spaces that are waiting and are
logically swapped out.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JOBN cccccccc
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Chapter 11. J commands and keywords 211

 Description
Selects address space cccccccc. In dedicated mode, you must position the cursor on another line before
the command takes effect.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JOBS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays values available from the private area. The following screen shows a typical JOBS display.

PEEK XOIDI ASID=25, collected at 15:39:39

jobs Job started at 7:58:26 on 12/29/99 JOBCLASS=F MSGCLASS=D
+ Programmer Name=JOHN SMITH

Figure 8. Typical JOBS command display

When the Programmer Name field is blank in the job statement, the JOBS minor command does not
display that line. JOBCLASS information only appears for batch jobs. The job class is that class originally
associated with the job. If a JES command was requeued before execution, the original job class from the
CLASS= parameter in the JCL JOB statement will appear.

PEEK CONSOLE ASID=5 Job ID: MSTR Subsystem name: MSTR

JOBS no job information available

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other Minors that collect data about address spaces: AMAP, DATA, DDNS, MODS, STEP, SUBP, and TCBS

JPAG
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects all address spaces waiting on a page operation.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

212 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
JPBI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of blocked pages paged in from auxiliary storage.

Related information
Other Address Space Block Paging commands: JBIA, JBOA, JBOE, and JPBO
Minor of: ALLJ, BATJ, BATL, BATX, BCPU, BIO, BSWP, BWAT, JAS#nn, JCPU, JLSW, JOBN cccccccc, JPAG,
JPmnnn, JPRnnn, JRES, JSNAnn, JSNCnn, JSWP, STCJ, STCL, TSOJ, TSOL, and TSOX

JPBO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of blocked pages paged out to auxiliary storage.

Related information
Other Address Space Block Paging commands: JBIA, JBOA, JBOE, and JPBI.
Minor of: ALLJ, BATJ, BATL, BATX, BCPU, BIO, BSWP, BWAT, JAS#nn, JCPU, JLSW, JOBN cccccccc, JPAG,
JPmnnn, JPRnnn, JRES, JSNAnn, JSNCnn, JSWP, STCJ, STCL, TSOJ, TSOL, and TSOX

JPCI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays address space common area page-ins. To display this value as a rate, use an argument of .R.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

JPGS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 11. J commands and keywords 213

 Description
Displays pages stolen from address space. To display this value as a rate, use an argument of .R.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

JPUI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays address space page-ins. To display this value as a rate, use an argument of .R.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands (OMEGAMON) in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,”
on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

JPUO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays address space page-outs. To display this value as a rate, use an argument of .R.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

JRCM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays composite job recommendation value.
At certain times, the numbers may not add up to JRCM due to SRM algorithm adjustments.

214 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

JRES
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects resident address spaces. JRES selects:
• non-swappable system tasks (such as *MASTER*, JES2, TCAM, VTAM, and CICS®)
• executing batch jobs
• batch jobs waiting on tape mounts only
• executing TSO users

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JSNAnn
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects address spaces with dispatching number nn. JSNAnn displays as many address spaces as can fit
on a line, by their CPU dispatching sequence order beginning with number nn.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JSNCnn
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects CPU dispatchable address space with dispatching number nn. JSNCnn is the same as JSNAnn,
except that it shows only address spaces ready to execute (contending for CPU cycles).

Chapter 11. J commands and keywords 215

 Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

JSTA
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Displays job status. The output for this command is aaabccc, where
aaa
dispatchability:
CPU
Address space is CPU dispatchable
WAT
Address space is waiting
b
transaction flag:
*
Address space is in a transaction
␢
Address space is not in a transaction
ccc
location:
RES
Address space is resident
NSW
Address space is resident and nonswappable
LSW
Address space is logically swapped
SWP
Address space is swapped out
DLY
Address space is delayed

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

JSWP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

216 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Description
Selects physically swapped address spaces. JSWP selects idle address spaces that are swappable and
swapped out, such as:
• RMF
• batch jobs waiting (except those waiting on tape mounts)
• jobs swapped by SRM
• TSO users not in transaction
• idle initiators

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

Chapter 11. J commands and keywords 217

218 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords

KILL
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Terminates an address space. KILL terminates an address space, which causes the target address space
to terminate with a system A22 abend. Along with the KILL command, you must specify the job name or
the decimal ASID number.

{-}KILL cccccccc

-
The required action character in column 1: Executes the command once and changes to a comment
character (>) when the command executes successfully.
cccccccc
Job name or ASID nnnnn number (in decimal)
When OMEGAMON responds, you must supply an action character (-) in column 1 before the command
executes.
The results of a successful KILL command under OMEGAMON are exactly the same as the results of the
z/OS FORCE command; however, there are some differences in how they operate:
• The FORCE command sometimes delays or is unable to execute at all, because it must enqueue on the
CSCB chain in order to search it; KILL does not search the CSCB chain, and so avoids this problem.
• FORCE does not operate unless a CANCEL is in effect for the address space; KILL has no such
restriction.
• You can only issue FORCE from the z/OS master console; the OMEGAMON security facility controls KILL.
• You cannot use the unit address instead of the job name to cancel a started task.

Related information
None

LCCAnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps logical configuration communication area (LCCA) for processor nn. By default the display is in
hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.
OMEGAMON must be APF authorized for the LCCA command to work.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 219

 Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

LCHRxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about optical character readers connected by LCU xxx. This minor command selects
any device of the indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a
hexadecimal LCU ID. The system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

LCOMxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about communications devices connected by LCU xxx. This minor command selects
any device of the indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a
hexadecimal LCU ID. The system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

LCSA
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “ALLJ” on page 54.

Description
The LCSA command displays the usage of above the bar (64 bit) common storage by a job.

220 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command format
LCSA

This command has no parameters.

LCSA
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The LSCA command displays the amount (in megabytes) of Large Common Storage in use.

Command format
LCSA

This command has no parameters.

LCTCxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about channel-to-channel adapters connected by LCU xxx. This minor command
selects any device of the indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a
hexadecimal LCU ID. The system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCU xxx xxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

LCU xxx xxx

Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Selects and supplies information about all devices attached to LCUs xxx through xxx. The variable xxx is a
hexadecimal LCU ID. The system assigns LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation. The minimum value
for the first LCU in the range is 0, and the maximum value for the second one in the range is FFF.
If you enter the command with only one LCU number (that is, LCU xxx), data appears only for devices on
the single LCU. If you enter the command without an argument, devices attached to all LCUs appear.

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 221

 This is a typical display:

STAT Interval Start Time: 13:59:59 Elapsed: 34:14 MN Length: 1 HR

LCU 000 FFF >> Number of Samples = 187 <<
+ ID Contention Delay Q % All CHP CHP Control CHP % CU
+ -- ---Rate--- - Length ---Busy-- --- -Units- Taken Busy
+ 009 1.164 .14 1.728 16 161 26.021 8.870

Figure 9. Typical LCU output

The following fields appear on the display:

ID
Logical Control Unit Number.
Contention Rate
Rate per second at which the I/O processor places delayed I/O requests on the CU-HDR for this LCU.
Delay Q Length
Average number of requests on the LCU Control Word (CUCW).
% All CHP Busy
Percentage of time during the interval when all channel paths belonging to the LCU were busy at the
same time.
CHP
Channel Path ID number of this LCU.
CHP Taken
Rate at which I/O requests to devices of this LCU are satisfied by each CHPID during the interval.
% CU Busy
Ratio of the number of requests deferred because the control unit was busy and the number of
attempts to service I/O requests during the measurement interval.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LDSKxxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

LDSKxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about disks connected by LCU xxx. This minor command selects any device of the
indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a hexadecimal LCU ID. The
system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

222 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
LEXC
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets order of exceptions for exception analysis sampling. The LEXC command displays the order in which
OMEGAMON executes exceptions. To change the sequence of exception messages displayed by the EXSY
command, you can dynamically reorder the execution sequence. The following figure shows a partial LEXC
display. To change the order of the exceptions, type over an exception name or its number.

LEXC
: XECS=1 DRDY=2 VTOC=3 XMTA=4 XGTF=5
: DYPR=6 XDPR=7 XCSA=8 XACP=9 XOLT=10
: XMEM=11 XSQA=12 XGRS=13 XDDR=14 PAOD=15
: WAIT=16 SWPC=17

Figure 10. Partial LEXC display

You can also type in exceptions with new order numbers on the command line following the LEXC
command. For example:

LEXC DNRS=1 WSHI=2 DRDY=3

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

LGID
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays TSO logon ID that submitted a job. LGID is not valid for started tasks.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

LGRAxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about graphics devices connected by LCU xxx. This minor command selects any device
of the indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a hexadecimal LCU
ID. The system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 223

 Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

LINE
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Displays the last nn lines from the console you select.

LINEnn

To display the last 12 lines of the screen of console 11, enter this command:

CONS11 Master Console (ID=11)

line12

The LINE minor command displays only in-line messages, such as the display produced by the following
command.

D A,L,L=Z

LINE does not display out-of-line messages, such as those produced by the following command.

D A,L,L=A

To avoid this situation, either use the L=Z operand where appropriate, or issue the following console
control command to remove the out-of-line display areas:

K A,NONE

For JES2, OMEGAMON requires the $TM command to change the status information routing.

Related information
Minor of: CONU and CONS
Other Console-Related minors: ACTN and MNT

LLT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays link list libraries and their APF-authorization status. Each line of output contains one data set
name in the linklist concatenation.

224 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: SYS

LNCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets the number of lines per page for the REPORT or XLFLOG file output.

LNCT nn

Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, and
SOUT

LOC
Type
Immediate command

Description
The LOC command displays all users of a data set; that is, all address spaces that have the data set
allocated (either with DISP=SHR or DISP=OLD), by normal job scheduling or dynamic allocation.

Command format
LOC[X][n] dataset

X
Displays all users of the data across the Sysplex. If you omit the X, only users on the current LPAR are
displayed.
n
Skips the first n lines of the output.
dataset
The name of a dataset. If the name contains special characters, enclose it in ' ' (single quotation
marks).

Example output
If you enter:

LOC TDMVS.MERCED.TEXT

the result is:

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 225

 >LOC TDMVS.MERCED.TEXT PRI005, 0149, 3380
> OWNERSHIP TYPE JOBNAME SYSID
> Shared Owner TSO TDNY30 SYSA
> Shared Owner TSO TDNY72 SYSA

OWNERSHIP
Indicates whether the job has the data set allocated with disposition SHR (Shared) or OLD (Exclusive),
and whether the job currently has the data set allocated (Owner) or is waiting in allocation for the data
set (Waiter).
TYPE
The type of user:
STC
Started task.
TSO
Time sharing user.
BATCH
Batch job.
MOUNT
Mount job.
NODEQ
The job no longer exists, and it did not DEQUEUE the resource.
JOBNAME
The jobname/TSOID of the user.
SYSID
The system ID of the GRS member of the GRS ring.
NONAME indicates that the system is not a part of a GRS ring.

Related information
Other data set information command: “DSN” on page 133

/LOG
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer. .LOG is the equivalent
immediate command, which additionally offers the PUSH and POP arguments. /O is the alias for /LOG
with the OUT argument.

Related information
None

.LOG
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

226 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Sends the current OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG to the printer, or manipulates the status of the
log.

.LOGcccc

.LOG accepts the following arguments.

ON
Starts logging.
OFF
Stops logging.
OUT
Prints the current log and leaves it open. The command comments itself out to prevent the log from
automatically resetting again on the next cycle.
PUSH
Saves the status of the log (ON or OFF) so that it can be restored when you execute .LOGPOP. This
capability allows you to manipulate the log’s status in screen spaces invoked by .FGO or .SGO, then
return it to its original state after these screen routines are complete. A message will appear on the
same line as the command indicating whether the log is active or inactive.
POP
Restores the log to the status in effect when you executed the last .LOGPUSH. A message will appear
on the same line as the command indicating whether the log status is active or inactive.
Note: The Automatic Screen Facility (ASF) and the Timed Screen Facility (TSF) PUSH and POP
automatically.
The log is activated and deactivated with the LOG keyword of the OPTN command.
/LOG is the equivalent INFO-line command but without the PUSH and POP arguments.

Related information
None

LPAG
Type
OMEGAMON minor command.

Description
Displays large page usage information. This command displays the following information:
• Number of large memory objects allocated by this address space
• Number of large (1 Mb) pages backed in real storage owned by this address space

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other address space storage activity commands: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR,
NVSC, SQA, TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, WSSI.

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 227

LPAM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
List LPA directory information. Use the z/OS SETPROG operator command to add or delete LPA members.

LPAM PGM=cccccccc

PGM=
Specifies the program module name to be processed. OMEGAMON processes this module along with
all of its aliases (unless you use the NOALIAS parameter). If you specify a load module name only by
an alias, the module is still processed.
The following screen is an example of the LPAM command. The first line displays the address of the
Contents Directory Entry (CDE) from the active LPA queue with the module’s entry point and load point
addresses from that CDE. If the module is not found on the active LPA queue, this output line does not
appear.
The second line of the display gives the address of the Link Pack Directory entry (LPDE), with the module’s
entry point and load point addresses from that LPDE. If the module is not in the LPDE, LPAM reports that
the module was not found.

-LPAM PGM=IGG019AJ
+ IGG019AJ Is in LPA Directory, LPDE=00D07558 EP=00E89D60 LP=00E89D60
+ IGG019AJ has the following alias entry points:
+ (none)

Related information
Other Program Library Facilities commands: ALIB and APFU

LPAR
Type
Immediate command

Description
The LPAR command displays information about either a single logical partition or all logical partitions.
Information displayed for a single logical partition
The LPAR commmand with the number of a partition as a parameter displays the following information
about that partition:
• model number (Model).
• the CPC model type-number (or type-version-code for old models)
On later model processors, this is the Model Capacity ID which represents the current capacity
delivered to the CPC, not the maximum capacity that can be brought into service, using reserved CPs, by
OOCoD, CUoD, CPM, or CBU, and so on.
• serial number (Serial). The CPC serial number.

228 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
• CEC MSUs capacity. This is the CEC/CPC capacity in millions of service units per hour. This capacity
represents the current capacity that can be delivered to the CPC, not including capacity that may be
brought into service, using reserved CPs, by OOCoD, CUoD, CPM, and so on.
• number of physical processors
• dispatch interval
• number of physical processors by type (CP or special CP: .ICFs, IFLs, zAAPs, or zIIPs)
If special processors exist, their logical partitions are displayed separately, after the CP section. A
partition might display in both sections. On IBM System z processors, statistics for each special
processor type are displayed as a separate pool. Logical partitions are displayed in each pool where
that pool's processor type is configured to that logical partition.
• number of configured partitions, if you specify a single partition
• elapsed interval
This is the wall-clock time since the last screen refresh. Utilization statistics are for this period.
• name and number of the LPAR. * (asterisk) to the left of a LPAR number indicates the LPAR on which
OMEGAMON is running.
• LPAR status: Active or Deactive
Statistics relevant to On/Off Capacity on Demand (OOCoD), Capacity Provisioning Management (CPM ) and
Capacity BackUp (CBU) might be displayed, if they are supported by the hardware. These statistics are:
• Model Permanent Capacity ID.
The capacity of the CPC exclusive of temporarily available increased capacity (OOCoD or CPM) and
temporarily available replacement capacity (CBU).
• Model Permanent Capacity Rating.
The capacity, in millions of service units (MSUs), of the type-model of the processor represented by the
Model Permanent Capacity ID.
• Model Temporary Capacity ID.
The total of permanent capacity and temporarily available increased capacity (OOCoD or CPM),
excluding any temporarily available replacement capacity (CBU).
• Model Temporary Capacity Rating.
The capacity, in MSUs, of the type-model of the processor represented by the Model Temporary
Capacity ID.
• OOCoD and CPM Adjustments.
Indicates whether or not CP resources have been added by OOCoD and CPM in the current
configuration. The setting of the indicator is inferred from the fact that the Model Capacity ID and the
Model Temporary Capacity ID are equal to each other, but greater than the Model Permanent Capacity
ID. The indicator is also set to Yes if all three Capacity IDs have different values because this means that
CBU is also in effect.
• CBU Adjustments.
Indicates whether or not CP resources have been added, or subtracted, by CBU in the current
configuration. The setting of the indicator is inferred from the fact that the Model Temporary Capacity ID
and Model Permanent Capacity ID are equal to each other but the Model Capacity ID is higher or lower
than the two equal values. The indicator is also set to Yes if all 3 Capacity IDs have different values
because this means that OOCoD and CPM is also in effect.
Information displayed for all logical partitions
The LPAR command without any parameters displays the following information:
• Weight Factor (Wgt): In shared physical processor environments, this indicates the relative importance
of the LPAR regarding access to CPU cycles. MIX in this field indicates that processors in this LPAR have
different weight factors.

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 229

 • Wait Completion indicator (WAIT) defined for the LPAR: Yes/No.
• CPU capping (CAP) indicator (Yes, No or xx%); xx% is the defined (soft) capacity in percentage form.
• Logical Processors (#LP): Average number of logical processors online.
• Logical Processor dispatch time (LCPD%): Percentage of time dispatched for online logical processors.
• Effective Physical Processor dispatch time (PCPD%)@ Percentage of time the LPAR was dispatched on a
physical processor, excluding LPAR management time.
• Physical Processor Overhead (OVHD%): Percentage of time utilized for LPAR management.
• Dispatch time: Sum of Effective Physical plus LPAR Management processor time utilized by the
partition. The line containing logical partition named PHYSICAL displays only LPAR management
overhead that is not attributable to a particular partition.

Command format
To use this command, you must have APF authorization.
LPAR takes two cycles to begin displaying data. One cycle is required for initialization. If you are in TSO
mode, enter the command (first cycle), and then press Enter again (second cycle). Any subsequent cycles
update the data with current values.

[X|Y] LPAR[n]

X
Displays information about the Intelligent Resource Director (IRD). See “Example output for XLPAR
command” on page 231.
Y
Displays information about the Workload Manager (WLM) CPU Management capability. See “Example
output for YLPAR command” on page 232.
n
The number of the logical partition (0 - 15)
To display data for all configured logical partitions, omit this parameter. See “Example output for LPAR
command” on page 230.
For complete information, use all three versions of the command: LPAR, XLPAR, and YLPAR.

Example output for LPAR command

230 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 LPAR
+ Model = 2084-D32 Serial = 01B36A CEC MSUs capacity = 1188
+ Number of Physical processors = 32 Dispatch interval = DYNAMIC
+ Number of CPs = 27 Special CPs = 5 Elapsed interval = 00.00.01.299
+
+Name Number Stat Wgt Wait Cap #LP LCPD% PCPD% OVHD% Dispatch time
+CANSP22 *28 A 002 NO NO 3.0 31.17 3.46 .02 00.00.01.223
+RALNS1 D
+RALNS17 14 A 003 NO NO 2.0 7.54 .56 .01 00.00.00.200
+RALNS18 08 A 003 NO NO 2.0 80.83 5.99 .01 00.00.02.102
+RALNS19 09 A 003 NO NO 2.0 5.23 .39 .01 00.00.00.139
+RALNS2 D
+RALNS21 03 A 010 NO NO 1.0 .08 .00 .00 00.00.00.001
+RALNS33 10 A 003 NO NO 4.0 15.03 2.23 .02 00.00.00.787
+RALNS34 04 A 003 NO NO 4.0 22.03 3.26 .03 00.00.01.157
+RALNS35 05 A 003 NO NO 4.0 .63 .09 .01 00.00.00.037
+RALNS36 06 A 003 NO NO 4.0 .54 .08 .01 00.00.00.032
+RALVMQ 07 A 015 NO NO 12.0 20.36 9.05 1.02 00.00.03.531
+TIVVM1 12 A 018 NO NO 8.0 15.88 4.71 .34 00.00.01.771
+TIVVM4 11 A 018 NO NO 8.0 47.64 14.12 .23 00.00.05.031
+TIVVM7 15 A 010 NO NO 4.0 27.46 4.07 .04 00.00.01.442
+CANSP11 27 A 001 NO NO 2.0 2.81 .21 .01 00.00.00.078
+CANSP12 22 A 002 NO NO 3.0 3.67 .41 .02 00.00.00.150
+CANSP13 29 A 002 NO NO 1.0 17.78 .66 .02 00.00.00.239
+CANSP23 20 A 001 NO NO 2.0 2.81 .21 .01 00.00.00.078
+CANSYSL 30 A 002 NO NO 2.0 27.87 2.06 .02 00.00.00.730
+RALHCD D
+TIVMVS18 D
+PHYSICAL 00 4.08 00.00.01.432
+ ----- ------ ------ -------------
+TOTAL CP 102 51.56 5.91 00.00.20.160
+
+
+RALVMQ 07 A .0 .00 .00 .00 00.00.00.000
+CANSP12 22 A 002 NO NO 1.0 .00 .00 .00 00.00.00.000
+CANSYSL 30 A 002 NO NO 1.0 .00 .00 .00 00.00.00.000
+PHYSICAL 00 1.15 00.00.00.075
+ ----- ------ ------ -------------
+TOTAL ICF 4 .00 1.15
00.00.00.075

Figure 11. Typical output for LPAR command

Example output for XLPAR command

To display extended information about the Intelligent Resource Director (IRD), use X in column 1. The
information displayed includes the following:
• Weight Percent (Wgt%): Current (physical) LPAR weight percent.
• Logical Weight Percent (LWgt%), calculated as:

LWgt% = Physical Weight % x # Physical Processors / #Logical Processors

• Cluster Name (CLUSTERNm): Name of the cluster that this LPAR is assigned to, also known as the
Sysplex name.
• Demand Percent (Demd%): Ratio of effective physical utilization to target utilization, calculated as:

Dmnd% = (Physical CPU% * 100) / Current Weight%

• Velocity (Vel%): Effective logical processor speed (also known as Effective Weight Percent); calculated
as:

Vel% = (LCPD% * 100) / (LCPD% + Ready%)- Ready%

• Ready%: Percentage of time that the LPAR had "ready" work and was not dispatched.
• Wait%: Percentage of time that the LPAR was idle; that is, it had no work to do (PSW Wait bit was on)

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 231

 XLPAR
+ Model = 2084-D32 Serial = 01B36A CEC MSUs capacity = 1188
+ Number of Physical processors = 32 Dispatch interval = DYNAMIC
+ Number of CPs = 27 Special CPs = 5 Elapsed interval = 00.00.01.299
+
+Name Number St Wgt% LWgt% ClusterNm #LP Demd% Vel% LCPD% Ready% Wait%
+CANSP22 *28 A 2.0 18.0 LPAR400J 3.0 173.0 68.9 31.17 14.08 54.75
+RALNS1 D
+RALNS17 14 A 2.9 39.2 NIVTPLEX 2.0 19.3 29.3 7.54 18.21 74.25
+RALNS18 08 A 2.9 39.2 NIVTPLEX 2.0 206.6 91.8 80.83 7.24 11.93
+RALNS19 09 A 2.9 39.2 NIVTPLEX 2.0 13.4 46.2 5.23 6.08 88.68
+RALNS2 D
+RALNS21 03 A 9.8 264.6 N/A 1.0 .0 100.0 .08 .00 99.92
+RALNS33 10 A 2.9 19.6 PORPLX 4.0 76.9 52.0 15.03 13.85 71.12
+RALNS34 04 A 2.9 19.6 PORPLX 4.0 112.4 34.8 22.03 41.29 36.68
+RALNS35 05 A 2.9 19.6 PORPLX 4.0 3.1 5.7 .63 10.39 88.97
+RALNS36 06 A 2.9 19.6 PORPLX 4.0 2.8 3.2 .54 16.57 82.89
+RALVMQ 07 A 14.7 33.1 N/A 12.0 61.6 21.6 20.36 73.99 5.65
+TIVVM1 12 A 17.6 59.4 N/A 8.0 26.8 17.6 15.88 74.33 9.78
+TIVVM4 11 A 17.6 59.4 N/A 8.0 80.2 52.6 47.64 42.94 9.42
+TIVVM7 15 A 9.8 66.2 N/A 4.0 41.5 38.6 27.46 43.66 28.88
+CANSP11 27 A 1.0 13.5 LPAR400J 2.0 21.0 22.2 2.81 9.82 87.37
+CANSP12 22 A 2.0 18.0 LPAR400J 3.0 20.5 18.1 3.67 16.65 79.68
+CANSP13 29 A 2.0 54.0 LPAR400J 1.0 33.0 46.9 17.78 20.17 62.05
+CANSP23 20 A 1.0 13.5 LPAR400J 2.0 21.0 36.9 2.81 4.81 92.38
+CANSYSL 30 A 2.0 27.0 LPAR400J 2.0 103.0 64.8 27.87 15.13 57.01
+RALHCD D
+TIVMVS18 D
+PHYSICAL 00
+ -----
+TOTAL CP 100.0
+
+
+RALVMQ 07 A N/A .0
+CANSP12 22 A 50.0 250.0 LPAR400J 1.0 .0 .0 .00 .00100.00
+CANSYSL 30 A 50.0 250.0 LPAR400J 1.0 .0 .0 .00 .00100.00
+PHYSICAL 00
+ -----
+TOTAL ICF 100.0

Figure 12. Typical output for XLPAR command

Example output for YLPAR command

To display extended information about the Workload Manager (WLM) CPU Management capability, use Y
in column 1. The information displayed includes the following:
• WLM Management Enabled (WgtM) Flag: Indicates (Yes or No) if the LPAR is enabled for IRD WLM
weight management.
• Current Weight (CurW, also called Wgt): See Weight Factor.
• Initial Weight (IniW): Weight at time of LPAR initialization.
• Maximum Weight (MaxW). Maximum defined weight for the LPAR.
• Maximum Weight (MinW). Minimum defined weight for the LPAR.
• Online Logical Processors (OnLP, also called #LP): See Logical Processors.
• Offline Logical Processors (OffP): Number of logical processors offline for the LPAR.
• Standby Logical Processors (SbyP): Number of logical processors that are defined to the LPAR and could
be varied online (by operator intervention).
• Reserved Logical Processors (RsvP): Number of logical processors that are defined to the LPAR but
cannot varied online. A "Capacity Upgrade on Demand" (CUoD) could convert one or more Reserved to
Standby logical processors.
• Undefined Logical Processors (UndP): Number of logical processors that have not been included in the
LPAR definition.
• Storage (Stor). Amount of real storage (Megs) defined to the LPAR.

232 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 YLPAR
+ Model = 2084-D32 Serial = 01B36A CEC MSUs capacity = 1188
+ Number of Physical processors = 32 Dispatch interval = DYNAMIC
+ Number of CPs = 27 Special CPs = 5 Elapsed interval = 00.00.01.299
+
+Name Number St WgtM CurW InitW MinW MaxW OnlP OffP SbyP RsvP UndP Stor
+CANSP22 *28 A NO 002 002 002 002 3.0 .0 1.0 .0 27.0 1536M
+RALNS1 D N/A
+RALNS17 14 A NO 003 003 003 003 2.0 .0 .0 .0 29.0 4096M
+RALNS18 08 A NO 003 003 003 003 2.0 .0 .0 .0 29.0 4096M
+RALNS19 09 A NO 003 003 003 003 2.0 .0 .0 .0 29.0 4096M
+RALNS2 D N/A
+RALNS21 03 A NO 010 010 010 010 1.0 .0 1.0 .0 29.0 8192M
+RALNS33 10 A NO 003 003 003 003 4.0 .0 .0 .0 27.0 10240M
+RALNS34 04 A NO 003 003 003 003 4.0 .0 .0 .0 27.0 6144M
+RALNS35 05 A NO 003 003 003 003 4.0 .0 .0 .0 27.0 10240M
+RALNS36 06 A NO 003 003 003 003 4.0 .0 .0 .0 27.0 6144M
+RALVMQ 07 A NO 015 015 015 015 12.0 .0 4.0 .0 15.0 73728M
+TIVVM1 12 A NO 018 018 018 018 8.0 .0 4.0 .0 19.0 36864M
+TIVVM4 11 A NO 018 018 018 018 8.0 .0 4.0 .0 19.0 51200M
+TIVVM7 15 A NO 010 010 010 010 4.0 .0 4.0 .0 23.0 12288M
+CANSP11 27 A NO 001 001 001 001 2.0 .0 1.0 .0 28.0 2048M
+CANSP12 22 A NO 002 002 002 002 3.0 .0 1.0 .0 27.0 1408M
+CANSP13 29 A NO 002 002 002 002 1.0 .0 1.0 .0 29.0 1024M
+CANSP23 20 A NO 001 001 001 001 2.0 .0 1.0 .0 28.0 512M
+CANSYSL 30 A NO 002 002 002 002 2.0 .0 1.0 .0 28.0 1536M
+RALHCD D N/A
+TIVMVS18 D N/A
+PHYSICAL 00
+ ----- -----
+TOTAL CP 102 229G
+
+
+RALVMQ 07 A NO .0 .0 2.0 .0 7.0 73728M
+CANSP12 22 A NO 002 002 002 002 1.0 .0 .0 .0 8.0 1408M
+CANSYSL 30 A NO 002 002 002 002 1.0 .0 .0 .0 8.0 1536M
+PHYSICAL 00
+ ----- -----
+TOTAL ICF 4 76672M

Figure 13. Typical output for YLPAR command

The current logical partition is marked by * (asterisk).

The line containing the logical partition name PHYSICAL displays only LPAR management overhead which
cannot be attributed to a particular partition.

LPAT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays list of libraries concatenated to SYS1.LPALIB. Each line of output contains one data set name
found in the linklist concatenation. This command is designed to work on an unmodified IBM BLDL
system; the results are unpredictable if you have another vendor product or usermod that alters the way
BLDL is used.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 233

LSCR
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Loads screen space members from the screen library to main storage. You can make screen spaces more
available and more easily fetched by loading them into main storage with LSCR. For example, if a disk is
not available, you can continue to invoke the screen spaces that you loaded into main storage with LSCR.

LSCR cccccccc cccccccc … cccccccc

The variables cccccccc are screen space names. Specify screen space member names starting in column
8. You can load as many members as can fit on the input line. For example, the next command asks
OMEGAMON to load screen spaces ZZ1, ZZ2, and ZZ3 from the screen space library KOMPROC to main
storage.

LSCR ZZ1 ZZ2 ZZ3

Related information
None

LSCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps logical swap control table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format. To view
the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

LSFR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of real frames allocated to logically swapped address spaces.

234 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: SYS

LSNW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of logically swapped address spaces due to waits that are not terminal waits.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

LSQA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays LSQA (local system queue area) and ELSQA (extended local system queue area) statics.
The following screen shows a typical LSQA display:

________________ ZMENU VTM OM/DEX V420./C SP13 07/07/09 18:53:56

PEEK XCFAS ASID=6 >> OB8112: Data Collection Initiated <<

lsqa
+ Allocated Percent Available Largest
+ Allocated Available
+ --------- --------- --------- ---------
+ Below 16m line: 207K 2.6% 7920K 7856K
+ Above 16m line: 16486K .9% 1725M 1725M

Figure 14. Typical LSQA results screen

where:
Below 16m line
Indicates LSQA.
Above 16m line
Indicates ELSQA.
Allocated
Is the amount of LSQA or ELSQA allocated.
Percent Allocated
Is the percentage of the total LSQA or ELSQA that is allocated.
Available
Is the amount of LSQA or ELSQA that is available (that is, unallocated). This storage is also available
for SWA and USER allocation.
Largest Available
Is the largest area of contiguous LSQA or ELSQA storage that is available (that is, unallocated). This
storage is also available for SWA and USER allocation.

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 235

 Related information
Minor of: PEEK

LSTW
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The LSTW command displays the number of address spaces that are logically swapped because of
terminal input and output waits.

Command format
LSTW

This command has no parameters.

LTAPxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about magnetic tape connected by LCU xxx. This minor command selects any device of
the indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a hexadecimal LCU ID.
The system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

LUIC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays unreferenced interval count and threshold for logical swap think time adjustment. This command
displays current system-wide high UIC, as well as the happy values used to adjust the system think
time, which the THNK minor of SYS displays. This command shows how the current values affect SRM
adjustments to the system.

236 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

LUR xxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about unit record devices connected by LCU xxx. This minor command selects any
device of the indicated type that was assigned to Logical Control Unit (LCU) xxx, where xxx is a
hexadecimal LCU ID. The system assigns these LCU numbers during the IOCDS generation.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

Chapter 12. K-L commands and keywords 237

238 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 13. M commands and keywords

MCHN
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command (authorized)

Description
Scans tables in the common area or in the OMEGAMON private storage area for a specified string of
data. (If you want to search private storage areas other than OMEGAMON storage areas, use the XMCH
command.)
MCHN scans the elements of a table for a string of hex or character values. If the scan is successful,
OMEGAMON displays the table element that contains the string. Use MCHN to examine:
• Common Storage Area (CSA)
• System Queue Area (SQA)
• nucleus
MCHNc addr,string,olen,chain,dlen
c
The format of the output.
B or ␢
hex and character (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
addr
The address of the first table element that OMEGAMON scans.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 239

 This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
string
The hex string OMEGAMON uses for the scan. If you enclose this argument in single quotes,
OMEGAMON assumes it is a character string.
Note: OMEGAMON interprets two single quotes (’’) within a character string as a single quote (’).
olen
The offset (in hex bytes) to the string in the table element; the comparison starts at this point. You
may precede olen with a plus sign (+) or a minus sign (-).
chain
The offset (in hex bytes) to the chain pointer (the location in the table element that contains the
address of the next table element). You may precede chain with a plus sign (+) or minus sign (-).
dlen
The number of bytes (up to eight hex digits) that OMEGAMON displays if the scan is successful. The
display starts at the beginning of the string. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes.
Make sure that addr is the starting point of a table element. The address at addr + chain points to the next
table element. The scan ends when the value at addr + chain is one of the following:
• 0
• -1
• addr (the table is a ring)
The next screen display shows a typical MCHN command.

MCHN AAB6C8,D6C30199,8,4

Figure 15. Typical MCHN command

In this example, MCHN scans a table that starts at location AAB6C8 and looks for the string D6C30199
that begins at the eighth byte of the table element; the address of the next table element is at offset 4. By
default, this command displays 16 bytes of the table element in hex and character notation.
The following output appears if the scan is successful.

Addr=007DA000
MCHN AAB6C8,D6C30199,8,4
+ 0000 E2E2C3E3 00000000 D6C30199 00000000 *SSCT OC r *

Related information
Other Storage Scan commands: MSCN, XMCH, and XMSC

MCPUnn
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays CPU utilization greater than nn% by address space and processor for standard processors (CP),
Series z Application Assist processors (zAAPs), and System z Integrated Information processors (zIIP).
LPAR-wide TCB, SRB, zAAP (represented as IFA), zAAP-eligible work on CP (IFC), zIIP (IIP), zIIP-eligible
work on CP (IIC), and enclave (NCL) utilization is also displayed.
The following figure displays output for the MCPU command with APF-authorization.

240 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 MCPU01|__Task__ CPU% 0______ 100|__PG N/A in goal mode__|System % 0______ 100|
+ |XCFAS 2.1 > . . . . .| |TCB: 96 ---====>>>.|
+ |CTG720A 1.3 > . . . . .| |SRB: 3 > . . . . .|
+ |S3SUBK39 1.0 > . . . . .| |NCL: 0 > . . . . .|
+ |PLGWCP7 79.2 ---====>. .| |MVS: 12 ->. . . . .|
+ | | |IFA: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | |IFC: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | |IIP: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | |IIC: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | | 0_______100|
+ | | |CPU00 41 ---=> . . .|
+ | | |CPU01 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | |CPU02 70 ---====>. .|
+ | | |IIP03 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | |PAR17 37 --->. . . .|

Figure 16. Typical output for MCPU command with APF-authorization

Task
Shows CPU utilization by task or address space. Each address space’s CPU usage over the last
OMEGAMON interval is calculated in TCB and SRB time. The total of these two times is calculated as
a percentage of the total time available (for one CPU). The maximum possible value for CPU utilization
is 100% * number of CPUs being monitored. MCPUnn displays and plots any task whose CPU usage
exceeds the nn% threshold. (If you only want to see Task plotted across the entire screen, use the
SCPUnn command.)
System
Shows the total CPU utilization system-wide. The totals in this zone are calculated over the last
OMEGAMON interval, and displayed in terms of TCB, SRB, zAAP, zAAP on CP, zIIP , zIIP on CP, and
enclave utilization time. The difference between the total software times and the total hardware time
is attributed to z/OS overhead. In other words, these are non-billable hardware cycles because they
are not accounted for in terms of SRB, TCB, zAAP, and zIIP times. On a PR/SM system, the PARx line
are given to show average utilization logically for the partition.
The address spaces displayed can be filtered by the total processor utilization percentage. For example,
the command XMCPU05 displays all address spaces where the CPU percentage across standard, IFA and
zIIP utilization is greater than 5%. Note that IFA and zIIP time consumed by enclaves owned by the
address space are not included in the IFA% and IIP% column data; the time is accumulated in the total
enclave CPU percentage displayed after the NCL: literal. The system-wide IFA and zIIP values displayed
after the IFA: and IIP: literals on the right of the output do not include owned enclave consumption. (The
Address Space CPU Utilization displays in OMEGAMON for z/OS workspaces are more comprehensive,
showing the owned enclave IFA and zIIP consumption for enclaves and distinguishing dependent and
independent enclave consumption.)
MCPU shows CPU usage by task as well as overall CPU utilization. If your system is logically partitioned
(for example, z990 with PR/SM support), placing the cursor underneath the literal PAR (that is,
underneath System, on the right side of the command output) navigates to partition information.
To view more detailed enclave statistics by owning address space, place the cursor underneath the NCL:
literal and press PF11. If your system supports zAAP processors, place the cursor underneath the IFA: or
IFC: literal and press PF11 for more information about zAAP and zAAP on CP resource consumption. If
your system supports zIIP processors, place the cursor underneath the IIP: or IIC: literal and press PF11
for more information about zIIP and zIIP On CP resource consumption.
Prefixed with an X (XMCPUnn), the command displays all tasks that use more than nn% of the CPU. (5% is
the default. You can change it by typing over 05.) The center section of the display shows a breakdown of
the CPU percentage into TCB, SRB, zAAP , zAAP on CP, zIIP and zIIP on CP consumption.

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 241

 ________________ ZMENU VTM OM/DEX V420./C SYS 03/10/09 15:40:15 1
XMCPU01|__Task__ CPU% TCB% SRB% IFA% IFC% IIP% IIC%|System % 0______ 100|
+ |XCFAS 2.1 1.6 .5 .0 .0 .0 .0|TCB: 96 ---====>>>.|
+ |CTG720A 1.3 1.3 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0|SRB: 3 > . . . . .|
+ |S3SUBK39 1.0 .9 .1 .0 .0 .0 .0|NCL: 0 > . . . . .|
+ |PLGWCP7 79.2 79.2 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0|MVS: 12 ->. . . . .|
+ | |IFA: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | |IFC: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | |IIP: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | |IIC: 0 > . . . . .|
+ | | 0_______100|
+ | |CPU00 41 ---=> . . .|
+ | |CPU01 0 > . . . . .|
+ | |CPU02 70 ---====>. .|
+ | |IIP03 0 > . . . . .|
+ | |PAR17 37 --->. . . .|

Figure 17. Typical output for XMCPU command

The final section of the display breaks down CPU utilization into seven components:
• TCB: Task program execution
• SRB: System services on behalf of tasks
• NCL: Enclaves (including standard CP, zAAP and zIIP utilization)
• MVS™: z/OS overhead
• IFA: zAAP processor utilization (normalized)
• IFC: zAAP-eligible work executed on standard CPs (crossover)
• IIP: zIIP processor utilization (normalized)
• IIC: zIIP-eligible work executed on standard CPs (crossover)
OMEGAMON alters the high end of the scale to the first value large enough to depict the address space or
system with the largest CPU utilization percentage.
Note: OMEGAMON must be APF authorized for the CPU percentage to appear.
The POPT command can be used to set CPU normalization and scaling preferences for MCPU. For further
information, see POPT.

Related information
Other CPU Utilization command: SPCUnn

MCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM Storage Management Control Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character
format. To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

242 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
MCTL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Specifies CPU time limit for an address space that you specify on the major command. MCTL is authorized
because it circumvents any job class restrictions. You can use MCTL to prevent the abend of a critical job
if it takes more CPU time than was specified. MCTL may result in CPU time limits that are rounded up (by
one second) from the user specification, due to the conversion between real time and time of day clock
units.

{-}MCTL{=|+|-}{nnnn}{H|M|S}

-
The required action character. The hyphen changes to a comment character (>) after the command
executes.
=
Sets the CPU time limit equal to the value specified by the nnnn argument.
+
Adds the value nnnn to the CPU time limit.
-
Subtracts the nnnn value from the CPU time limit.
nnnn
Decimal value to be added/subtracted/set.
H
Specifies hours as the unit of time.
M
Specifies minutes as the unit of time.
S
(Default) Specifies seconds as the unit of time.
For example:

>MCTL=23 H
+ >> TIME LIMIT IS NOW 23:00 HR <<

Related information
Minor of: Address space majors. See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Minor--Authorized commands: MNSW, MSWP, SWPI, TADR, and TSNM

MDEF
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 243

 Description
Defines names for addresses. The MDEF command labels an address in storage with a name so that you
do not have to repeatedly enter complex or frequently used storage addresses with commands such as,
for example, MCHN, MLST, MZAP, XMLS, and XMZP.

MDEFcc addr,name

cc
The type of operation.
CL
Clears the address name table, and resets it to initial status.
LP
Lists pre-defined address names.
LS
Lists the address names in the table.
DE
Deletes an address name.
␢␢
Assigns an address name.
addr
The address you want to name.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number. This modifier specifies a
location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing. This
modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
name
The address name. Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
Consider the following points:
• OMEGAMON saves the names you define in a table, but does not save the table from session to session.
Save address names that you want to use from session to session in a screen space.
• OMEGAMON provides a table of predefined names, but if you define an address with one of the
predefined names, OMEGAMON uses the address you define during the session.
• OMEGAMON places a comment character (>) in front of MDEF after it executes.
In the next screen display, MDEF gives the name XYZ to the address at offset X'4A' in the CSA.

MDEF CSA+4A,XYZ

244 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
None

MEML
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The MEML command displays the MELIMIT (memory limit) for virtual storage above 2 GB. The maximum
value is 16 EB (that is, 16 exabytes).

Command format
MEML

This command has no parameters.

.MFY
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Simulates the z/OS MODIFY command. OMEGAMON simulates the z/OS MODIFY command. Therefore,
the target is the current OMEGAMON address space. .MFY allows you to start multiple OMEGAMON
sessions in a single address space. The .MFY command is valid only in dedicated mode.

.MFY S CN,UNIT=ccc,PROD=cccccccc

UNIT=
Specifies the device number.
PROD=
Specifies the name of the OMEGAMON product module. Only one value is supported: KOMMV510.
For example, the next command shows that an additional dedicated session is to be started at address
577.

.MFY S CN,UNIT=577,PROD=KOMMV510

The UNIT parameter is required to start the session; the command also accepts the other parameters
associated with starting a dedicated OMEGAMON session.
Note: While .MFY sets up multiple independent sessions, the .CN command handles multiple terminals
connected to a single session.

Related information
None

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 245

.MIN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Lists all minor commands for the preceding major command. This command only applies to the major
command that immediately precedes it. .MIN displays the minors in alphabetic order.

[H].MIN [nnn|c1 c2]

(blank)
Without operands, .MIN displays all minor commands of the major.
H
Displays information for each of the minor commands. The following arguments limit the help display
and avoid scrolling down to see the information.
nnn
Omits the first nnn minor commands.
c1 c2
Specifies a single character string or a range of minors from c1 to c2 for the help display. A
character string can be 1–4 characters long.
The following example displays all minor commands of the DISK major command.

DISK
.MIN

.MIN comments itself out after execution.

Related information
None

.MJ
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Lists all major and immediate OMEGAMON commands.

H.MJ cc

The optional label H displays a one-line help text for each command. The variable cc specifies one of the
following optional 2-character group names.
cc
Command Group
␢
all immediate and major commands
AS
address space commands

246 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 CN
console commands
DS
disk commands
DU
dump commands
DV
device commands
DX
DEXAN commands
EX
exception analysis commands
ME
memory commands
PA
paging commands
PC
physical channel commands
SA
swap data set commands
ST
Resource Measurement Facility (RMF) data
SY
system information commands
TA
tape commands
For example, the following command lists all device major and immediate commands.

.MJ DV

Related information
None

.MJC
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Lists all major commands.

H.MJCcc

H displays help text for each command. The variable cc is an optional group name. See the .MJ command
for a list of these groups.

Related information
None

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 247

.MJI
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Lists all immediate commands.

H.MJIcc

The optional label H displays a one-line help text for each command. The variable cc is an optional group
name. See the “.MJ ” on page 246 command for a list of these groups.

Related information
None

MLIB
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Specifies the INSP module libraries. You can use MLIB to update the list of libraries used to resolve CSECT
maps for programs. Several conditions must be met for OMEGAMON to resolve CSECTs:
• One or more libraries must be specified in the library list.
• One of the libraries must contain a load module that matches the name of the selected load module.
• The directory characteristics must match the CDE/LPDE of the in-storage module.
• The library load module must not be marked not-editable.
If any one of these conditions is not met, OMEGAMON treats the whole load module as one CSECT named
$PRIVATE.

MLIB ADD(cccccccc,…) DEL(cccccccc,…|nn,…)

ADD(cccccccc,…)
Adds one or more libraries (cccccccc) to the list by data set name.
DEL(cccccccc,…|nn,…)
Deletes one or more libraries from the list by name (cccccccc) or number (nn). Data set numbers
appear when you enter MLIB without any parameters.

Related information
Minor of: INSP
Other Applications Tuning minor: ICPU

MLST
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

248 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Description
Displays bytes of memory from the common area or the OMEGAMON private storage area.

aMLSTc addr,dlen

a
The optional K in the label position requests a display showing the fetch protection key for each virtual
block in the range specified and whether fetch protection is ON or OFF.
c
Specifies the format of the output.
B or ␢
hex and character (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
addr
The first address of storage that OMEGAMON displays.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) with MDEF for commands that display or
modify storage or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an
optional pre-defined name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number. This modifier specifies a
location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing. This
modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
dlen
The number (up to eight hex digits) of bytes that OMEGAMON displays. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes.
In the following screen display, MLST lists 32 (X'20') bytes starting at address 1EB0 in character format.

MLSTC 1EB0,20 Addr= 00001EB0

+0000 *.........h.... .....167........*

In the next screen, MLST lists 16 (X'10') bytes starting at address FF32D6 in both hex and character
formats.

MLST FF32C1+15,10 Addr= 00FF32D6

+0000 20280010 A18800F9 82F000FF 20400000 *....*h.9b0... ..*

The next example shows MLST with K in the label field, which displays fetch protection information.

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 249

 KMLST 7EF000,4000 Addr= 007EF000
+ Virtual Block Number: 07EF000 KEY: 5 Fetch Protection: OFF
+ Virtual Block Number: 07F0000 KEY: 1 Fetch Protection: ON
+ Virtual Block Number: 07F1000 KEY: 1 Fetch Protection: OFF
+ Virtual Block Number: 07F2000 KEY: 0 Fetch Protection: OFF

Related information
Other Storage Display command: XMLS

.MMA
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Lists all major commands for a minor command.
.MMA cccc
The variable cccc is a minor command.

Related information
None

MNSW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Marks an address space specified on the major command nonswappable by the SRM.
OMEGAMON uses a standard SRM interface to mark the current job step nonswappable. For example, to
mark job PAYROLL nonswappable, enter:

JOBN PAYROLL
-MNSW

The hyphen is required.

Related information
Minor of: address space majors. See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Minor--Authorized commands: MCTL, MSWP, SWPI, TADR, and TSNM

MNT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

250 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays mount messages that require operator action. MNT has no arguments. For example, to display
mount messages for console 4, enter the following command:

CONS04 Console 660 (ID=4)

mnt
+ 2000 09.07.47 JOB 2225 *13 IEC701D M 370,VOLUME TO BE LABELED CA1759

Related information
Minor of: CONS and CONU
Other Console-Related minors: ACTN and LINE

.MOD
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Shows OMEGAMON module names and addresses.

.MODc

The optional suffix A (.MODA) lists the module names in alphabetic order. This command provides
debugging information, including module names and start addresses. If OMEGAMON detects a program
check, these names and addresses are useful to IBM Support.

Related information
None

MODnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
See MODS.

Related information
None

MODS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 251

 Description
Displays information about the modules currently loaded into the user’s jobpack area. The following
screen display shows a typical example of the MODS command.

PEEK USER01 ASID=46, collected at 15:39:39

mods
+ Module Entry Length Users Attributes
+ AUTHMOD 00073204 02FAF8 1 RENT,REUS,AUTH,AC=1
+ PAY1 0003D140 032D90 0 RENT,REUS,AUTH,AC=1,ALIAS(PAYMOD01)
+ ERROR 000A7128 000890 1 RENT,REUS
+ ISPTCM 000093E8 000418 1 RENT,REUS,AUTH

Figure 18. Typical output for the MODS command

The name of each module currently in the user’s jobpack area appears along with its entry point address,
length, use count, and load module attributes.
To suppress the display of the first nn or nnn modules, you can optionally specify a two- or three-digit
number in the operand field of MODS (MODSnn or MODnnn). This is useful if all of the names do not fit on
one screen.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other Minors that collect data about address spaces: AMAP, DATA, DDNS, JOBS, STEP, SUBP, and TCBS

MONJnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command
Format
MONJ ccccccccMONJnnMONJ ASID=asid

Description
Selects job by job name (cccccccc), DEXAN slot number (nn), or ASID (asid) for DEXAN monitoring.
The first execution of the MONJ command selects a job for monitoring with DEXAN. Subsequent
executions display a plot for the monitored job. Therefore, the MONJ command combines the functions of
the ASEL and PLTJ commands.
The MONJ command is easier to use than the ASEL and PLTJ commands. Since it is not commented
out after the first execution, it can display plot output on subsequent executions without additional
keystrokes. DEXAN assigns a DEXAN slot number to each job selected with MONJ. The first job selected
gets number 01, the second 02, and so on. Once a DEXAN job number is assigned, the ADEL, PLTJ, PCTJ,
and MONJ commands let you enter either the DEXAN job number or the job name as an operand, for
example, MONJ JES2 or MONJ3.
To use MONJ to select a job, first enter the DEX and BEGN major commands, then enter the MONJ
command with the name of job you want to monitor. For example:

DEX
BEGN
MONJ JOB1

results in:

252 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=99 STIM=2.2 Elap=1.03MN <<
>BEGN >> DX1000 The Data Collector Started. Workarea size= 38512 Bytes <<
MONJ01 JOB1 >> DX1800 Entry added <<

In this example, DEXAN has sampled a total of 99 times (Cycles) at a rate of 2.2 per second (STIM), and
1.03 minutes have elapsed since DEXAN started sampling. DEXAN assigns JOB1 DEXAN slot number 01.
As you can see, MONJ is not commented out.
The next time MONJ is executed for JOB1, DEXAN displays a plot for the monitored job, as shown:

MONJ01 JOB1 % |0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0|
+ Using CPU 5.6 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Waiting for CPU 33.0 |-------------> . . . . . . .|
+ Private Page-in Wait 20.4 |--------> . . . . . . . .|
+ Control Unit 25X Queued 15.0 |------> . . . . . . . . .|
+ Disk MVS307 0735 Active 14.9 |------> . . . . . . . . .|

Note: You may have noticed that the individual wait states shown in this display do not add up to 100%.
By default, DEXAN excludes from the display wait reasons that account for less than 5% of the total wait
time. You can use the THRS command to adjust this threshold.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

MPAGnn
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays paging rates by address space and page data set > nnn pages/second. The display output is
based on the page fault rate for address spaces and page data sets.
OMEGAMON monitors the overall paging of the system as well as paging at the address space level. Page-
ins are strictly on demand, that is, through page faults. Page-outs result from real storage management
attempting to maintain an available frame list. OMEGAMON alters the high end of the scale these
commands produce to the highest page rate of any address space or page set they sample. A page
fault can represent the page-in of a single page or the page-in of a block of pages.
MPAGnn differs from MPGInn in that it displays a total of both page-ins and page-outs. The following
screen is an example of MPAG output with the threshold set at three pages per second:

MPAG03|__Task__ Pg/s 0_4_8_160|__PG N/A in goal mode_|Volume Pg/s 0_4_8_160

+ |CLMENU .1 > . . . .| |SYS022 .0 > . . . .
+ |Tot Dmd: .1 > . . . .| |SYS023 .0 > . . . .
+ | | |SYS024 .0 > . . . .
+ | | |SYS025 22.3 ---===>>.
+ | | |SYS026 22.3 --> . . .
+ | | |SYS027 22.3 ---===>>.
+ | | |TOTAL 67.1 ---===>>>

Figure 19. Output for MPAG with threshold set at three pages per second

Related information
Other Paging command Mulitplot: MPGInn

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 253

MPGInn
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays page-ins by address space, performance group, and page data set > nn page-ins/second. The
display output is based on the page fault rate for address spaces and page data sets. OMEGAMON
monitors the overall paging of the system as well as paging at the address space level. Page-ins are
strictly on demand, that is, through page faults. OMEGAMON alters the high end of the scale these
commands produce to the highest page rate of any address space, performance group, or page set they
sample.A page fault can represent the page-in of a single page or the page-in of a block of pages.
The following is an example of MPGI output with the threshold set at three pages-ins per second:

MPGI03|__Task__ Pg/s 0_4_8_160|__PG N/A in goal mode_ |Volume Pg/s 0_4_8_160|

+ |T987R 16.1 ->. . . .| |MVS301 .0 > . . . .|
+ |Tot Dmd: 65.8 ----> . .| |MVS302 .0 > . . . .|
+ | | |DLIB01 19.5 ->. . . .|
+ | | |MVS303 46.3 --->. . .|

Figure 20. Output for MPGI command with the threshold set at three pages-ins per second

Task
Shows paging by task or address space. The display includes all tasks whose page-in rate exceeds
the specified threshold nn (03 in the example). It also contains a Tot Dmd field that displays the total
page-in rate for the entire system. Page-in rates for tasks do not include any page transfers that occur
due to swapping operations.
Volume
Shows total paging system-wide. This zone shows page-ins and page-outs. If any one page data set
exceeds the threshold, all page data sets appear. Since paging due to swapping is typically a large
component of the paging load, the first two zones rarely agree with the third, even if you specified
MPGI00.

Related information
Other Paging command Mulitplot: MPAGnn

MSCM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
The MSCM command displays system-wide information about storage class memory (SCM) configured to
a logical partition. It collects the statistical data that is used by the minor display commands (INT, SCMC,
SCMR, and SCMT). The information that is displayed is as follows:

System-wide information
• LPAR name
• The measurement interval the statistical data represents. The value is in seconds, to 3 decimal places.
• The lowest SCM service time. The value is to the nearest micro-second.

254 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • The lowest local paging dataset service time. The value is to the nearest micro-second.
• The overall percentage of auxiliary storage used (SCM and local paging datasets combined).
Note: The Auxiliary Storage Manager uses the SCM and local paging dataset lowest service times, and
the overall percentage of auxiliary storage slots and blocks that are in use, when selecting the use
of SCM or DASD for page placement. Usually, it puts eligible pages (including non-VIO and PLPA in
later z/OS releases) where the service time has been lowest. Other factors considered are the overall
percentage of auxiliary storage that is in use, and whether space is available in the selected placement
area.
• In-use SCM blocks: The total number of 4K blocks that are in use out of the total allocated SCM blocks.
• Percent Used: The percentage of the total allocated SCM blocks that are in use.
• Total pages backed in SCM in these categories:
– Shared page groups
– Shared 64-bit pages
– Common 64-bit pages
• Total Demoted 1 Megabyte Pages: The number of 1 megabyte write requests to SCM that were changed
to discontiguous groups of 4K pages that written to either SCM or DASD page datasets.
• Active I/O Threshold: The limit of concurrent I/Os that can be active to SCM in the current LPAR.
• Bad 4K Blocks: The number of SCM blocks that cannot be used due to internal errors.

Applies to
• z/OS V1.13 and later
For all supported z/OS levels, the appropriate level of hardware support (zEC12 processor or later) must
be installed.

Related information
Minor commands of MSCM: INT, SCMC, SCMR, SCMT

MSCN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Scans storage for a string of data and displays the location. MSCN scans the address space in which
OMEGAMON resides for a string of hex or character values. If the scan is successful, OMEGAMON displays
the string.

MSCNc addr,string,slen,dlen

c
The format of the output.
B or ␢
hex and character (default)
C
character only
X
hex only

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 255

 addr
The first address of storage that OMEGAMON scans.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
string
The hex string OMEGAMON uses for the scan. If you enclose it in single quotes, OMEGAMON assumes
it is a character string.
Note: OMEGAMON interprets two single quotes (’’) within a character string as a single quote (’).
slen
The number (up to eight hex digits) of bytes that OMEGAMON scans. The default is 256 (X'100') bytes.
dlen
The number (up to eight hex digits) of bytes that OMEGAMON displays if the scan is successful. The
display starts at the beginning of the string. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes.
In the next screen display, MSCN scans the first 1000 bytes of the TIOT entry for the character string
OMHELP and displays 14 hex bytes starting at that point. The display is in both hex and character formats.

MSCN 10??+4?+C?,’OMHELP’,1000,14

Typical output of the MSCN command is shown here.

MSCN 10??+4?+C?,’OMHELP’,1000,14 Addr=0061701C

+ 0000 D6C3C8C5 D3D74040 60BCA000 80001B00 *OMHELP -.......*
+ 0010 14010100 *.... *

Figure 21. Typical output of the MSCN command

Related information
Other Storage Scan commands: MCHN, XMCH, and XMSC

MSMT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

256 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Description
The MSMT command displays information about multi-threading.

LPAR information
• LPAR Name
• The total number of logical cores configured to this LPAR if PROCVIEW CORE is in effect; otherwise
"n/a".
• The total number of threads dispatched on logical cores in this LPAR if PROCVIEW CORE is in effect;
otherwise "n/a".
• The measurement interval the statistical data represents. This value is in seconds, to 3 decimal places.

Processor Class Information

Processor Class
The processor class associated with the statistics on this row: CP or zIIP.
Logical Core Mode
If PROCVIEW CORE is in effect, this value is the number of threads that can be dispatched on logical
cores configured to the processor class.
Maximum Capacity Factor
If PROCVIEW CORE is in effect, this value is the ratio of the maximum amount of work that can be
accomplished using all active threads to the amount of work that would have been accomplished in
this reporting interval when multi-threading was disabled. "n/a" indicates that the value can not be
calculated.
Achieved Capacity Factor
If PROCVIEW CORE is in effect, this value is the ratio of the amount of work that has been
accomplished in this reporting interval to the amount of work that would have been accomplished
with Multi-Threading disabled. "n/a" indicates that the value can not be calculated.
Average Thread Density
If PROCVIEW CORE is in effect, this value is the average number of active threads for those cores that
were dispatched to physical hardware. "n/a" indicates that the value can not be calculated.
Total Share Percent
Total percentage of the physical processor class that the logical processor/cores are allowed to use.
LPAR Busy Percent
The average percentage of the online time that logical cores in the processor class were dispatched by
LPAR. This value is calculated as follows:
For a dedicated partition when PROCVIEW CORE is in effect on hardware that supports multi-
threading:

MT Core LPAR Busy Time

LPAR Busy % = ---------------------- * 100
Online Time

For a dedicated partition when PROCVIEW CORE is not in effect:

Online Time - Wait Time

LPAR Busy % = ----------------------- * 100
Online Time

For a non-dedicated partition when Wait Completion is NO:

Partition Dispatch Time

LPAR Busy % = ----------------------- * 100
Online Time

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 257

 The partition dispatch time is the elapsed time that PR/SM dispatched the class's logical cores during
the interval.
For a non-dedicated partition when Wait Completion is YES:

Partition Dispatch Time - Wait Time

LPAR Busy % = ----------------------------------- * 100
Online Time

MVS Busy Percent

The average percentage of the online time that a processor class's logical processors/threads were
busy.

Online Time - (Wait Time + Parked Time)

MVS Busy % = ---------------------------------------
Online Time - Parked Time

Multi-Threading Productivity Percent

The percentage of the processor class's maximum core capacity that was used in the measurement
interval while its logical cores were dispatched to physical hardware.
If the percentage is 100% and the LOADxx PROCVIEW CORE parameter is in effect, it means that all
threads on the core are executing work and all core resources are being used.
If the percentage is less than 100%, it means that the core resources were dispatched to physical
hardware but one or more threads on a logical core were in a wait because they had no work to run.
If the PROCVIEW CORE parameter is not in effect, "n/a" is displayed.
Multi-Threading Utilization Percentage
The percentage of the processor class's logical cores' maximum core capacity that was used in the
measurement interval.

Multi-Thread Utilization % = Multi-Thread Core Productivity * LPAR Busy %

If the LOADxx PROCVIEW CORE parameter is not in effect "n/a" is displayed.

Logical Core/Thread/CPU Information

Logical Core ID
Logical Core ID as a 3-character hexadecimal field.
Logical Core Type
CP or zIIP)
Logical Thread Number
If the LOADxx PROCVIEW CORE parameter is not in effect, "n/a" is displayed.
Logical Core Priority
Displayed as "High", "Medium" or "Low".
Logical Core Share Percentage
Percentage of a physical processor that the logical core is entitled to use.
Logical Core Online Percent
The percentage of time that the logical core was online.
Thread Parked Percent
The percentage (to 2 decimal places) of the processor online time that the thread was in a parked
state.
Logical Core LPAR Busy Percent.
The average percentage of the online time that logical core was dispatched by the LPAR. For the
calculation, see above.
Thread MVS Busy Percent
The CPU utilization percentage (to 2 decimal places) as observed by z/OS. For the calculation, see
above.

258 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Logical Core Multi-Thread Productivity Percent
The percentage of the logical core's maximum core capacity that was used in the measurement
interval while it was dispatched to the physical hardware. For more information, see the processor
class definition above. If the LOADxx PROCVIEW CORE parameter is not in effect, "n/a" is displayed.
Logical Core Multi-Thread Utilization Percent
The percentage of the logical core's maximum core capacity that was used in the measurement
interval. For more information, see the processor class definition above. If the LOADxx PROCVIEW
CORE parameter is not in effect, "n/a" is displayed.

Applies to
• z/OS V2.1 with PTFS applied that add multi-threading support
• z/OS V2.2 and later
For all supported z/OS levels, the appropriate level of hardware support must also be installed.

MSWP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Marks an address space specified on the major command swappable by the SRM. The SRB routine uses
a standard SRM interface to mark the current job step as subject to swapout. For example, to mark job
PAYROLL swappable, enter:

JOBN PAYROLL
-MSWP

The hyphen is required.

Related information
Minor of: Address space majors. See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Minor--Authorized commands: MCTL, MNSW, SWPI, TADR, and TSNM

MTA
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays or modifies the missing task table. The MTA command lets you define the jobs you want included
in missing task analysis, a function of exception analysis. It uses the multiline input facility to make it easy
for you to change values. The following considerations apply to the multiline input facility:
• You can modify any display line that begins with a colon in column 1.
• Blanking out fields has no effect; OMEGAMON redisplays the line on the next cycle.
• To change a setting, type over the displayed value and press Enter.
• OMEGAMON marks modified entries with one of the following words:

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 259

 ADDED
UPDATED
DELETED
OMEGAMON treats commas, blanks, and parentheses in command syntax as delimiters.
If you issue the MTA command without any operands or keywords, OMEGAMON displays the entire
missing task table (or the first 100 entries, if the table is larger than that). The following figure shows a
typical missing task table.

---------------- ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:46: 01

MTA
+ # TASK NAME STATE
: 1 TSO AUTO
: 2 RMF AUTO
: 3 JES2 AUTO
: 4 JES3 AUTO
: 5 IMS AUTO
: 6 CICS AUTO
: 7 NET AUTO
: 8 TCAM AUTO
: 9 VTAM AUTO
+ There are 9 entries defined in the missing task table

Figure 22. Typical missing task table

The following fields appear on the MTA display:

#
Entry number in the missing task table. Entry numbers are for table display purposes only and cannot
be modified.
TASK NAME
Name of the job for which missing task analysis is active.
STATE
State of missing task analysis for the job. Valid values are AUTO or A, ON, and OFF.
AUTO
Warns when the task is missing if it has been active since OMEGAMON startup.
ON
Warns when the task is missing.
OFF
Turns off the missing task analysis for that task.
If you issue the MTA command with the ADD operand, you can add one or more entries to the missing
task table. The syntax is as follows:

MTA ADD (cccccccc,state)

cccccccc
Specifies a job name.
state
Specifies the state of missing task analysis for the job name. Possible values are as follows:
AUTO or A
ON
OFF
The following figure shows typical output from the MTA ADD command.

260 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 ---------------- ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:46: 01
>MTA ADD (OMEGAMON,ON),(DELTAMON,ON),(DB2,ON)
+ 10 OMEGAMON ON * ADDED *
+ 11 DELTAMON ON * ADDED *
+ 12 DB2 ON * ADDED *
+Entry numbers may have been shifted because of ADD/DEL
+ # TASK NAME STATE
+ 1 TSO AUTO
+ 2 RMF AUTO
+ 3 JES2 AUTO
+ 4 JES3 AUTO
+ 5 IMS AUTO
+ 6 CICS AUTO
+ 7 NET AUTO
+ 8 TCAM AUTO
+ 9 VTAM AUTO
+ 10 OMEGAMON ON
+ 11 DELTAMON ON
+ 12 DB2 ON
+ There are 12 entries defined in the missing task table

Figure 23. Typical output from the MTA ADD command

If you issue the MTA command with the DEL operand, you can delete one or more entries from the
missing task table. The syntax is as follows:
MTA DEL [cccccccc] [ENTRY(n1,n2,…nn|n1 : n2)] [ALL]
cccccccc
Specifies a job name. You can specify a list of job names if you separate each name with commas or
blanks.
ENTRY
Specifies a list or range of entries in the table, by number.
ALL
Specifies all entries in the table.
The following figure shows typical output from the MTA DEL command.

---------------- ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:46: 01

>MTA DEL (4,8)
+ # TASK NAME STATE
+ 4 JES3 AUTO * DELETED *
+ 8 TCAM AUTO * DELETED *
+Entry numbers may have been shifted because of the ADD/DEL
+ # TASK NAME STATE
+ 1 TSO AUTO
+ 2 RMF AUTO
+ 3 JES2 AUTO
+ 4 IMS AUTO
+ 5 CICS AUTO
+ 6 NET AUTO
+ 7 VTAM AUTO
+ 8 OMEGAMON ON
+ 9 DELTAMON ON
+ 10 DB2 ON
+ There are 10 entries defined in the missing task table

Figure 24. Typical output from the MTA DEL command

Related information
Other Exception Analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, XACB, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 261

MWTI
Type
Immediate command

Description
The MWTI command displays Warning Track Interrupt (WTI) metrics. It displays the following
information:
LPAR information
• LPAR name
• the measurement interval the statistical data represents, in seconds to 3 decimal places
• the CPC serial number
• the CPC name.
Processor class information
• the processor class associated with the statistics on this row (CP, zAAP, zCBP, or zIIP)
• the count of successful Warning Track Interrupts and the percentage of total WTIs that were
successful
• the count of unsuccessful Warning Track Interrupts and the percentage of total WTIs that were
unsuccessful
• the amount of time, in microseconds, that was returned to the LPAR Hipervisor from the LPAR that
fielded the WTIs
• the percentage of total LPAR dispatch time that was returned to the LPAR Hipervisor due to Warning
Track Interrupts
• the total signals fielded by logical processors configured to the LPAR and the rate of signals fielded
per second.
Logical core/thread/CPU information
• logical core ID as a 3-character hexadecimal field.
• logical core type (CP or zIIP)
• logical thread number
• the count of successful Warning Track Interrupts and the percentage of total WTIs that were
successful
• the count of unsuccessful Warning Track Interrupts and the percentage of total WTIs that were
unsuccessful
• the amount of time, in microseconds, that was returned to the LPAR Hipervisor from the LPAR that
fielded the WTIs
• the total signals fielded by logical processors configured to the LPAR and the rate of signals fielded
per second.

Command format
MWTI

This command has no parameters.

262 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Example output

MWTI
+ LPAR Measurement ------ CPC -----
+ Name Interval Serial Name
+ -------- ---------- ------ --------
+ LZOSOMT1 755.846 0FC4C7 Z3906M01
+
+ ------------- Warning Track Interrupts -------------
+ Core -- Successful -- - Unsuccessful - -- Undispatched -- ------ SIGPS -----
+ Type Count Percent Count Percent Time(mics) Percent Count Rate (/s)
+ ---- -------- ------- -------- ------- ---------- ------- -------- ---------
+ CP 69424 67.357 33645 32.643 565265187 79.176 60499 80.041
+ zIIp 6 100.000 0 .000 5235 .030 19 .025
+
+
+ -- Cores - -- Successful -- - Unsuccessful - Undispatch ------ SIGPs -----
+ ID Type T Count Percent Count Percent Time(mics) Count Rate (/s)
+ --- ---- - -------- ------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ---------
+ 000 CP 0 44283 72.261 16999 27.739 389274823 40501 53.584
+ 001 CP 0 25141 60.165 16646 39.835 175990364 19998 26.458
+ 002 zIIP 0 6 100.000 0 .000 5235 19 .025

Figure 25. Typical output from the MWTI command

Related information
Other CPU Utilization commands: “HDSP” on page 183, “MSMT” on page 256

MZAP
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command (authorized)

Description
Modifies the contents of the common area or of the OMEGAMON private storage area. MZAP modifies the
contents of the common area:
• Common Storage Area (CSA)
• System Queue Area (SQA)
• Nucleus
Consider the following points:
• Some commonly addressable storage requires no authorization or special key to modify; however, some
areas are store-protected. To modify these areas (not recommended under normal circumstances) you
must supply the action character in the label field of the MZAP command. You can also use MZAP to zap
storage in the OMEGAMON address space for debugging purposes.
• If you use MZAP to modify storage in the pageable link pack area (PLPA), MZAP automatically does a
long-term page-fix to ensure that the storage remains modified.

-MZAP addr,ver,rep

-
An action character in column 1, which is required to modify store-protected areas. The hyphen
changes to a comment character (>) after the command executes.
addr
The address of the string that OMEGAMON may modify. You can specify, modify, or pre-define an
address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage or data-only spaces. An address consists
of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined name.

Chapter 13. M commands and keywords 263

 An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number. This modifier specifies a
location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing. This
modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
ver
The verify string. OMEGAMON modifies storage only if OMEGAMON finds this string at addr. If
OMEGAMON does not find string, it displays what is actually at addr.
rep
The replacement string. If OMEGAMON finds ver at addr, rep replaces ver. The verify and replacement
strings must be the same length.
In the next screen display, MZAP changes a fullword at location 6764 from X'A' to X'64'.

MZAP 6744+20,0000000A,00000064

The next screen shows how MZAP changes an

X'FF' to X'00' at location EA65C0.

MZAP EA65C0,FF,00

Related information
Other Storage Modification command: XMZP

264 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 14. N-O commands and keywords

NCLV
Type
Major command

Description
The NCLV command collects enclave data grouped by owning address spaces. It collects the statistical
data used by the minor display commands, and then displays the measurement interval which the
percentage-based data represents.
This command drives the data collection that obtains enclave CPU data broken out by dependent and
independent enclave and further divided into standard CP, zAAP or zCBP, zIIP, zAAP On CP or zCBP On CP,
and zIIP On CP in each enclave category.
Minor commands display the data by owning address space. Each minor displays the Address Space
Name, ASID (hex), and either the percentage or resource time consumed in milliseconds by standard CP,
zCBP or zAAP, zCBP On CP or zAAP On CP, zIIP On CP and Total Enclaves.
Default display interval
For percentage-based statistics, the default display interval is "Enter" to "Enter". To set the measurement
interval for percentage-based statistics. use the “INT” on page 204 minor command.
For time-based statistics, the default display interval is the duration of the owning address space.
Notes
• The following minor commands are associated with the NCLV major command:
ETTP, EDPP, EIDP, ETTT, EDPT, EIDT, and INT
• zAAP and zIIP statistics require a minimum of z/OS Version 1.6. Earlier versions of the operating system
display "n/a" in the appropriate column data.
• zCBPs were introduced on the IBM z15 processor.

Command format
NCLV

This command has no parameters.

NUMAnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets maximum number of address spaces for analysis with DEXAN. Use the NUMA command to do two
things:
• Without a numeric argument, NUMA displays the maximum number of address spaces that you can
monitor.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 265

 • With a numeric argument, NUMA changes the maximum number of address spaces that you can
monitor. By default, DEXAN allows you to monitor up to five address spaces.
To display the maximum number of address spaces, use the NUMA command without an operand. For
example:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started. <<

NUMA >> DX1100 DEXAN to support up to 5 address space analyses. <<

For example:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started. <<

>NUMA6 >> DX1100 DEXAN to support up to 6 address space analyses. <<

The valid range of the numeric argument is 0 through 99. An entry of zero turns off support for individually
monitored address spaces. High values for the numeric argument can increase the storage overhead. The
maximum number of individually monitored address spaces cannot be changed after the DEXAN data
collector has been started.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn, SUSP,
SYNC, THRS

NVSC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays non-VIO slots held. These are the slots on a page data set used by portions of the program. This
count includes the number of frames swapped out if the address space is swapped out.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, SQA,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

.NXE
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Controls display of exceptions.

.NXEccc

ON
Displays exceptions. This is the default.

266 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 OFF
Does not display exceptions.
Enter the .NXE immediate command without an argument to show the current status of the exceptions
display.
The frequency for executing an exception is controlled by the EXNCYC (EXecute Next CYCle) keyword of
the XACB command. When you set the EXNCYC parameter to check the exception less often than every
OMEGAMON cycle, the .NXE command controls whether the EXSY command continues to display tripped
exceptions on the cycles when they are not due for execution.

Related information
None

/O
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Prints the existing OMEGAMON REPORT log or the XLFLOG

Related information
The /O command is an alias for /LOG with the OUT argument. See the description of /LOG or .LOG for
complete information about this command.

OCHP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays online channel paths for the disk.
OCHPn
The value of n is a number from 1 to 8.

Related information
Minor of: See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

OCMD
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command (authorized)

Chapter 14. N-O commands and keywords 267

 Description
Issues z/OS and JES2 operator commands from an OMEGAMON terminal.

-OCMDnn [CONS={conid|conname}] ccccc

or

-OCMDnn [CONX=xconid] ccccc

-
OCMD requires the action character (-) in column 1. The action character (>) changes to a comment
character after execution.
nn
For commands that accept a return destination, the variable nn indicates which operator’s console
will receive the response. If you omit nn, the response goes to the master console.
ccccc
The variable ccccc is an z/OS or JES2 command.
conid
Specifies which operator’s console issued the command. This operand overrides the nn operand.
conname
Specifies the console name from which the command originated.
xconid
Specifies which operator's console issued the command in 1-8 hexadecimal digit format. Overrides
the nn operand.
OMEGAMON issues the command (ccccc) that you supply via SVC 34.
The following screen display shows an example of the OCMD command.

-OCMD01 SEND ’PLEASE RELEASE ALL HELD DATA SETS’,USER=TSO001

-OCMD01 $HJ123
-OCMD01 C JOB123,DUMP

Figure 26. Example of the OCMD command

OMEGAMON has the same z/OS console authority as the console you indicate. Therefore, if you want to
issue a command that requires master console authority (such as VARY CHANNEL) you must specify the
z/OS console ID of your current master console. (If you do not specify a console ID, the master console ID
is used.)

Related information
Other Console-Related commands: CONS, CONU, and RCMD

OPTN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets session control and display options. OPTN displays its current settings in the following format:

268 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 OPTN
: ASF = OFF BELL = OFF
: BELLINT = 60.00 DATEFORMAT = USA
: FIRSTSCREEN = OMINITZZ LOG = OFF
: MINORCASE = LOWER SCREENCASE = MIX
: SCROLL = PAGE TSF = OFF
: XLF = OFF ZEROS = OFF

Figure 27. Format for OPTN display

ASF
Turns the Automatic Screen Facility (ASF) ON or OFF.
This feature automatically invokes a predefined screen space when a given exception occurs for more
than a specified number of successive cycles. The predefined screen space can contain commands
to turn on the log, further evaluate the exception condition, and perform other options. See the
discussion of XLF parameter on the XACB command.
BELL
Turns the audible alarm ON or OFF.
BELLINT
Sets the minimum interval (in seconds) between rings of the bell. A valid value is an integer between
5.00 and 99.00.
DATEFORMAT
Sets display format for the date (mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy). Valid values are USA or EUROPEAN.
FIRSTSCREEN
Identifies the name of the first screen space to display.
LOG
Turns the log ON or OFF.
MINORCASE
Sets the display case for minor commands. Valid values are UPPER and LOWER.
SCREENCASE
Sets the display case for screen output. Valid values are UPPER and MIX.
SCROLL
Sets the default scroll amount. Valid values are PAGE, which scrolls an entire screen at a time, and
CSR, which scrolls from the cursor position.
TSF
Turns the Timed Screen Facility (TSF) ON or OFF.
This feature automatically invokes screen spaces at times or time intervals with the .TSF command.
Many sites use TSF to spin off copies of the REPORT or of XLFLOG files to the printer. In general, you
can use the TSF facility to automate many day-to-day housekeeping routines.
XLF
Turns the Exception Logging Facility (XLF) ON or OFF.
This feature automatically time-stamps and logs exception messages for your review. It enables
you to correct intermittent performance problems by documenting the frequency and severity of
system-wide exceptions. See the discussion of the XLF parameters on the XACB command.
ZEROS
Sets the way in which zeros display on your terminal. When this parameter is ON, OMEGAMON
displays the numeral 0 in fields that have a value of zero. When it is OFF, OMEGAMON displays a blank
in these fields. This value is not saved in a profile.
XLF, ASF, and TSF all require DEXAN running in dedicated or VTAM automatic update mode. They do not
function with DEXAN running under TSO.

Chapter 14. N-O commands and keywords 269

 Related information
None

OSPC
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command (authorized)

Description
Lists the attributes of the owner of a data-only space.

OSPC spacename

where spacename is the name of the data-only space you want to list. If you do not enter a name, OSPC
will list all data spaces and hiperspaces. You can also enter any number of characters from 1 to 7, and
OSPC will display any space names beginning with the character string entered.
Typically OSPC provides the following information about the specified data space or hiperspace:
• Type of data-only space
• ASID of owning TCB
• Job name of owning TCB
• Address of owning TCB
• Data space name
If you put an X in the label field, OSPC displays extended information.

____ZMENU VTM OM/DEX V420 ./I SP22 1/30/13 12:11:12

XOSPC _ TSOX07
+ Space Type ASID Job Name TCB Address Space Name
+ Data space 12 RASP n/a *RSMMGT*
+ PgFr=8K FxFr=1296K
+ Data space 12 RASP n/a *RSMMGT*
+ PgFr=8K FxFr=1296K
+ Data space 12 XCFAS 007FFA10 IXCDSMEM
+ Current=2097152K Maximum=2097152K Used= 2660K PgFr=2660K FxFr=1648K
+ Data space 12 XCFAS 007FFA10 IXCDSCBD
+ Current=2097152K Maximum=2097152K Used= 1964K PgFr=1964K FxFr=1644K
+ Data space 12 XCFAS 007FFA10 IXCDSCBE
+ Current=2097152K Maximum=2097152K Used= 11764K PgFr=11764K FxFr=104K

+ Hiperspace 22 HISJOB 007B7CB0 MYSPACE

Figure 28. Extended output for OSPC command

In this example, the first two entries are for the RASP address space, the TCB address is displayed as
n/a and the data space name is *RSMMGT*. These entries always are displayed first when the XOSPC
command is issued without any data only space name or partial name argument. These entries are special
cases and the number varies depending on the z/OS Real Storage Manager’s requirements to manage the
user data only spaces in an environment. Also notice that only the real storage statistics are displayed to
provide information on the pageable and fixed frames backing the RSM data only space.
The following additional fields appear in the extended OSPC display:
Current
The highest available byte address that can be accessed in the current data only spaced allocation.
This statistic also is available in the PEEK/XDATA command output.
Maximum
The largest size, in bytes, that the data only space can be expanded to using the DSPSERV EXTEND
program API. This statistic also is available in the PEEK/XDATA command output.

270 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Used
The storage used, in bytes, that is made up of real storage and auxiliary storage backing the data only
space.
PgFr
The Pageable Real Storage frames, in bytes, that are currently backing the data only space.
FxFr
The Fixed Real Storage frames, in bytes, that are currently backing the data only space.
Because of the potential security risk associated with using OSPC, the .DSA command exists to provide an
extra level of protection.

Related information
Other Data Space and Hiperspace Storage commands: .DSA, SCHN, SLST, SSCN, and SZAP

OUCnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
See OUCBnn.

Related information
None

OUCBnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM UCB for ASID nn, where nn is a decimal number. By default the display is in hexadecimal and
character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.
Use the OUCnnn command to dump the SRM user control block for ASID nnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

OUTP
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Chapter 14. N-O commands and keywords 271

 Description
Controls the characteristics of log files. The OUTP major command and its minor commands control the
printing of XLFLOG and REPORT files.

OUTP cccccc

The variable cccccc is either XLFLOG or REPORT. The OUTP major command displays column headings for
pending and current values associated with all of its minor commands as shown in the following screen:

OUTP REPORT
+ |----- Pending ------|----- Current ------|

When you type an OUTP minor command followed by the new value you want to assign and press Enter,
the new value displays in the pending value column. It will become the active value when you reallocate
the log with /LOG OUT, .LOGOUT, /XLFLOG, or .XLFLOG.
The log will be routed to one of the following data set types:
• SYSOUT, the initial data set type for OUTP. This file is designated FREE=CLOSE. This means that every
time you enter the /LOGOUT, .LOGOUT, /XLFOUT, or .XLFOUT command, the REPORT log or the XLFLOG
automatically spins off and is available for printing. This is the recommended method.
• A sequential data set, with a ddname you specify. Its DCB attributes are LRECL=nn, where nn is the
screen column width plus 1; RECFM=FBA; and BLKSIZE is a multiple of LRECL. If you specify attributes
that do not conform to these standards, OMEGAMON will dynamically reset them. The IDSP parameter
may be set to MOD, SHR, or OLD.
CAUTION: The use of the DD statement is optional and is not recommended. When DISP=SHR or
DISP=OLD is used, any action to close and reopen the file will reinitialize it, thus deleting existing
information.
Only one session at a time per address space can use a specific ddname.
Note: Some prior releases of OMEGAMON used ddname OMREPORT if it was present. This release also
looks for ddname OMREPORT if present, but will access it only if it is not currently in use.
Each OUTP minor command controls one XLFLOG or REPORT file characteristic. That characteristic is
under the control of ddname or SYSOUT. When SYSOUT is active, ddname is inactive and vice versa.
Parentheses around a value in the OUTP display indicate that it is currently inactive. The following table
shows the minors and the initial settings for the SYSOUT or ddname data sets.
Parameters
and the Default Values for SYSOUT and DDNAME
SOUT
A and the DDNAME is (inactive)
HOLD
NO and the DDNAME is (inactive)
COPY
1 and the DDNAME is (inactive)
FORM
*NONE* and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DEST
*NONE* and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DSTU
User ID and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DDNM
(inactive) and the DDNAME is *DYNAMIC
FOLD
YES and the DDNAME is YES

272 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 LNCT
60 and the DDNAME is 60
ID1
job name and the DDNAME is job name
ID2
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)
ID3
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)
ID4
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)

Related information
Major of: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, LNCT, and SOUT

OUXnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
See OUXBnn.

Related information
None

OUXBnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM user extension block for ASID nn, where nn is a decimal number. By default the display is in
hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1. Use
the OUXnnn command to dump the SRM user extension block for ASID nnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

Chapter 14. N-O commands and keywords 273

274 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 15. P commands and keywords

/P
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
See /PRINT.

Related information
None

PADR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays unit address of page data sets, as shown in the following screen.

PART VSYSA21. VSYSA21. VSYSA22. VSYSA23. VSYSA24. VSYSA25. VSYSA26. VSYSA27.

padr 0326 0326 1145 2320 3333 4324 59CC 6336

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAER
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays error count of page data sets.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 275

PANI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of IORBs built for page data sets.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR2
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the second-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR3
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the third-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR4
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

276 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays the fourth-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR5
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the fifth-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR6
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the sixth-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR7
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the seventh-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 277

 Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR8
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the eighth-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR9, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAR9
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the ninth-level qualifier of a page data set name.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAS%,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAREnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps ASM paging activity reference table entry nn, where nn is a decimal number. By default the display
is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.
To display the entire table, use PART.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

278 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
PART
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps ASM paging activity reference table. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next
entry for a description of PART as a major command.) To display one entry in the table, use PAREnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE,
RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

PART
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects page data sets, and its minor commands display information about them. (There are other entries
with the same name. See the previous entry for a description of PART as a minor of DUMP.) PART displays
only the first level qualifier of the data set name. To display additional level qualifiers for a page data
set, use the corresponding minor commands PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, or PAR9. For
example, to display the fourth level qualifier of a data set name, use PAR4.

Related information
Major of: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9, PAS%, PAST, PASZ,
PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAS%
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays percent full for page data sets. This is calculated as (PASZ-PAVL)*100/PASZ.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 279

PAST
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays status of page data sets. OK/VIO indicates that the local data set is OK and also accepts VIO
pages. Okay indicates that the local data set is OK but does not accept VIO pages.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PASZ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays size of page data sets in slots.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PATM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays average page I/O time in milliseconds for page data sets. Under some versions of z/OS, the I/O
time figures that PATM produces are not meaningful for the Common and PLPA page data sets (the first
two data sets that PART and its minors display). Therefore, OMEGAMON shows the first two data sets as
blanks.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

280 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
PATP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays type of page data set.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATM, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAVL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays available slots for page data sets.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVS, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PAVS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays volume serial of DASD.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PDVT, PSIO, and PXFR

PCCAnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 281

 Description
Dumps physical configuration communication area nn, where nn is a decimal number. By default the
display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in
column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PSAn, PVT, RABC, RCE, RCT,
RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

.PCS
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Displays OMEGAMON program check statistics. If OMEGAMON detects a program check, the information
is useful to IBM Support for debugging.

Related information
None

PCT
Type
Minor of “DUMP” on page 137

Description
The PCT command dumps the ASM Performance Characteristics Table (PCT) for an ASID.

Command format
[C]PCT n

C
Displays the information in only character format.
n
Specifies the ASID in decimal format.

PCTAnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

282 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays wait reasons by percentage for job nn. Use the PCTA command with the DEXAN slot number to
display a percentage listing of wait reasons.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

PCTJnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays wait reasons by percentage for job nn or jobname. Use PCTJ command to display the wait
reasons for a job (address space). For example:

PCTJ OMEGAMON
PCTA5

results in:

PCTJ02 CPU STI

+ OMEGAMON 0.4 99.6
PCTA05 CPU PAG UNI CPW 4A3 4A0 A9A 4A4 157 Q4A4 140
+ PRMS40BW 9.8 28.2 21.7 18.4 9.0 7.9 5.8 4.6 2.1 1.9 .6

This display shows two address spaces: OMEGAMON and PRMS40BW. OMEGAMONshows only STI waits,
but PRMS40BW shows degradation due to paging, unilateral swaps, waiting for CPU cycles, and I/O
contention.
The first row of the percentage display lists execution states where a workload spends time. The numbers
in the second row are the percentage of time that a workload spends in an address space.
Only 14 execution states can be displayed at one time. To scroll horizontally to see any additional wait
reasons, type 1 in column 1 next to the command to move to the second screen. Type 2 in column 1 to
move to the third screen, and so on. To return to the first screen, enter 0 or blank in column 1. Likewise,
type 1 in column 1 next to the command to return to the second screen from any screen.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

PCTS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 283

 Description
Displays a percentage listing of DEXAN wait reasons systemwide. Use the PCTS command to display
execution states. For example:

PCTS CPU CPW ECB STI DET ECS LON TMP TOU SWI 333 155 520 PAG
+ .8 42.3 21.2 12.6 10.4 5.7 1.8 1.3 1.2 .3 .2 .2 .2 .2

The first row in the percentage display shows execution states where a workload is spending time. The
numbers are the percent of time that the workload is spending in an execution state.
In this example, the major bottleneck is the CPU. The system is waiting almost half the time for CPU
cycles.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

PDSK cccccc
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about disks by volser pattern cccccc. If an asterisk is the last character in the volser
pattern, any character after that point meets the selection criteria. For example, the pattern VS* displays
the volumes VSRESA, VSAM01, VS, and so on.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

PDVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays device type of the page data set.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PSIO, and PXFR

284 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
PEEK
Type
OMEGAMON Major command (Authorized)

Description
Collects information about a single address space. After you issue the PEEK command to collect
information from the target address space, you can format and display this information with various
PEEK minor commands.

aPEEK targ

a
An action character in column 1:
-
Specifies that new data be collected from the target address space.
<
Specifies that the command be re-executed on succeeding cycles.
␢
Enables minor commands to execute with previously collected data.
A non-blank action character is required the first time you look at a job or need to collect new
information.
targ
The target address space. It can be:
cccccccc
jobname
nnnn
decimal ASID number
*
OMEGAMON address space
For example, to gather data from a job named PAYROLL (with an ASID of decimal 25), enter:

-PEEK PAYROLL

or

-PEEK 25

PEEK accesses the PAYROLL address space, removes the action character from column 1, and displays
the following:

PEEK PAYROLL ASID=25 >> OB8112: Data Collection Initiated <<

When PEEK collects the data from the target address space and stores it in the work area, it displays this
information:

PEEK PAYROLL ASID=25, collected at 15:39:39

Any PEEK minor commands that you issue now examine this work area. Each time you issue PEEK with
the action character in the label field, PEEK collects current information. If you issue PEEK without an
action character, it uses the data in the work area from the previous update.

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 285

 Note that PEEK uses cross memory services to access the target address space for a job that runs
non-swappable. For a swappable job, it uses an SRB routine. Since SRBs run at the highest priority
and increase the swapping load, overuse can degrade performance. The .SET command contains two
keywords to set OMEGAMON profile parameters for the PEEK command. The keywords are LOOPCOUNT
and PEEKSIZE.
The Purpose of the LOOPCOUNT and PEEKSIZE keywords on the .SET command
The PEEK command traces control block chains. If OMEGAMON encounters a damaged target address
space, some of the control blocks examined may have chained into a loop. The purpose of the
LOOPCOUNT keyword is to enable OMEGAMON to issue a warning message in such a case. The warning
may also appear when you chain through an address space that has a complex TCB structure. In this case,
the cause may not be a loop, but rather the large amount of processing that is necessary to scan all of the
TCBs.
As the name suggests, PEEKSIZE sets the work area size for the PEEK command. The WSIZ minor
command performs the equivalent function. The first time you use PEEK in an OMEGAMON session, it
obtains a work area (32K by default) from the private area to hold the collected data. OMEGAMON gives
you a warning message if the data does not fit within the work area. In such a case, you should issue .SET
and increase the value of PEEKSIZE= to increase the work area size. Then reissue the PEEK command and
it will collect the data. You can save the new PEEKSIZE definition in a user profile.

Related information
Major of: AMAP, DATA, DDNS, JOBS, MODS, STEP, SUBP, TCBS, and WSIZ

.PFK
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays or resets command mode PF key definitions for the current session.
Important: At startup, OMEGAMON executes the predefined screen spaces containing default PF key
assignments. The PF keys that you define with .PFK are in effect only for that OMEGAMON session. To
make these assignments permanent, you must change the defaults in the screen spaces. For command
mode, these screen spaces are @ZPFKDEF (PF keys 1–12) and @ZPFKDF2 (PF keys 13–24). For menu
mode, they are @ZPFKNEW (PF keys 1–12) and @ZPFK2 (PF keys 13–24).

c.PFKnn=aaaaaaaa/*bbb...b

(blank)
Without operands, .PFK displays all current PF key settings for command mode. PF keys without
assignments do not appear on the screen. The default PF key definitions in command mode differ
from those in the menu system.
c
Label E for redefining several PF keys at one time.
nn
PF key number.
aaaaaaaa
Screen space name (1 to 8 characters) or INFO-line command (/cccccc).
/*bbb...
Comment of up to 32 characters (bbb...) following the slash and asterisk (/*).

286 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Define PF keys
You can define up to 99 physical and logical PF keys. Enter the .PFK command and type the new definition
after an equal sign. Type comment text following a slash and asterisk (/*).
For example, the following command sets PF15 to issue the /STOP INFO-line command for this session.

.PFK15=/STOP /* Stops OMEGAMON

Assign screen space names to PF keys

Use the same format to assign screen space names to PF keys. For example, the following command sets
PF26 to call the screen space DISKS for this session.

.PFK26=DISKS /* DASD information

To call a screen space assigned to a PF key, press the associated PF key or type its number on the
INFO-line.

Delete Definitions
To delete a definition, enter a single underscore (_) for the definition. For example, the following
command deletes the definition for PF18:

.PFK18=_

Redefine multiple PF keys at once

Use the following steps to redefine several PF keys at one time without having to retype the .PFK
command for each one:
1. Enter E.PFK.
OMEGAMON gives you an extended display of all current PF key assignments and inserts .PFK before
each key number as shown here:

+.PFK11=/ZOOM /* ZOOMING FEATURE

2. For each new assignment, blank out the plus sign (+) in front of .PFK and type the new assignment
following the equal sign.
3. Press Enter.
The assignments you have entered will be in effect for the duration of the session.

Related information
None

.PLM
Type
Immediate command

Description
The PLM command sets the REPORT file page limit and the XLFLOG page limit, or displays the number of
pages that are left until the limit is reached.

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 287

 Command format
.PLM[n]

n
Sets the REPORT file and XLFLOG page limit. When OMEGAMON reaches this limit, it stops logging.
(blank)
Display the number of pages that are left until the limit is reached.

PLOT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Graphically displays SEEK contention for a specified device. The following figure shows the output from
a PLOT minor command. The Observed Seeks are plotted by cylinder number. The accessed cylinder is
indicated with an asterisk (*) in the graph, along with the direction and distance the device head moved in
relation to the previous SEEK that was observed during sampling.
Note: PLOT is not support for EAV (Extended Address Volume) devices.

SEEK VOL(OMON28) INT(10)

+ Unit=3DC Volser=OMON28 Samples=70 Interval=10 ms Time=08:43:21
+ Observed Seeks=20 Low Cyl=83 High Cyl=881 Avg Seek=20 cyls
PLOT
+ # Jobname Cyl 0----100----200----300----400----500----600----700----800-+
+ --- -------- ----+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ 3 TESTJOB1 853| * |
+ 6 PRODJOBA 83| *<-------------------------------------------------- |
+ 7 PRODJOBA 84| * |
+ 8 XYZJOB 773| ----------------------------------------------->* |
+ 12 TSOUSERX 310| *<------------------------------- |
+ 15 TESTJOB1 854| ---------------------------------->* |
+ 19 TSOUSERY 527| *<--------------------- |
+ 21 TSOUSERX 880| ---------------------->*|
+ 28 TESTJOB1 855| *<|
+ 32 ABCJOB 395| *<----------------------------- |
+ 35 TSOUSERX 881| ------------------------------>*|
+ 41 PRODJOBA 85| *<---------------------------------------------------|
+ 42 TSOUSERY 528| ---------------------------->* |
+ 45 TESTJOB1 859| --------------------->* |
+ 49 TSOUSERX 310| *<---------------------------------- |
+ 53 TSOUSERY 881| ----------------------------------->*|
+ 56 TSOUSERY 529| *<----------------------|
+ 61 TSOUSERZ 195| *<--------------------- |
+ 62 XYZJOB 773| ---------------------------------------->* |
+ 63 PRODJOBA 853| -->* |

Figure 29. Typical output from a PLOT minor command

Related information
Minor of: SEEK
Other SEEK contention analysis Minors: DATA and WSIZ nnn

PLTAnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

288 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays a plot of job degradation analysis data for DEXAN slot number nn.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

PLTJnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays a plot of job degradation analysis data for DEXAN slot number nn or jobname. To display a plot
of the most significant wait reasons affecting a job, use the PLTA, PLTJ, or MONJ command. This is an
example of the PLTA and PLTJ command:

PLTJ02
=======
PLTJ T010HP32
=======
PLTA05

In this example, both the DEXAN slot number and jobname were used.

PLTJ02 T063D % |0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0|
+ Using CPU 5.0 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Disk TSO001 A253 Queued 30.0 |------------> . . . . . . .|
+ Private Page-in Wait 20.0 |--------> . . . . . . . .|
+ Control Unit 25X Queued 15.0 |------> . . . . . . . . .|
+ Disk MVS307 A735 Active 15.0 |------> . . . . . . . . .|
+ Waiting for CPU 5.0 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|
===============================================================================
PLTJ03 T010HP32 % |0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0|
+ Using CPU 24.5 |---------> . . . . . . . .|
+ Disk MVWK56 A137 Queued 62.1 |------------============>> . . . .|
+ Waiting for CPU 5.2 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|
===============================================================================
PLTA05 SCJ05FL % |0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0|
+ Using CPU 5.1 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Tape Mount Pending 48.8 |------------=======>. . . . . .|
+ Swapped: Det-Wait 25.4 |----------> . . . . . . . .|
+ Logical Channel 14 Queued 7.2 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Tape 010259 AA99 Active 6.4 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|

Using CPU, which is a productive state, always appears first on a plot.

In this example, both job T063D and T010HP32 suffer from severe degradation because of disk I/O
contention. Job SCJ05FL waits for almost half of its time on Tape Mounts Pending.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTS, RESM,STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 289

PLTS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Plots DEXAN wait reasons systemwide. To display a plot of the most significant wait reasons system-wide,
use the PLTS command. For example:

PLTS (136.0 jobs) % |0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0|

+ Using CPU .8 |> . . . . . . . . . .|
+ Waiting for CPU 42.3 |------------=====> . . . . . .|
+ ECB Wait 21.2 |---------> . . . . . . . .|
+ STIMER Wait 12.6 |-----> . . . . . . . . .|
+ Swapped: Detected Wt 10.4 |----> . . . . . . . . .|
+ ECB (w/STIMER) 5.7 |--> . . . . . . . . . .|

Figure 30. Typical output for a PLTS minor command

To display a resource impact profile for systemwide analysis, use this command with the IPRO command.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, RESM, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

PNDnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets threshold for average device pending time > nnn milliseconds.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

POPT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

290 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Description
Sets global OMEGAMON product options.

POPT
[CPUSCALE=100|FIX100|FIXED|AUTO]
[MDF=ON|OFF]
[SCPUWARN=nnn]
[SCPUCRIT=nnn]
[SCPUTWARN=nnn]
[SCPUTCRIT=nnn]
[DYPRFROMn=devnum]
[DYPRTOn=devnum]
[XDSK=OR|DUT]

␢
Displays all current product options, and allows you to change them.
CPUSCALE=100|FIX100|FIXED|AUTO
Sets normalization and scaling preferences for SCPU, MCPU, and the MVxx vector commands.
100
Normalizes CPU percent values to fit a scale of 0 to 100.
FIX100
Fixes the scale on the graph at 0 to 100, but does not normalize CPU values for each task. Thus,
values may exceed 100 when running on multi-processor systems. The graphs of CPU values
greater than 100% are truncated.
FIXED
Totals CPU percent values to fit a scale of 0 to 100 times the number of processors online.
AUTO
Totals CPU percent values. The scale is the smallest multiple of 100 that will hold the value. This is
the default.
MDF=ON|OFF
Enables/disables processing of MDF data in an AMDAHL environment. ON is the default.
SCPUWARN=nnn
Sets the SCPU detail line warning value. The default is 30.
SCPUCRIT=nnn
Sets the SCPU detail line critical value. The default is 70.
SCPUTWARN=nnn
Sets the SCPU total line warning value. The default is 85.
SCPUTCRIT=nnn
Sets the SCPU total line critical value. The default is 95.
DYPRFROMn=devnum
Sets the lower bound of a range of device numbers to be excluded from DYPR exception processing.
There are ten ranges (DYPRFROM1 to DYPRFOM10). An entry of ’FFFF’ indicates that no further
ranges should be processed.
DYPRTOn=devnum
Sets the upper bound of the range (DYPRTO1 to DYPRTO10).
XDSK=OR|DUT
Controls the XDSK minor command of STAT.
OR
A device will be displayed if it exceeds any of the thresholds that apply to the XDSK command
(DUT, CON, DSC, IOS, or PND). This is the default.
DUT
A device will be displayed if it exceeds the DUT threshold and one of the other thresholds.

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 291

 Related information
None

PPRF
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Saves, deletes, comments, or lists the user’s session profile.
PPRF SAVE|DELETE|COMMENT|LIST cc
SAVE
Saves the user profile in the data set defined by the OMPROFSV DD statement.
DELETE
Deletes the user profile from the data set defined by the OMPROFSV DD statement.
COMMENT
Displays a description of the current profile and allows you to change it dynamically.
LIST
Lists all members of the user profile data set.
cc
Specifies the 2-character user profile identifier. To start subsequent sessions with this profile, specify
this value in the USER= startup parameter.
If you do not specify cc, the PPRF command uses the current value of the USER= startup parameter.

Related information
See IPRF.

PPT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays a list of programs in the Program Properties Table along with their special attributes.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

/PRINT or /P
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

292 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Prints the current logical screen. When the screen prints, a >LOGGED< message appears on the INFO-line.
Note: The page limit set with the .SET command does not affect the /PRINT command.

Related information
None

.PRM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays current values of the OMEGAMON startup command parameters. This command displays
applicable OMEGAMON startup parameters in the following order.
IOMODE=cc
Current OMEGAMON I/O mode. This is the 2-character code entered as the mode in the startup
parameters.
SYS=cccc
Current OMEGAMON system ID. This is the same system ID that appears on the INFO-line.
USER=cc
User profile suffix. This is the same suffix that appears on the INFO-line.
ROWS=nn
Number of rows on the physical terminal.
LROWS=nnn
Number of logical rows for the output area.
COLS=nnn
Number of columns on the physical terminal.
UNIT=cuu
Terminal address of a dedicated OMEGAMON session.

Related information
None

PROC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays procedure stepname. PROC displays **INIT** when a batch job is moving between steps. This
tells you when the CPU time figures pertain to the initiator rather than to your job.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 293

 Other Address Space Identification minors: ASID, .DMPxx, and STEP

.PRT
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Prints the specified portion of the screen to the REPORT file.

.PRTc

Without an argument, .PRT prints a screen image from the INFO-line to the line that contains the .PRT
command. After the partial screen prints, .PRT changes to a comment. The optional argument H (.PRTH)
prevents the .PRT command from commenting itself out so that it logs these lines continually.

Related information
None

PSA
Type
Minor command

Description
The PDS command dumps the prefixed storage area for a processor. By default, the display is in
hexadecimal and character format.
Multiprocessors use a technique called storage prefixing to access the PSA. When you use the PSA
command to dump the PSA of the processor on which OMEGAMON is running, it displays the contents of
the SYSGEN PSA, which might not match what you see when you dump location 0 using the “MLST ” on
page 248 command.

Command format
[C]PSAn

C
Displays the information only in character format.
n
The number of the processor.

Related information
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PVT, RABC,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

294 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
PSIO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total SIOs issued for page data set.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, and PXFR

PTAP cccccc
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about magnetic tape devices by volser pattern cccccc. If an asterisk is the last
character in the volser pattern, any character after that point meets the selection criteria. For example,
the pattern VS* displays the volumes VSRESA, VSAM01, VS, and so on.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

PVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps RSM Paging Vector Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format. To view
the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, RABC,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

Chapter 15. P commands and keywords 295

/PWD
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Specifies an OMEGAMON password or reauthorizes a session. Secured commands require entry of a
password for execution. You can use the /PWD command in the following ways.
1. To authorize your session for internal security, enter the /PWD command on the INFO-line.

/PWD____________

The system prompts you for a password.

________________ Enter Password

The password does not appear on the screen as you type it. Press Enter after typing the password.
If the PASSWORD ACCEPTED message displays, press Enter again to gain access to all secured
commands associated with that password, as well as commands associated with lower security levels.
2. To reset the security level to 0 after your authorized session, type /PWD on the INFO-line, but instead
of entering a password, press Enter.
Access to secured commands will be restricted until the password is re-entered.
3. To utilize the re-logon feature. The /PWD command can be entered with your user ID to perform the
following functions.
• In dedicated mode, gain access to external security.
• Log onto an existing OMEGAMON session in VTAM mode and reauthorize external security to your
level for the session.
Note: Re-logon processing is not available in TSO or ISPF mode.
When you use the /PWD command with your user ID to log onto an existing session, you cannot
change or update your password.

Related information
None

PXFR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total pages transferred for page data set. Append a .R to this command to show the value as a
rate of pages per second.

Related information
Minor of: PART
Other Page Dataset minors: PADR, PAER, PANI, PAR2, PAR3, PAR4, PAR5, PAR6, PAR7, PAR8, PAR9,
PAS%, PAST, PASZ, PATM, PATP, PAVL, PAVS, PDVT, and PSIO

296 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 16. Q commands and keywords

QCB
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays enqueues owned by address space.
QCBnnn
The variable nnn suppresses the first nnn lines.
If you enter an X in the argument field (QCB X), it suppresses any enqueue whose major name is in the
Enqueue Exclusion Table that the XQN immediate command defines. The default setting suppresses all
data set enqueues (SYSDSN).
A + after the minor name indicates truncation. An S in the label field limits the display of minor names to
43 bytes.
To see all enqueues and reserves, use the XQCB immediate command.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 297

298 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 17. R commands and keywords

.R
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Repeats the last major command with all following minors nnn times.

.Rnnn

The .R command repeats all lines from the last major command nnn times, as if you had repeatedly
entered the major followed by its minors. The maximum value of nnn is the number of LROWs on your
terminal.
The .R command is similar to .RC, which repeats the last major command with all following minor
commands as many times as necessary to display all items selected by the major. However, .Rnnn
specifies exactly how many times you want the major command repeated. The .R command is most useful
as an editing command when you are creating screen spaces.
The .R command is similar to the other OMEGAMON line commands (.D, .I) in that if you enter it on top of
a line of data, that line is shifted down. Therefore, you do not have to insert a blank line in order to use this
command.

Related information
None

RABnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
See RABC.

Related information
None

RABCnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 299

 Description
Dumps Real Storage Manager (RSM) address space block for ASID nn. By default the display is in
hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.
Use the RABnnn command to dump the RSM address space block for ASID nnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

RBEL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays percent of real storage below 16M fixed. This command shows how the current values affect
SRM adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

.RC
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Repeats the last major command and all following minors until all available output is displayed. When
you enter a major command that selects a large number of items, such as disks, only one line of output
displays. The .RC command automatically repeats a major command and any minor or minors supplied
until all available lines of output are displayed. Enter .RC after the major and any desired minors as
follows:

DISK
dadr
dsta
.RC

When you press Enter, all online disks are displayed (DISK) along with their unit addresses (DADR) and
their mount status (DSTA). The display looks similar to the following:

300 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 DISK VMXA14 VMXA12 OMON28 OMON29 VMXA10 SYSB21 VMXA09 OMSTG1+
dadr 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147
dsta Private Private Storage Storage Private Private Private Private
DISK PPSMPE TSO026 QM0001 IMS100 MTLIB3 DB2002 PPSMP3 TSO022+
dadr 148 149 14A 14B 14C 14D 14E 14F
dsta Private Storage Private Private Private Private Private Storage
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
DISK COM001 COM002 COM003 MP310A PROD10 PROD16 PROD11
dadr D89 D8A D8B D8C D8D D8E D8F
dsta Private Private Private Private Storage Private Private
.RC

Figure 31. Typical output for a .RC immediate command

Related information
None

RCE
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps RSM Control and Enumeration area. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.
To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

RCMD
Type
Major command (Authorized)

Description
Routes z/OS and JES2 commands to a desired system in a Sysplex.

-RCMDnn sysname [CONS={conid|conname}] ccccc

or

RCMD requires the action character (-) in column 1. The action character changes to a comment character
after execution.
nn
The variable nn indicates which operator’s console will receive the response. If you omit nn, the
response goes to the master console.

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 301

 sysname
Specifies the system name where the command executes.
conid
Specifies which operator’s console issued the command. This operand overrides the nn operand.
conname
Specifies the console name from which the command originated.
xconid
Specifies which operator's console issued the command in 1-8 hexadecimal digit format. This
operand overrides the nn operand.
ccccc
The variable ccccc is an z/OS or JES2 command.
OMEGAMON issues the command (ccccc) that you supply via SVC 34.

Related information
Other Console-Related commands: CONS, CONU, and OCMD

RCP%
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the percentage of step CPU time used.
When TIME=1440 or TIME=NOLIMIT is specified to turn off job step timing, ’N/A’ is displayed.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCPU, SRBT,
SRB2, and TCP2

RCPR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays CPU utilization as calculated by RMF.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

RCPU
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

302 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays the CPU time remaining for the job step. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
next entry for a description of RCPU as a minor of SYS.)
When TIME=1440 or TIME=NOLIMIT is specified to turn off job step timing, ’No Limit’ is displayed.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%,
SRBT, SRB2, and TCP2

RCPU
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays CPU utilization. (There are other entries with the same name. See the previous entry for a
description of RCPU as a minor of address space majors.) This command shows how the current values
affect SRM adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RCSU
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The RCSU command displays zCBP MSU information:
• the zCBP average service usage over the most recent 1-hour and 4-hour intervals in millions of service
units per hour
• the zCBP average service usage since IPL in millions of service units per hour
• the zCBP service capacity of the LPAR and the CPC in millions of service units per hour.
XRCSU displays the same information, and the following information for each time period comprising the
last 4-hour timeframe in chronologically descending sequence:
• the zCBP service rate over each time period in millions of service units per hour
• the percentage of the LPAR and CPC capacity that is used by this LPAR's zCBP processors over each
time period.

Command format
[X]RCSU[DB]

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 303

 RCSU
Displays a summary of zCBP MSU statistics.
XRCSU
Displays detailed zCBP MSU statistics.
RCSUDB
Displays a hexadecimal and character dump of the RCSU data collection work area.

RCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM Resource Control Table. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for
a description of RCT as a minor of SYS.) By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format. To
view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

RCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Provides title line. (There are other entries with the same name. See the previous entry for a description of
RCT as a minor of DUMP.) RCT provides a title line under which the output for the other SRM information
commands can appear. The Low and High values come from the user’s PARMLIB. The Effect column
states how the current values affect SRM adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RCTA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

304 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays current SRM averages. RCTA displays the Unreferenced Interval Count (UIC), page fault rate, CPU
utilization, and ASMQ average values. The ASMQ is a queue of page I/O requests that are unserviced or
incomplete.
The SRM averages these values over the last MPL adjustment interval. In an LPAR environment, SRM does
not take into account LPAR non-dispatch time, which can lead to inflated values being reported. Use the
RCPR command instead.
The average CPU utilization value calculated by the SRM varies from 0 to 100 percent, even if there are
two or more processors active. The value is a utilization for the system as a whole. This value can actually
be set by the SRM to 128 percent. This is a signal that, during the previous SRM interval, none of the
processors ever entered the wait state, and more work (up to 28 tasks) is waiting for the CPU.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RCTH
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays current SRM high thresholds. UIC, paging, CPU utilization, and ASMQ high values appear. The
ASMQ is a queue of page I/O requests that are unserviced or incomplete. The SRM averages this value
over the last 20 seconds.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTI, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RCTI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of samples in the RCT interval.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTL, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 305

RCTL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays current SRM low thresholds. Unreferenced Interval Count (UIC), paging, CPU utilization, and
ASMQ low values appear. The ASMQ is a queue of page I/O requests that are unserviced or incomplete.
The SRM averages this value over the last 20 seconds.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RPAG,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RENM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Renames a screen space. RENM renames screen spaces in main storage or in the user-defined screen
space library pointed to by ddname RKOMPCSV. It does not rename IBM-supplied screen spaces in the
library pointed to by ddname RKOMPROC.

RENMc oldname newname

c
Enter one of the following arguments in column 6 to specify the ddname of the location of the screen
spaces library.
B or ␢
Rename in both main storage and RKOMPCSV. This is the default.
D
Rename in RKOMPCSV only.
I
Rename in main storage (in-storage) only.

Related information
None

/REP
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

306 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Replaces the existing saved screen space of the same name. (There are other entries with the
same name. See the next entry for a description of .REP Immediate command, which sets printer
characteristics for the REPORT file.) Use /REP in place of /SAVE if you want to replace an existing saved
screen space in the user-defined screen space library pointed to by ddname RKOMPCSV.

/REP cccccccc,a

cccccccc
Specifies the screen space name (1 to 8 characters)
a
One of three arguments that may follow the screen space name. The argument is separated from the
screen space name with a comma (,).
B
Replaces in both main storage and RKOMPCSV. This is the default.
D
Replaces in RKOMPCSV only.
I
Replaces in main storage (in-storage) only.
The following example replaces the current screen space SAMPLE with the new modified version of
screen space SAMPLE in both main storage and RKOMPCSV.

/REP SAMPLE,B

Related information
None

.REP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays and sets printer characteristics for the REPORT file. (There are other entries with the same name.
See the previous entry for a description of /REP INFO-line command, which replaces the existing saved
screen space of the same name.)
When you enter .REP, a series of keywords appears to let you set printer characteristics. If you are
changing more parameters than will fit on one line, use the OUTP command instead. The keywords
for .REP (and .XLG) duplicate the minors of the OUTP major.
When you change any of the parameters (except FOLD) and press Enter, OMEGAMON automatically spins
off the REPORT file and reallocates a new one.
SYSOUT=
SYSOUT class.
HOLD=
Specifies whether output is to be placed in the hold queue.
COPIES=
Specifies the number of copies to print.
FORMS=
Specifies the form on which to print.

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 307

 DEST=
Destination, user ID, or both (separated by a period, colon, or slash) to receive report.
FOLD=
Folds lowercase characters to uppercase.
The following keywords will also appear if their default values have been modified previously. If not, you
can type them in and define a new value.
ID1=
Requests OMEGAMON session-produced separator pages and page headers. The argument for ID1
can be:
*
OMEGAMON generates separator pages and page headers with the appropriate job name printed
in block letters on the pages. This is the default.
*NONE*
OMEGAMON does not generate separator pages and page headers.
cccccccc
OMEGAMON generates separator pages and page headers with cccccccc printed in block letters
on the pages. cccccccc is up to 8 user-defined characters.
ID2=
Defines up to 16 characters on the left of the separator page.
ID3=
Defines up to 16 characters in the center of the separator page.
ID4=
Defines up to 16 characters on the right of the separator page.
DDNAME=
Overrides standard OMEGAMON ddnames.
If you change any parameter other than HOLD=, OMEGAMON spins off the XLFLOG file and creates a new
one.
If SYSOUT is active, then ddname is inactive and vice versa. The following list shows the parameters in
effect and the default settings for SYSOUT or ddname.
Parameters
for the Default Values for SYSOUT and DDNAME
SYSOUT=
A and the DDNAME is (inactive)
HOLD=
NO and the DDNAME is (inactive)
COPIES=
1 and the DDNAME is (inactive)
FORMS=
*NONE* and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DEST=
*NONE* and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DDNAME=
(inactive) and the DDNAME is OMREPORT
FOLD=
YES and the DDNAME is YES
ID1=
jobname and the DDNAME is jobname
ID2=
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)

308 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 ID3=
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)
ID4=
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)

Related information
OUTP

/RESHOW
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Redisplays the previously saved version of the current screen space. The /RESHOW command, set to a PF
key, gives you the convenience of refreshing your original screen space with a single keystroke after you
have made temporary alterations.

Related information
None

RESM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Restarts the DEXAN data collector. For example:

DEX >> DX9004 Collector suspended since 10:54:56 Cycles=619 Elap 25:03 MN <<
RESM >> DX0003 Collector being resumed <<

Note: RESM restarts the DEXAN data collector after you have suspended it with the SUSP minor
command. If you have terminated it with the END minor, you must start all over again with BEGN.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, STIMnn,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

RIT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 309

 Description
Dumps RSM Internal Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

.RMF
Type
Immediate command

Description
The RMF command displays whether or not RMF is active. When OMEGAMON is authorized, it also
displays:
• the RMF version code and version number
• the current interval length
• the cycle time.

Command format
.RMF

This command has no parameters.

RMLF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Shows real memory large frame statistics. The following statistics are displayed:
• Number of large memory objects allocated in the system
• Number of large pages backed in real storage
• Reconfigurable large frame area, in megabytes
• Non-reconfigurable large frame area, in megabytes
• Number of 1 Mb frames in the reconfigurable large frame area that are allocated
• Number of 1 Mb frames in the non-reconfigurable large frame area that are allocated
• Threshold number of available large frames needed to satisfy non-preferred requests from the large
frame area
• Number of available large frames groups
• Number of available single large frames

310 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • High watermark of the number of large pages allocated on behalf of large page requests
• High watermark of the number of large pages allocated on behalf of 4 K page requests

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other real memory commands: RMAP

RMAP
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
Displays map of real memory. RMAP shows a map of system virtual storage, showing how much central
storage (in bytes) is currently assigned to each area. After RMAP lists all of the virtual storage backed by
real frames, it lists any and all queues of real storage frames not associated with virtual storage, if there is
at least one item in the queue.
The RSM internal frame queues list following the PSA display line. To list, a queue must have something in
it. These queues are:
Available
Frames on the pageable frame queue and marked as available (such as not having paging I/O in
progress).
DataOnly Spaces
Real storage in use for data spaces.
DataOnly Space Mgmt
Real storage in use for data space management.
Shared Fixed
Real storage in use for shared frames.
Shared Pageable
Real storage in use for pageable shared frames.
BDF
Bottom Double Frames–real storage frames used for segment table entries.
TDF
Top Double Frames–real storage frames used for segment table entries.
SQA Reserved
Frames reserved by the system, which can be used as SQA in an emergency. Because these frames
are reserved for emergencies, they are unavailable for other use.
HSA
Hardware System Area–used by 308x or higher processors. This area is reserved at IMPL time.
OMEGAMON displays only the amounts detected by the operating system. Only the operating system
can use this storage.
SDUMP
Real storage buffer frames.
DFF
Deferred FREEMAIN frames.
DAT Off Nucleus
Nucleus frames for which Dynamic Address Translation is off.

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 311

 IDA
System software frames.
Flawed
Unusable frames.
Uninitialized
Frames not used (not initialized).
Unqueued
Frames not used (not queued to anything).

SYS >> WLM Goal mode OPT=00 SYSRES=(G1A01C,824A) <<

RMAP MAJOR AREA REAL MINOR AREA NOT/FIX FIXED TOTAL
+ =======================================================================
+ EXTENDED PRIVATE 8,704K 4,444K 4,260K 8,704K
+ (ELSQA) 20K 4,108K 4,128K
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ EXTENDED COMMON 7,696K CSA 1,156K 416K 1,572K
+ PLPA 1,372K 236K 1,608K
+ SQA 2,864K 2,864K
+ READ/WRITE NUC 548K 548K
+ READ-ONLY NUC 1,104K 1,104K
+ =======================================================================
+ COMMON 5,232K READ-ONLY NUC 120K 120K
+ READ/WRITE NUC 168K 168K
+ SQA 496K 496K
+ PLPA 2,544K 12K 2,556K
+ MLPA 4K 4K
+ CSA 1,288K 600K 1,888K
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ PRIVATE 26,072K V=V 20,340K 5,732K 26,072K
+ (LSQA) 2,596K 2,596K
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ABS ZERO FRAME 4K 4K 4K
+ =======================================================================
+ AVAILABLE 908K + DATAONLY SPACES 100K
+ DATAONLY SPACE MGMT 20K
+ SHARED FIXED 30K
+ SHARED PAGEABLE 38K
+ BDF 32K
+ TDF 32K
+ SQA RESERVED 8K
+ HSA 448K
+ DAT OFF NUCLEUS 8K
+ OFFLINE 8K
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ TOTAL FRAMES 48M
+ =======================================================================

Figure 32. Typical output for RMAP command

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other system storage minors: CSA, CSAR, ECSA, ESQA, SQA, and VMAP

RMCA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM Control Area. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

312 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

RMCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM Control Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

RMPT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM Parameter Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

RMSU
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays 4-Hour Rolling Average MSUs (Millions of Service Units per hour) information. Unmodified, RMSU
displays summary statistics. Prefixed with an X, RMSU displays detailed statistics. Suffixed by DB, RMSU
displays hexadecimal and character dump of the RMSU data collection work area.

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 313

 The values displayed by this command depend on platform support for the services that retrieve the data
and whether License Manager is being used to define LPAR Capacity limits. RMSU displays the following
information:
• The 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU.
• If the LPAR has a defined capacity set:
– The percentage of time during the 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU period when the LPAR was capped by
WLM.
– The percentage of that time the LPAR was uncapped.
• The LPAR capacity in MSUs per Hour.
• The percentage of LPAR Capacity (or Defined LPAR Capacity) that the 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU value
represents.
• If the LPAR is defined as a member of an LPAR Capacity Group:
– The LPAR Group Name.
– The LPAR Group Capacity in MSUs per Hour.
– The percentage of the LPAR Group Capacity that the LPAR 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU value
represents.
– Whether or not the capacity limit is based on the LPAR’s entitlement calculated as the number of
standard CPs configured to the LPAR (including reserved CPs) multiplied by the MSUs/CP. If so a
parenthesized “(Entitled)” is displayed. Alternatively, if a Defined Capacity is specified for the LPAR, a
parenthesized literal “(Defined)” is displayed.
– The average unused LPAR Group service units available over the last 4 hours, in millions of service
units (MSUs).
This value is calculated using the service consumption of all members of the LPAR Group the current
LPAR is a member of. If this value is negative, the LPAR Group members are currently subject to LPAR
Group capping. The value is displayed in green if it represents more than 10% of the LPAR Group
Capacity Limit, yellow if between 0.01 and 10%, and red at 0% or negative.
– The current LPAR Capacity Limit enforced by the LPAR Group, in millions of service units per hour
(MSUs).
This limit is affected by several factors:
- The value is only displayed if the LPAR is in an LPAR Group.
- If an LPAR Defined Capacity Limit is specified this value will never exceed that limit. If LPAR Group
Capping is in effect, the value is calculated every 10 seconds and ranges from the LPAR Group
entitlement minimum to a maximum of the LPAR Defined Capacity Limit.
- If no LPAR Defined Capacity is specified:
• If the LPAR Group is not currently being capped, the value will be equal to the LPAR Group
Capacity.
• If LPAR Group Capping is in effect, the value is calculated every 10 seconds and ranges from the
LPAR Group entitlement minimum to a maximum of the LPAR Group Capacity Limit.
• If Group Capping is in effect, this value is displayed in red.

SYS >> WLM Goal mode OPT=HD SYSRES=(PETPC0,3F22) <<

rmsu
+ LPAR 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU 59 (LPAR Defined Capacity is not set)
+ LPAR Capacity Limit (Entitled) 670 ( 8.8% LPAR Capacity utilized)

Figure 33. Typical output for RMSU command if LPAR is not in an LPAR group

When prefixed by an X, RMSU additionally displays the following information for each time period
comprising the 4-Hour Rolling Average timeframe in chronologically descending sequence:
• The percentage of the time period the LPAR was uncapped.

314 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
• The MSUs per hour consumed by the LPAR during the time period while uncapped.
• The percentage of the LPAR capacity MSUs per hour consumed by the LPAR while uncapped.
• The percentage of the time period the LPAR was capped by WLM soft-capping.
• The MSUs per hour consumed by the LPAR during the time period while capped by WLM soft-capping.
• The percentage of the LPAR capacity consumed by the LPAR while capped by WLM soft-capping
• Unused LPAR Group service units, in millions of service units per hour, over the time period the display
row represents.
If the value is negative, the LPAR Group members were subject to LPAR Group capping during the time
period. The value is displayed in green if the value is greater than 10% of the LPAR Group Capacity
Limit; in yellow if between 0.01 and 10%; and red at 0% or negative (LPAR Group Capping is in effect).

SYS >> WLM Goal mode OPT=HD SYSRES=(PETPC0,3F22) <<

Xrmsu
+ LPAR 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU 57 (LPAR Defined Capacity is not set)
+ LPAR Capacity Limit (Entitled) 670 ( 8.5% LPAR Capacity utilized)
+
+
+
+
+
+ % Time Uncapped % LPAR % Time Capped % LPAR
+ Time Period Uncapped MSUs/Hr Uncapped Capped MSUs/Hr Capped
+ ----------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
+ 17:58-17:58 100.00 13.90 2.07 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:53-17:58 100.00 13.73 2.05 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:48-17:53 100.00 13.28 1.98 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:43-17:48 100.00 13.27 1.98 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:38-17:43 100.00 13.69 2.04 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:33-17:38 100.00 13.89 2.07 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:28-17:33 100.00 116.61 17.40 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:23-17:28 100.00 203.66 30.40 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:18-17:23 100.00 167.99 25.07 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:13-17:18 100.00 203.69 30.40 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:08-17:13 100.00 203.76 30.41 .00 .00 .00
+ 17:03-17:08 100.00 203.87 30.43 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:58-17:03 100.00 167.88 25.06 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:53-16:58 100.00 204.26 30.49 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:48-16:53 100.00 227.46 33.95 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:43-16:48 100.00 240.01 35.82 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:38-16:43 100.00 236.32 35.27 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:33-16:38 100.00 230.67 34.43 .00 .00 .00
+ 16:28-16:33 100.00 155.14 23.16 .00 .00 .00

Figure 34. Typical output for XRMSU command if LPAR is not in an LPAR group

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 315

 SYS >> WLM Goal mode OPT=HD SYSRES=(PETPC0,3F22) <<
Xrmsu
+ LPAR 4-Hour Rolling Average MSU 304 (100.0% Capped, .0% Uncapped)
+ LPAR Capacity Limit (Entitled) 392 ( 77.6% LPAR Capacity utilized)
+
+ LPAR Group Name TESTPLEX
+ Group Capacity Limit (MSUs/Hour) 600 (Average Unused MSUs/Hour -15)
+ Group LPAR MSU Limit (MSUs/Hour) 300
+
+ Unused
+ % Time Uncapped % LPAR % Time Capped % LPAR Group
+ Time Period Uncapped MSUs/Hr Uncapped Capped MSUs/Hr Capped MSUs/Hr
+ ----------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
+ 18:14-18:14 .00 .00 .00 100.00 309.96 79.07 -19.87
+ 18:09-18:14 .00 .00 .00 100.00 306.73 78.25 -16.35
+ 18:04-18:09 .00 .00 .00 100.00 303.60 77.45 -13.67
+ 17:59-18:04 .00 .00 .00 100.00 298.21 76.07 -8.73
+ 17:54-17:59 .00 .00 .00 100.00 301.38 76.88 -11.46
+ 17:49-17:54 .00 .00 .00 100.00 300.47 76.65 -9.69
+ 17:44-17:49 .00 .00 .00 100.00 303.12 77.33 -12.77
+ 17:39-17:44 .00 .00 .00 100.00 302.59 77.19 -12.76
+ 17:34-17:39 .00 .00 .00 100.00 302.68 77.21 -12.54
+ 17:29-17:34 .00 .00 .00 100.00 306.05 78.07 -15.99
+ 17:24-17:29 .00 .00 .00 100.00 305.68 77.98 -15.66
+ 17:19-17:24 .00 .00 .00 100.00 304.31 77.63 -13.38
+ 17:14-17:19 .00 .00 .00 100.00 304.32 77.63 -14.30
+ 17:09-17:14 .00 .00 .00 100.00 307.73 78.50 -17.11
+ 17:04-17:09 .00 .00 .00 100.00 305.98 78.06 -16.24
+ 16:59-17:04 .00 .00 .00 100.00 305.46 77.92 -14.94
+ 16:54-16:59 .00 .00 .00 100.00 301.23 76.84 -11.38
+ 16:49-16:54 .00 .00 .00 100.00 305.17 77.85 -13.91

Figure 35. Typical output for XRMSU command if LPAR group capping is in effect

RPAG
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays page fault rate. The page fault rate is the sum of page-ins and reclaims. This command shows
how the current values affect SRM adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL,
RREA, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RPTC
Type
Minor command of “WLMX” on page 428

Description
The RPTC command displays WLM report class period performance against goal. It displays the following
information for each report class over the measurement interval:
• Measurement Interval
• Report Class Name

316 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • Report Class Period
• Report Class Period WLM Goal Type (displayed as "Mixed" if the report class period is heterogeneous)
• Report Class Period WLM Goal Importance (displayed as "Mixed" if the report class period is
heterogeneous)
• Report Class Period WLM Goal Value (displayed as "Mixed" if the report class period is heterogeneous)
• Report Class Period WLM Goal Duration (displayed as "Mixed" if the report class period is
heterogeneous)
• Report Class Period Performance Index Achieved
• Report Class Period Average Response Time
• Report Class Period Velocity or Response Time Achieved
• Report Class Period Average Main Storage Consumption
• Report Class Period WLM Worlkload Name
• Report Class Period WLM Resource Group Name.

Command format
RPTC

This command has no parameters.

RREA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays percent of total real storage fixed. This command shows how the current values affect SRM
adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL,
RPAG, RTPG, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RSP
Description
The RSP command sets the "total response time" exception threshold, in milliseconds. See “XDSK ” on
page 446.

Command format
RSP

This command has no parameters.

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 317

.RTN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Terminates an ASF or TSF sequence and returns to the calling screen space. The .RTN command is
required at the bottom of the last screen space in an Automatic Screen Facility (ASF) or Timed Screen
Facility (TSF) sequence. It returns to the calling screen space and re-enables exception analysis for
further automatic calls.

n.RTNcc aaaaaaaa

n
The optional label n specifies the number of cycles to delay the return to the calling screen space.
The value of n can be the numbers 1 to 9 or the letters A to Z (representing 10 to 35). Each time the
screen updates, n decrements by 1. When n=0, the current screen executes and OMEGAMON fetches
the next screen space.
For example, the following command returns to the calling screen space after 7 cycles.

6.RTN

cc
The variable cc is the NR (no reset) argument. It prevents the .RTN command from automatically
resetting the automatic update interval and the log status.
aaaaaaaa
This optional argument specifies a screen space for ASF or TSF to return to other than the calling
screen space.
The .RTN command automatically resets the automatic update interval and the log status to that in effect
when the ASF or TSF sequence began.
We recommend that you use the definition mode (/DEF ON) when creating screen spaces that contain
the .RTN command.
The commands that you need to set up and operate ASF are:
XACB
Sets parameters and controls the operation of ASF for each individual exception.
OPTN
Turns the ASF feature ON and OFF (with the ASF keyword).
/LOG OUT
Sends the REPORT data to the JES output queue and reallocates the output file. If you want to save
the command in a screen space, use the .LOGOUT immediate command instead of the /LOG OUT
INFO-line command.
The commands that you need to set up and operate TSF are:
TSF
Defines entries for TSF.
OPTN
Turns the TSF feature ON and OFF (with the TSF keyword).
/LOG OUT
Sends the REPORT data to the JES output queue and reallocates the output file. If you want to save
the command in a screen space, use the .LOGOUT immediate command instead of the /LOG OUT
INFO-line command.

318 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Related information
None

RTPG
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total paging rate.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL,
RPAG, RREA, RTPI, RUIC, and THNK

RTPI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays percent of I/O interrupts handled via TPI. This command shows how the current values affect
SRM adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL,
RPAG, RREA, RTPG, RUIC, and THNK

RUDT
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The RUDT command displays the number of currently undispatched tasks.

Command format
RUDT

This command has no parameters.

Chapter 17. R commands and keywords 319

RUIC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays unreferenced interval count. This command shows how the current values affect SRM
adjustments to the system.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL,
RPAG, RREA, RTPG, RTPI, and THNK

320 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 18. S commands and keywords

/S
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
See “/SAVE or /S ” on page 322.

Related information
None

SAREnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Swap Activity Reference Table entry nn, where nn is a decimal number. By default the display is
in hexadecimal and character format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1. To
display the entire table, use SART.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SART, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

SART
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Swap Activity Reference Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To
view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1. To display a single entry in the table, use
SAREnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 321

 Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SCVT, SPL, and WMST

/SAVE or /S
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Saves the specified new screen space.

/SAVE cccccccc,a

cccccccc
Specifies the screen space name (1 to 8 characters). The screen space name must be a unique
alphanumeric name. It must begin with an alpha character and can contain national characters ($, *,
or &). If the name you want to assign already exists, use /REP instead of /SAVE.
a
Specifies one of three arguments that may follow the screen space name. The argument is separated
from the screen space with a comma (,).
B
Saves the screen space to both RKOMPCSV and main storage (in-storage screen facility).
D or ␢
Saves the screen space to RKOMPCSV only.
I
Saves the screen space to main storage only.

Note: Since screen spaces are saved to the library pointed to by ddname RKOMPCSV, the /SAVE
command works only if RKOMPCSV was created and properly concatenated at installation. If you are
unable to save your screen space, or if your screen space was successfully saved but OMEGAMON is not
accessing it, check with your installer for details about RKOMPCSV.
This next example saves the current screen space SAMPLE in both main storage and the data set pointed
to by ddname RKOMPCSV.

/SAVE SAMPLE,B

Related information
None

SBIA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of blocks moved in from auxiliary storage.
cSBIA.R|.S|.M|.H

322 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 where c represents the plot symbol, .R displays total blocks moved as a rate per second, .S is an alternate
to .R to display rate per second, .M displays total blocks moved as a rate per minute, and .H displays total
blocks moved as a rate per hour.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other block paging commands: SBTA, SPIA, and SSTA

SBTA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of blocks stolen and moved to auxiliary storage.
cSBTA.R|.S|.M|.H
where c represents the plot symbol, .R displays total blocks moved as a rate per second, .S is an alternate
to .R to display rate per second, .M displays total blocks moved as a rate per minute, and .H displays total
blocks moved as a rate per hour.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other block paging commands: SBIA, SPIA, and SSTA

SCAL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs in pages/second.
cSCAL.R
where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCAP
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 323

 Description
The SCAP command displays the number of swaps done for ASIDs in APPC wait.

Command format
[c]SCAP[.R|.S|.M|.H]

c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.
.S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCAP (that is, with no parameters).

SCBP
Type
Immediate command

Description
The SCBP command displays zCBP/zCBP on CP % of address spaces using more than the percentage that
you specify.
For each address space with a zCBP and zCBP on CP combined percent over the threshold, SCBP displays
the zCBP utilizations since the last cycle and a utilization plot.
If there is active enclaves zCBP work, an Enclaves entry displays the total zCBP utilization and zCBP on CP
utilization of all dispatcher enclaves on the MVS image.
The Total entry at the bottom of the output is the sum of zCBP and zCBP on CP percentages for all address
spaces and Enclaves on the MVS image. The threshold selected (n) does not affect this total.

Command format
SCBP n

n
Specifies the threshold over which percentages of zCBP and zCBP on CP utilization combined are
displayed.

.SCC
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

324 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Description
Sets display color or highlighting for text and commands by type. The .SCC command displays and sets
options that determine how highlighting and/or color is used when an OMEGAMON screen is sent to a
user’s terminal. Since display characteristics depend on the type of terminal you are supporting, .SCC
contains keywords that, in combination, will accommodate any of the various 3270-type devices. Here is
the screen display format:

.SCC
: Display=ccccc ProfileDefinitionMode=OFF
: ExtendedHighlighting=ccc
+
: Major=ccccccccc Minor=cccccccc Immed=cccccccc Default=cccccccc
+
+ XACB Display Options:
: Clr1=cccccccc Clr2=cccccccc Clr3=cccccccc Clr4=cccccccc
: Clr5=cccccccc Clr6=cccccccc Clr7=cccccccc

Figure 36. Screen display format for .SCC immediate command

Device support
This discussion divides color/highlighting capabilities into the following device categories:
Non-EDS
Devices that do not support an extended data stream (EDS), but support highlighting. There are two
types of non-EDS devices.
• Monochrome non-EDS, which use high or low intensity to distinguish fields in a display.
• Color non-EDS, which distinguish between high and low intensity by using different colors in a
display. The colors displayed depend on whether the device is a 2-base color or 4-base color
device, and whether a field is protected or unprotected. For example, most 4-base color devices
display high intensity fields in red (unprotected) and white (protected), low intensity fields in green
(unprotected) and blue (protected).
Monochrome EDS
Monochrome devices that support the extended data stream. A field may be displayed in either high
or low intensity in combination with the extended highlighting attributes (blinking, reverse video, and
underscoring).
Color EDS
Color devices that support the extended data stream. A field may be displayed in any of the 7
extended colors in combination with the extended highlighting attributes.

Profile definition mode

Before customizing your color/highlighting definitions, determine which mode of .SCC is appropriate. The
mode is controlled by the ProfileDefinitionMode keyword, as shown in the following screen:

.SCC
: Display=ccccc ProfileDefinitionMode=ON/OFF
: ExtendedHighlighting=ccc

OFF
Changes to .SCC affect only the current OMEGAMON session.
ON
Intended for use when creating or changing a user profile. After defining the settings, you must issue
a profile save command in order for these definitions to be saved and reused. (They may also take
effect during the current session if you subsequently change the value of the Display= keyword.)
Setting this keyword to ON enables you to configure options for different types of terminals on the
same screen.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 325

 Keywords and values
The following sections describe the remainder of the .SCC keywords and valid values.
For any keyword or value, you need only type as many letters as it takes to make an entry unique. You
may type any keyword and value on the command line after .SCC and bypass the multi-line display. The
command comments itself out and flags itself DONE at the end of the line. This facility allows for changes
to .SCC values from within screen spaces.

Display intensity or color

The Display keyword has 4 possible settings.

.SCC
: Display=BASIC|HIGH|LOW|COLOR
+

BASIC
Allows you to set HIGH or LOW intensity for fields on monochrome terminals or non-EDS color
terminals.
Note: When the BASIC display option is used on color devices that can support EDS, OMEGAMON will
treat that device as a four-base color terminal (non-EDS).
HIGH
Specifies that all fields be displayed in high intensity.
LOW
Specifies that all fields be displayed in low intensity.
COLOR
For color EDS terminals only, allows you to specify the color of each field.
Note: In cases where OMEGAMON is given a color value instead of an intensity value or vice versa, it
makes the following internal conversion:
• On a non-EDS terminal, values of Green and Blue translate to low intensity; all other color values
translate to high intensity.
• On an EDS terminal, a value of HI translates to the color Red; a value of LO translates to the color
Green.

Extended highlighting
The ExtendedHighlighting keyword is used only with devices that support the extended data stream.

: ExtendedHighlighting=ON|OFF

OFF
Extended highlighting features are not available. Use with non-EDS devices.
ON
Extended highlighting features are available. When Display=COLOR, this value is automatically set to
ON. (Extended attributes are not supported in ISPF mode.)
CAUTION: Do not set ExtendedHighlighting=ON unless you have a terminal that supports
an extended data stream (or unless you have ProfileDefinitionMode=ON). If you do this
accidentally, you may get a PROGnnn or a screen erasure error. You may press the ATTN or
PA1 key to resume the session, but be aware that this action also clears the current security
authorization and the current screen space.

326 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Display fields
Following is the display format of .SCC with ProfileDefinitionMode=ON. It shows the display field
keywords and valid values. For the Display=COLOR option, color names can be Red, Green, White, Blue,
Pink, Yellow, or Turquoise. For the Display=BASIC option, highlighting values can be HIGH or LOW. The
value of the Default keyword can be used as a variable definition for the Major, Minor, Immed, and XACB
Display Options. In the figure, the Default value is abbreviated as DEF.

.SCC
: Display=COLOR|BASIC ProfileDefinitionMode=ON
: ExtendedHighlighting=ON
+
: Display=COLOR Options:
: MajorC=color|DEF MinorC=color|DEF ImmedC=color|DEF DefaultC=color
+
+ XACB Display Options:
: Clr1C=color|DEF Clr2C=color|DEF Clr3C=color|DEF Clr4C=color|DEF
: Clr5C=color|DEF Clr6C=color|DEF Clr7C=color|DEF
+
: Display=BASIC Options:
: MajorB=HI|LO|DEF MinorB=HI|LO|DEF ImmedB=HI|LO|DEF DefaultB=HI|LO
+
+ XACB Display Options:
: Clr1B=HI|LO|DEF Clr2B=HI|LO|DEF Clr3B=HI|LO|DEF Clr4B=HI|LO|DEF
: Clr5B=HI|LO|DEF Clr6B=HI|LO|DEF Clr7B=HI|LO|DEF

Figure 37. Display format for .SCC command with ProfileDefinitionMode=ON

You can control the following field names with .SCC:

Major
Controls color or highlighting for major commands and their output.
Minor
Controls color or highlighting for minor commands and their output.
Immed
Controls color or highlighting for immediate commands and their output.
Default
Controls color or highlighting for other unprotected fields (for example, error message text, help text).
XACB Options
Controls exception analysis message text. The keywords Clr1 through Clr7 can be used as substitutes
for the color names (Red, Blue, and so on) or highlighting (HI or LO) when customizing exception
messages with the XACB command.
The following table describes the color and highlighting settings for .SCC according to the type of terminal
you are supporting.

Related information
See Table 2 on page 328.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 327

 Table 2. .SCC keywords and Possible Settings
If you have... And you want... Use these keywords...
A non-EDS terminal some fields in high Display=BASIC
intensity and some
ExtendedHighlighting=OFF
fields in low intensity
Major, Minor, Immed, XACB options=HI|LO|DEF
Default=HI|LO

all fields in high intensity Display=HI

ExtendedHighlighting=OFF
(All other settings default to HI.)

all fields in low intensity Display=LO

ExtendedHighlighting=OFF
(All other settings default to LO.)

A monochrome EDS some fields in Display=BASIC

terminal high intensity and
ExtendedHighlighting=ON
some fields in low
intensity, plus blinking, Major, Minor, Immed, XACB options=HI|LO|DEF
underscoring, or reverse
Default=HI|LO
video
all fields in high Display=HI
intensity, plus blinking,
ExtendedHighlighting=ON
underscoring, or reverse
video (All other settings default to HI.)

all fields in low Display=LO

intensity plus blinking,
ExtendedHighlighting=ON
underscoring, or reverse
video (All other settings default to LO.)

A color EDS terminal to specify the color of Display=COLOR

each field, plus blinking,
ExtendedHighlighting=ON
underscoring, or reverse
video Major, Minor, Immed, XACB options=color|DEF
Default=color

SCCS
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCCS command displays the number of swaps done to lower central storage use.

Command format
[c]SCCS[.R|.S|.M|.H]

328 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.
.S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCCS (that is, with no parameters).

SCDW
Type
Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to detected waits in pages/second.

cSCDW.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCEX
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to exchange swaps in pages/second.

cSCEX.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 329

SCHN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Scans data-only space control blocks for a string of data and displays the location. This command is used
to search chained control blocks located in a data-only space for the occurrence of a specific string of
data.

aSCHNc jobname,spacename,addr,string,off1,off2,plen

a
A required action character in column 1:
-
Changes to a comment character (>) after command executes.
<
Does not change to a comment character after command executes. Use this action character to
repeat the command.
c
Specifies the format of the output:
B or ␢
dump format (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
jobname
The jobname or ASID in decimal of the owner of the data-only space.
spacename
The name of the data-only space.
addr
The starting address of the scan.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.

330 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
string
The comparison string for the scan. Either a hexadecimal string or a character string surrounded by
single quotes.
off1
The offset from the beginning of the control block to the location of the comparison string. This value
may be preceded by a + or - sign.
off2
The offset from the beginning of the control block to the fullword address of the next control block.
This value may be preceded with a + or - sign.
plen
The length of print display. Default is one line or 16 (X'10') bytes.
SCHN scans data-only space storage until either a match to the string is found, the chain loops, or the
address of the next control block is zero. When necessary, an SRB will be scheduled into the address
space of the TCB owning the data-only space to be scanned.
This example shows the SCHN display for a data space.

>SCHN MYJOB,MYSPACE,1000,’TEST’,0,30,20
+Storage at 00001100 in dataspace MYSPACE, job MYJOB ASID=12
+ 0000 E3C5E2E3 40C4C1E3 C140E2D7 C1C3C540 *TEST DATA SPACE *
+ 0010 F0F1F2F3 F4F5F6F7 F8F9C1C2 C3C4C5C6 *0123456789ABCDEF*

Figure 38. Typical SCHN display for a data space

Because of the potential security risk associated with using SCHN, the .DSA command exists to provide an
extra level of protection.

Related information
Other Data Space and Hiperspace Storage commands: .DSA, OSPC, SLST, SSCN, and SZAP

SCHRxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about optical character readers belonging to string xxx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 331

SCIR
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCIR command displays the number of swaps done to recover real storage frames from swappable
address spaces.

Command format
[c]SCIR[.R|.S|.M|.H]

c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.
.S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCIR (that is, with no parameters).

SCM1
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM1 command displays the number of storage class memory block IDs used to back 64-bit private
storage.

Command format
SCM1

This command has no parameters.

SCM1
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM1 command displays the number of shared page groups backed on storage class memory.

332 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command format
SCM1

This command has no parameters.

SCM2
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM2 command displays the number of page-ins from storage class memory.

Command format
SCM2

This command has no parameters.

SCM2
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM2 command displays the number of 64-bit shared pages backed on storage class memory.

Command format
SCM2

This command has no parameters.

SCM3
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM3 command displays the number of page-outs to storage class memory.

Command format
SCM3

This command has no parameters.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 333

SCM3
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM3 command displays the number of 64-bit common pages backed on storage class memory.

Command format
SCM3

This command has no parameters.

SCM4
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM4 command displays the number of 1 MB page-ins from storage class memory.

Command format
SCM4

This command has no parameters.

SCM4
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM4 command displays the number of page-ins from storage class memory. .

Command format
SCM4

This command has no parameters.

SCM5
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

334 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
The SCM5 command displays the number of 1 MB page-outs to storage class memory.

Command format
SCM5

This command has no parameters.

SCM5
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM5 command displays the number of page-outs to storage class memory.

Command format
SCM5

This command has no parameters.

SCM6
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM6 command displays the number of storage class memory 4-K I/O requests received.

Command format
SCM6

This command has no parameters.

SCM6
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM6 command displays the number of 1 MB page-ins from storage class memory.

Command format
SCM6

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 335

 This command has no parameters.

SCM7
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM7 command displays the number of storage class memory 4-K I/O requests completed.

Command format
SCM7

This command has no parameters.

SCM7
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM7 command displays the number of 1 MB page-outs to storage class memory.

Command format
SCM7

This command has no parameters.

SCM8
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM8 command displays the number of storage class memory 4-K I/O write requests received.

Command format
SCM8

This command has no parameters.

SCM8
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

336 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
The SCM8 command displays the number of 4 K storage class memory blocks that are available to ASM.

Command format
SCM8

This command has no parameters.

SCM9
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCM9 command displays the number of storage class memory 4-K I/O write requests received.

Command format
SCM9

This command has no parameters.

SCM9
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCM9 command displays the number of 4K storage class memory blocks that are in use by ASM.

Command format
SCM9

This command has no parameters.

SCMA
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCMA command displays the number of storage class memory 1 MB I/O requests received.

Command format
SCMA

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 337

 This command has no parameters.

SCMA
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMA command displays the number of 4 K storage class memory blocks that are in error.

Command format
SCMA

This command has no parameters.

SCMB
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCMB command displays the number of storage class memory 1 MB I/O requests completed.

Command format
SCMB

This command has no parameters.

SCMB
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMB command displays the number of 4 K storage class memory I/O requests received.

Command format
SCMB

This command has no parameters.

SCMC
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

338 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
The SCMC command displays the number of storage class memory 1 MB I/O write requests received.

Command format
SCMC

This command has no parameters.

SCMC
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMC command displays the total number of 4 K storage class memory I/O requests completed.

Command format
SCMC

This command has no parameters.

SCMD
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The SCMD command displays the total number of storage class memory 1 MB I/O write requests
completed.

Command format
SCMD

This command has no parameters.

SCMD
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMD command displays the total number of 4 K storage class memory write requests received.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 339

 Command format
SCMD

This command has no parameters.

SCME
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
Displays the total number of 4-K SCM blocks that are occupied by address space.

Command format
SCME

This command has no parameters.

SCME
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCME command displays the total number of 4 K storage class memory write requests completed.

Command format
SCME

This command has no parameters.

SCMF
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMF command displays the number of 1 MB storage class memory I/O requests received.

Command format
SCMF

This command has no parameters.

340 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
SCMG
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMG command displays the number of 1 MB storage class memory I/O requests completed.

Command format
SCMG

This command has no parameters.

SCMH
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMH command displays the number of 1 MB storage class memory I/O write requests received.

Command format
SCMH

This command has no parameters.

SCMI
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMI command displays the number of 1 MB storage class memory I/O write requests completed.

Command format
SCMI

This command has no parameters.

SCMJ
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 341

 Description
The SCMJ command displays the number of times that storage class memory non-fault requests were
deferred.

Command format
SCMJ

This command has no parameters.

SCMK
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMK command displays the total number of times that storage class memory page-fault requests
were deferred.

Command format
SCMK

This command has no parameters.

SCML
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCML command displays the storage class memory active I/O count threshold.

Command format
SCML

This command has no parameters.

SCMM
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCMM command displays the number of times that 1 MB storage class memory writes were demoted.

342 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command format
SCMM

This command has no parameters.

SCLF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of attempted logical swaps in pages/second.

cSCLF.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCLS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of logical swap-outs in pages/second.

cSCLS.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCLW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 343

 Description
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to long waits in pages/second.

cSCLW.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCMC
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
The SCMR command displays information about storage class memory (flash memory) as counts. It
displays the following information for an LPAR and address spaces that have at least one non-zero SCM
metric over the measurement interval. To set the measurement interval, use the INT command.

For the current LPAR

• Completed requests for SCM in the following categories:
– Total requests completed for 4K blocks
– Total requests completed for 1 megabyte blocks
– Total writes completed for 4K blocks
– Total writes completed for 1 megabyte blocks
• Paging activity to and from SCM in the following categories:
– Total page-outs to SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-outs to SCM
– Total page-ins from SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-ins from SCM
• Deferred non-fault paging operations that have been caused by conditions such as the unavailability of
an I/O request block (IORB)
• Deferred page-fault paging operations that have been caused by conditions such as the unavailability of
an I/O request block (IORB)

For each address space

• Address space name
• Address space ID (in hexadecimal format)
• Total number of SCM blocks that are occupied by the address space
• Completed requests for SCM in the following categories:
– Total requests completed for 4K blocks
– Total requests completed for 1 megabyte blocks

344 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 – Total writes completed for 4K blocks
– Total writes completed for 1 megabyte blocks
• Paging activity to and from SCM in the following categories:
– Total page-outs to SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-outs to SCM
– Total page-ins from SCM
– Total 1 Megabyte page-ins from SCM

Related information
• Minor command of: MSCM
• Other minor commands of MSCM: INT, SCMR, SCMT

SCMR
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
The SCMR command displays information about storage class memory (flash memory) as rates. It
displays the following information for an LPAR and address spaces that have at least one non-zero SCM
metric over the measurement interval. To set the measurement interval, use the INT command.

For the current LPAR

• Completed requests for SCM in the following categories:
– Total requests completed for 4K blocks
– Total requests completed for 1 megabyte blocks
– Total writes completed for 4K blocks
– Total writes completed for 1 megabyte blocks
• Paging activity to and from SCM in the following categories:
– Total page-outs to SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-outs to SCM
– Total page-ins from SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-ins from SCM
• Deferred non-fault paging operations that have been caused by conditions such as the unavailability of
an I/O request block (IORB)
• Deferred page-fault paging operations that have been caused by conditions such as the unavailability of
an I/O request block (IORB)

For each address space

• Address space name
• Address space ID (in hexadecimal format)
• Total number of SCM blocks that are occupied by the address space
• Completed requests for SCM in the following categories:
– Total requests completed for 4K blocks

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 345

 – Total requests completed for 1 megabyte blocks
– Total writes completed for 4K blocks
– Total writes completed for 1 megabyte blocks
• Paging activity to and from SCM in the following categories:
– Total page-outs to SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-outs to SCM
– Total page-ins from SCM
– Total 1 Megabyte page-ins from SCM

Related information
• Minor command of: MSCM
• Other minor commands of MSCM: INT, SCMC, SCMT

SCMT
Type
OMEGAMON minor command

Description
The SCMT command displays information about storage class memory (flash memory) as totals. It
displays the following information for an LPAR and address spaces that have at least one non-zero SCM
metric over the measurement interval.

For the current LPAR

• Completed requests for SCM in the following categories:
– Total requests completed for 4K blocks
– Total requests completed for 1 megabyte blocks
– Total writes completed for 4K blocks
– Total writes completed for 1 megabyte blocks
• Paging activity to and from SCM in the following categories:
– Total page-outs to SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-outs to SCM
– Total page-ins from SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-ins from SCM
• Deferred non-fault paging operations that have been caused by conditions such as the unavailability of
an I/O request block (IORB)
• Deferred page-fault paging operations that have been caused by conditions such as the unavailability of
an I/O request block (IORB)

For each address space

• Address space name
• Address space ID (in hexadecimal format)
• Total number of SCM blocks that are occupied by the address space
• Completed requests for SCM in the following categories:

346 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 – Total requests completed for 4K blocks
– Total requests completed for 1 megabyte blocks
– Total writes completed for 4K blocks
– Total writes completed for 1 megabyte blocks
• Paging activity to and from SCM in the following categories:
– Total page-outs to SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-outs to SCM
– Total page-ins from SCM
– Total 1 megabyte page-ins from SCM

Related information
• Minor command of: MSCM
• Other minor commands of MSCM: INT, SCMC, SCMR

SCNQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to enqueue swaps in pages/second.

cSCNQ.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCOI
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCOI command displays the number of swaps that were done because of OpenMVS input waits.

Command format
[c]SCOI[.R|.S|.M|.H]

c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 347

 .S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCOI (that is, with no parameters).

SCOL
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCOL command displays the number of swaps that were done to swap in out-too-long address
spaces.

Command format
[c]SCOL[.R|.S|.M|.H]

c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.
.S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCOL (that is, with no parameters).

SCOO
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCOO command displays the number of swaps that were done because of OpenMVS output waits.

Command format
[c]SCOO[.R|.S|.M|.H]

c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.

348 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 .S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCOO (that is, with no parameters).

SCOMxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about communications devices belonging to string xxx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCTCxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

SCPUnn
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays address spaces using more than nn% CPU since the last OMEGAMON cycle.
The scale at the top of the graph is dynamic; OMEGAMON alters the high end of the scale to the smallest
value that can accommodate the highest percentage on this invocation of the command.
For each address space over the nn threshold, SCPUnn displays CPU utilization (including but not limited
to TCB, SRB, and other cpu measurements such as enclave, zAAP, and zIIP time) over the last cycle. If
there is active Enclaves work on the system, an Enclaves entry also appears representing CPU utilization
of all Dispatcher Enclaves over the last cycle.
The following is an example of an SCPU display on a system with active enclaves work:

SCPU02 __CPU Utilization__ 0___20___40___60___80__100__120__140__160__180__200

+ *MASTER* 7.1 |-> . . . . . . . . . .
+ KOBVTAMA 5.6 |-> . . . . . . . . . .
+ TDOM29 2.7 |> . . . . . . . . . .
+ TDOC07B 3.5 |> . . . . . . . . . .
+ CANDLIMS 112.1 |---20---40---60===80==100=> . . . . .
+ CICS 56.2 |---20---40--> . . . . . . . .
+ Enclaves 2.2 |> . . . . . . . . . .
+ Total 206.4 |---20---40---60===80==100==120==140++160++180++200>

Figure 39. Typical output for an SCPU command on a system with active enclaves work

In this display, nn = 02, therefore all active address spaces using more than 2% CPU appear.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 349

 The last line of the display is total CPU utilization, not including z/OS overhead. This total is the sum of
all address space and Enclaves utilizations over the last OMEGAMON cycle. The selection threshold (nn)
does not affect this total. This total is probably not the same as the value that the RCTA minor command
reports, because RCTA calculates CPU utilization from machine wait time, averaged over an SRM-defined
interval of up to 20 seconds, depending upon CPU models.
The POPT command can be used to set CPU normalization and scaling preferences, and warning and
critical thresholds for SCPU. For further information, see POPT.

Related information
Other CPU Utilization command: MCPUnn

SCRN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Lists screen space member names.

SCRNc aa bb

c
Enter one of the following arguments in column 6 to specify the source of the member list.
B or ␢
Lists all screen spaces in both the screen space libraries and main storage (default).
D
Lists all screen spaces in the screen space libraries only.
I
Lists all screen spaces in main storage (in-storage) only.
aa bb
Lists all screen spaces beginning with characters aa to bb (start aa in column 8).
a*
Lists all screen spaces beginning with character(s) a (start a in column 8).
The following example lists all screens that have names starting with C or D.

SCRN C D

The next example lists all screen spaces in main storage from PA to PA999999.

SCRNI PA*

or

SCRNI PA PA

Related information
None

350 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
SCRQ
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to request swaps in pages/second.

cSCRQ.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCRS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to RSM swaps in pages/second.

cSCRS.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCSP
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCSP command displays the number of swaps that were done to lower the demand page-in rate.

Command format
[c]SCSP[.R|.S|.M|.H]

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 351

 c
The plot symbol. Enter this character in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total swaps as a rate per second.
.S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total swaps as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total swaps as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of swaps, use SCSP (that is, with no parameters).

SCST
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SCST command displays the following information about the central storage frames:
• the total number of central storage frames available
• the central storage frames OK threshold (from SRM)
• the central storage frames low threshold (from SRM).
If the number of available frames is less than the OK threshold, SHORTAGE appears to the right of the
values.
If the number of available frames is less than the low value, STEALING appears to the right of the values.

Command format
SCST

SCTCxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about channel-to-channel adapters belonging to string xxx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SDSKxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

352 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
SCTI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to terminal input swaps in pages/second.

cSCTI.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTO, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCTO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of swap-outs due to terminal output swaps in pages/second.

cSCTO.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTS, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCTS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to TRANSWAP swaps in pages/second.

cSCTS.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 353

 Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCUS,
and SCXS

SCUS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to unilateral swaps in pages/second.

cSCUS.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS,
and SCXS

SCVT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Secondary Communication Vector Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character
format.To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1. To display a single entry in the
table, use SAREnn.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SPL, and WMST

SCXS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

354 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays the rate of physical swap-outs due to ASM swaps in pages/second.

cSCXS.R

where c represents a plot character, and .R represents the rate. The plot has a maximum of 50 points.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other swap count minors: SCAL, SCDW, SCEX, SCLF, SCLS, SCLW, SCNQ, SCRQ, SCRS, SCTI, SCTO, SCTS,
and SCUS

SDAT
Type
Minor of “SEEK ” on page 356

Description
To use this command, you must have OMEGAMON command-level authorization, and OMEGAMON must
be APF-authorized.
This command displays dataset information for one or all seeks. The information for each observed
sample includes these values:
• sample number of the seek
• jobname responsible for the seek
• ASID responsible for the seek
• dataset name accessed by the job (truncated to 40 characters)
• cylinder accessed during the observation
• extent number that contains the accessed cylinder
• low cylinder number for the extent
• high cylinder number for the extent.
For extended address volumes (EAVs), the following information is not available:
• dataset name ("N/A" is displayed)
• cylinder accessed ("N/A" is displayed)
• dataset extent fields (blank values are displayed).
If the I/O overhead of obtaining the dataset names of any files is excessive, the data set name is replaced
with the type of I/O driver, for example: CATALOG I/O or EXCP OR VTOC I/O. If the I/O driver is not
determined, NOT AVAILABLE is displayed.

Command format
[X]SDAT ITEM[nnn|cccccccc|*]

X
Displays extent information for each extent of a dataset that is associated with the seek. The first
line of output is for the extent that was accessed during the seek. Only this line contains the sample
number, jobname, ASID, dataset name, and cylinder accessed. Subsequent lines are for dataset
extents that are not being accessed; these lines contain only the extent number, low cylinder number,
and high cylinder number.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 355

 If you omit this parameter, the command displays extent information for only the extent that is
accessed during the observed seek.
nnn
Displays information for the specified sample number (1-3 digits).
cccccccc
Displays information for the specified jobname.
*
Display information for all seeks.
The default value is *.

SDPD
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays service definition and service policy information.

Related information
Minor of: WLM
Other WLM minors: SRVC

SDSKxxx
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays statistics about disks belonging to string xxx.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx,
SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, SURxxx, and XDSK

SEEK
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

356 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays DASD SEEK contention information for a specified device.

-SEEK VOLser(vvvvvv) | DEVice(cccc) INTerval(nn) SAMples(nnn)

-
An action character. The hyphen is required in column 1 on the first execution of the command, and to
force re-collection on any subsequent execution.
VOLser|DEVice
The volser or device number to be analyzed. It is required whenever the action character is specified
in column 1. Volser must be 6 characters long; device can be 4 characters long.
INTerval
Indicates how frequently SEEK analysis will be performed. Interval is optional with a default of 10 ms.
Valid values are 5–500 ms.
SAMples
Indicates the sampling rate as the number of samples taken per interval. Samples is optional, with a
default of 70, and a maximum of 999.
An example of the SEEK command follows:

-SEEK VOL(OMON28) INTERVAL(100)

In this example, SEEK analysis would be performed every 100 milliseconds for 70 samples for volume
OMON28.
The following figure displays the output from a SEEK major command:

SEEK VOL(OMON28) INT(10)

+ Unit=03DC Volser=OMON28 Samples=70 Interval=010 ms Time=08:43:21
+ Observed Seeks=20 Low Cyl=83 High Cyl=881 Avg Seek=20 cyls

Figure 40. Typical output from a SEEK major command

Related information
Major of: DATA, PLOT, and WSIZ nnn

.SET
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Sets and displays operation control parameters. The .SET immediate command displays data about the
OMEGAMON environment in table form. You can modify or change data on any of the output lines.

.SET
: FGOLIMIT = 64 FGOLOOP = OFF
: GDEVUCBS = 200 INTERVAL = 10.00
: IODELAY = 5 LOOPCOUNT = 15000
: LOOPTIME = 5.00 PAGELIMIT = 400
: PEEKSIZE = 4096 STATUSMODE = OFF
: OCMDMASTER = ON

Figure 41. Screen display format for .SET immediate command output

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 357

 To modify a setting, move the cursor to the value you want to change, type the new value over the current
value, and press Enter to make the change.
FGOLIMIT
Specifies the number of consecutive .FGO screens that can execute before OMEGAMON detects a
loop and sets .FGOLOOP=ON. The maximum number you may specify is 1000.
FGOLOOP
Turns .FGO screen loop detection ON or OFF. If OMEGAMON detects an .FGO loop, it sets this
keyword to ON and then treats subsequent .FGO commands as .SGO commands. (.FGO executes
a screen space without displaying it; .SGO displays each screen space it executes.) You can also
set .FGOLOOP=ON yourself if you want to test screen spaces you have linked together with .FGO
commands.
GDEVUCBS
Specifies the number of entries in the device name table for the GDEV command. The maximum
number is 4000.
INTERVAL
Specifies the interval time between automatic updates (called an OMEGAMON cycle). The following
restrictions apply:
• This value will be effective only in dedicated mode or VTAM mode. You can, however, be operating in
any mode when you define a new value for the purpose of saving it in a user profile.
• The maximum interval is 99.00.
• VTAM mode does not allow an interval shorter than 5 seconds.
• Dedicated mode does not allow an interval shorter than .5 seconds.
IODELAY
In automatic updating, the number of cycles to delay the next screen refresh after you have moved
the cursor. The maximum number is 100.
LOOPCOUNT
The maximum number of control blocks that the PEEK command can test before OMEGAMON detects
a loop. The valid range is 1 to 1000000.
The PEEK command traces control block chains. If OMEGAMON encounters a damaged target address
space, some of the control blocks examined may have chained into a loop, and OMEGAMON issues a
warning message. The warning may also appear when you chain through an address space that has
a complex TCB structure. In this case, the cause may not be a loop, but rather the large amount of
processing that is necessary to scan all of the TCBs.
LOOPTIME
The threshold (in seconds) for OMEGAMON built-in loop detection. The default is 10 seconds, the
maximum value is 300.
OCMDMASTER
The target routing of the OCMD immediate command. ON routes to the master O/S console. OFF
routes to an alternate console.
PAGELIMIT
The size (in pages) of the REPORT file used to log OMEGAMON screens. The maximum is 99999. This
number dynamically decreases as the log is printing to reflect the number of pages left before the
limit is reached. Consequently, be sure to check this parameter (and reset it, if necessary) before
saving a profile.
PEEKSIZE
The maximum value for PEEKSIZE is 33553408.

The first time you use PEEK in an OMEGAMON session, it obtains a work area (32K by default) from
the private area to hold the collected data. OMEGAMON gives you a warning message if the data does
not fit within the work area.

358 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Issue .SET and increase the value of PEEKSIZE= to increase the work area size. Then reissue the PEEK
command and it will collect the data. You can save the new PEEKSIZE definition in a user profile.
STATUSMODE
The status mode (ON or OFF) for the Workload Profile Facility.

Related information
None

.SGO
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Fetches the specified screen space on the next cycle. Use the .SGO (Screen GO) command when creating
screen spaces to build a series of screen spaces that will execute in sequence. .SGO causes screen
spaces to branch to other screen spaces. It is particularly useful for implementing the Automatic Screen
Facility (ASF) or the Timed Screen Facility (TSF) features of exception analysis.
.SGO has a conditional screen fetch feature that fetches a screen space only if a condition is true.

n.SGO cccccccc
[CPSER {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[MODE {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[PREFIX {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[SMFID {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[UNIT {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[USER {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[&var {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]

n
The variable n is an optional numeric label that allows you to delay the fetch of screen space cccccccc
for a number of cycles up to 35. Use the numbers 1 to 9 or the letters A to Z (representing 10 to 35
cycles). Each time the screen updates, n decrements by 1. When n=0, screen cccccccc is fetched on
the next cycle.
cccccccc
Specifies the screen space name.

Keywords for conditional setting of variables

The following keywords are available for conditional setting of variables. Their values are initialized by
OMEGAMON.
CPSER
CPU serial number. In the case of a multi-processing environment, this keyword will compare the
supplied CPU serial number with the serial numbers of all CPUs in the complex. If the relational
argument is equal (= or EQ), OMEGAMON will fetch the screen space the first time it finds a match. If
the relational argument is NE, OMEGAMON will fetch the screen space only after it has checked all of
the CPUs in the complex.
MODE
The 3-character code for the OMEGAMON mode of operation. It is displayed on the INFO-line during a
session. Possible values are:
DED
A dedicated mode session
TSO
A TSO mode session

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 359

 SPF
An ISPF mode session
VTM
A VTAM mode session
PREFIX
The OMEGAMON product code (for example, OM).
SMFID
The system ID from the SYS= startup parameter or the default SMF ID.
UNIT
The device number from the UNIT= startup parameter (the primary OMEGAMON console).

USER
The user profile suffix from the USER= startup parameter.
&var
Allows you to set any comparison you wish. The keyword and argument can be any variable name set
with the .VAR command or any OMEGAMON-defined variable. The .VAR command lists OMEGAMON-
defined variables.

Relational operators
The relational operators require blanks on either side except for the equal sign (=).
= or EQ
Keyword equals argument.
GE
Keyword is greater than or equal to argument.
GT
Keyword is greater than argument.
LE
Keyword is less than or equal to argument.
LT
Keyword is less than argument.
NE
Keyword is not equal to argument.
argument
The argument is a 1- to 8-character value to which OMEGAMON compares the keyword. The keyword
and argument can be any variable name set with the .VAR command or any OMEGAMON-defined
variable. The .VAR command lists OMEGAMON-defined variables.
For example,

.SGO DISK

fetches screen space DISK on the next cycle.

B.SGO DISK

delays the fetch of screen space DISK 11 cycles, and fetches it on the next cycle after n=0.
To fetch screen space SAMPLE only if you are running on an OMEGAMON® dedicated mode session, enter

.SGO SAMPLE MODE=DED

or

.SGO SAMPLE MODE EQ DED

360 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 If multiple .SGO commands appear on one screen, the last .SGO command without a condition, or for
which the condition is true, executes.
You may also use the .FGO command to fetch screen spaces. It functions the same as .SGO except
that .FGO bypasses the screen display and the OMEGAMON cycle wait.

Related information
See “.FGO” on page 162.

SGRA
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SGRA command displays information about the graphics devices that belong to a device.

Command format
SGRA xxx

xxx
The string address of a device.

SIFA
Type
Immediate command

Description
The SIFA command displays zAAP/zAAP on CP % of address spaces using more than a specified
percentage.
For each address space with an IFA and IFA on CP combined percentage over the threshold, the SIFA
command displays the IFA utilizations since the last cycle and a utilization plot.
If there is active enclaves IFA work, an Enclaves entry provides the total IFA utilization and IFA on CP
utilization of all dispatcher enclaves on the MVS image.
The Total entry at the bottom of the output is the sum of IFA and IFA on CP percentages for all address
spaces and enclaves on the MVS image. The threshold selected does not affect this total.
This command applies to z/OS Version 1.6 and above. zAAP support was discontinued on IBM z13
processors and later.

Command format
SIFAnn

nn
Specifies the threshold over which percentages of IFA and IFA on CP usage combined are displayed.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 361

 Related information
Other special processor immediate commands: “SIIPnn” on page 362.

SIIPnn
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays utilization of System z Integrated Information Processors (IIP%) and utilization of standard
processors by zIIP-eligible work (IIP% on CP) for each address space and a total value for all enclaves.

SIIPnn

where nn specifies the threshold over which percentages of zIIP and zIIP on CP combined are displayed.
For each address space with a zIIP and zIIP on CP combined percentage over the threshold, SIIP displays
the zIIP utilizations since the last cycle and a utilization plot. If there is active enclaves zIIP work, an
Enclaves entry provides the total zIIP utilization and zIIP on CP utilization of all dispatcher enclaves on
the z/OS image.
The Total entry at the bottom of the output is the sum of zIIP and zIIP on CP percentages for all address
spaces and Enclaves on the z/OS image. The threshold selected (nn) does not affect this total.

Related information
Other special processor immediate commands: SIFAnn.

SLST
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Displays bytes of memory from data-only space storage.

aSLSTc jobname,spacename,addr,plen

a
A required action character in column 1:
-
Changes to a comment character (>) after command executes.
<
Does not change to a comment character after command executes. Use this action character to
repeat the command.
c
Specifies the format of the output:
B or ␢
dump format (default)
C
character only

362 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 X
hex only
jobname
The jobname or ASID in decimal of the owner of the data-only space.
spacename
The name of the data-only space.
addr
The starting address of the data.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
plen
The number (1 to 8 hex digits) of bytes to print. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes or 1 line.
SLST will list memory from data-only spaces. When necessary, an SRB will be scheduled into the address
space of the TCB owning the data-only space to be listed.
Here is an example of the SLST display.

<SLST MYJOB,MYSPACE,1000,20
+Storage at 00001000 in dataspace MYSPACE, job MYJOB ASID=12
+ 0000 E3C5E2E3 40C4C1E3 C140E2D7 C1C3C540 *TEST DATA SPACE *
+ 0010 F0F1F2F3 F4F5F6F7 F8F9C1C2 C3C4C5C6 *0123456789ABCDEF*

Figure 42. Typical output of a SLST immediate command

Because of the potential security risk associated with using SLST, the .DSA command exists to provide an
extra level of protection.

Related information
Other Dataspace and Hiperspace Storage commands: .DSA, OSPC, SCHN, SSCN, and SZAP

.SMF
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 363

 Description
Displays information about SMF data sets and exits. If SMF records are lost, the number of lost records
appears at the end of the first line. The following figure shows a typical SMF display.

.SMF SMF System ID is SYSA; Job Wait Time Limit 30:00 MN

+ 1245 SMF buffers containing 44539 records have been written

+ SMF Dsname volser Status Blocks %full

+ SYS1.MANX SYSRS1 * active * 4000 90
+ SYS1.MANY SYSRS2 dump reqd 4000 100
+ SYS1.MANZ SYSRS3 alternate 4000 0

+ SMF exit information:

+ Subsystem name: SYS * default *
+ IEFU29 active IEFUTL active
+ IEFUJI active

Figure 43. Typical output for a .SMF immediate command

The following example shows the display’s fields represented by variables, which are described following
the screen.

.SMF SMF System ID is cccc: Job Wait Time Limit tt:tt u

+ nnnn SMF buffers containing nnnnn records have been written
SMF Dsname volser Status Blocks %full
ddddddddd vvvvvv sssssss nn nn
SMF exit information:
Subsystem name: aaaaaa bbbbbbb
eeeeeee fffffff eeeeee ffffff eeeeee ffffff eeeeee ffffff

The following fields appear on the .SMF display:

cccc
System Management Facilities (SMF) ID of the system.
tt:tt
Job Wait time (JWT parameter of SMFPRMxx).
u
Units of time. These can be:
SEC
Seconds
MN
Minutes
HR
Hours
dddddddd
Dataset Name.
vvvvvv
Volser.
sssssss
Status of the SMF data set. This can be:
Dump reqd
Dump is required
* active *
Active data set
alternate
Alternate data set
nn
Decimal value.

364 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 aaaaaa
SMF subsystem name.
bbbbbbb
Status of this subsystem. This can be:
* default *
Default SMF subsystem.
is inactive
Subsystem is not currently active.
has no exit table
Subsystem does not have an exit table.
exit table has no entries
Subsystem has an exit table, but it is empty.
eeeeeee
Exit name.
fffffff
Status of this exit (active or inactive).
If a subsystem has no exits, the following message appears:

Exit table has no entries.

Related information
None

SMPP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays average time to transfer a swap page in milliseconds.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

SOUT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Removes control from a sequential data set and directs it to the specified SYSOUT class. The SOUT
minor removes control from the ddname currently used for your XLFLOG or REPORT log and directs it to
SYSOUT.

SOUT c

The variable c is the SYSOUT class.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 365

 Related information
Minor of: OUTP
Other print output options minors: COPY, DDNM, DEST, DSTU, FOLD, FORM, HOLD, ID1, ID2, ID3, ID4, and
LNCT

SPAL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of total paging per second.

cSPAL.R

where c is a plot symbol, and .R indicates that the value will be expressed as pages/second.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other paging minors: SPC, SPCI, SPS, SPSV, and SPWS

SPC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of common area paging.

cSPC.R

where c is a plot symbol, and .R indicates that the value will be expressed as pages/second.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other paging minors: SPAL, SPCI, SPS, SPSV, and SPWS

SPCI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of common area page-ins.

cSPCI.R

366 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 where c is a plot symbol, and .R indicates that the value will be expressed as pages/second.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other paging minors: SPAL, SPC, SPS, SPSV, and SPWS

SPIA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of blocked pages moved in from auxiliary storage.
cSPIA.R|.S|.M|.H
where c represents the plot symbol, .R displays total pages moved as a rate per second, .S is an alternate
to .R to display rate per second, .M displays total blocks moved as a rate per minute, and .H displays total
blocks moved as a rate per hour.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other block paging commands: SBIA, SBTA, and SSTA

SPL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps Service Priority List. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character format.To view the
display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PCT, PSAn, PVT,
RABC, RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, and WMST

SPR
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SPR command displays the total number of page reclaims.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 367

 Command format
[c]SPR[.R|.H|.M|.S]

c
The plot symbol. This character must be entered in the first position on the screen.
.R
Displays the total page reclaims as a rate per second.
.S
Identical to .R.
.M
Displays the total page reclaims as a rate per minute.
.H
Displays the total page reclaims as a rate per hour.
To display the total number of page reclaims, use SPR (that is, with no parameters).

SPS
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
Displays the rate of system area paging.

cSPS.R

c
Plot symbol.
.R
Displays the value as pages per second.

Example output

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS134,145) <<

$SPR .R 90.0 2.0/pt $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$SPS .R 44.0 2.0/pt $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$SPWS.R 2.0 2.0/pt $

In this example, 2.0/pt indicates that each point on the scale represents two pages/second.
The dollar sign ($) is the plot symbol.
The GSCL command sets the scale of the plot.

Related information
Other paging minors: SPAL, SPC, SPCI, SPR, SPSV, and SPWS

SPSV
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

368 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays the rate of system VIO paging.

cSPSV.R

where c is a plot symbol, and .R indicates that the value will be expressed as pages/second.
See SPR for a sample display showing the use of the plot symbol.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other paging minors: SPAL, SPC, SPCI, SPR, SPS, and SPWS

.SPT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Assigns a number to a pattern value to accommodate generic selection of certain major command output.
The .SPT command can set up to 10 patterns for use with the DEVP device major command and the
address space major commands.

.SPT/n cccccccc

n
Specifies the pattern number. It can be a number from 1 to 9. To set or display the default pattern 0,
omit the /n. The argument /n can also be:
/D
Displays all the patterns.
/C
Clears all the patterns at once. OMEGAMON comments out .SPT/C so that it does not re-execute.
..
(Two periods). Clears the contents of the default pattern.
cccccccc
Specifies the pattern value. You can use an asterisk (*) as a wildcard.
The following example sets pattern 2 to all names beginning with OP.

.SPT/2 OP*

The entry

DEVP/2

invokes pattern 2 for the major command DEVP.

Related information
None

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 369

SPWS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the rate of swap paging.

cSPWS.R

where c is a plot symbol, and .R indicates that the value will be expressed as pages/second.

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS134,145) <<

$SPR .R 90.0 2.0/pt $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$SPS .R 44.0 2.0/pt $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$SPWS.R 2.0 2.0/pt $

In the preceding example, 2.0/pt indicates that each point on the scale represents two pages/second. The
dollar sign ($) is the plot symbol. The GSCL command sets the scale of the plot.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other paging minors: SPAL, SPC, SPCI, SPR, SPS, and SPSV

SQA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays a job’s usage of SQA. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a
description of SQA as a minor of SYS.)

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

SQA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays SQA by subpool and protect key. (There are other entries with the same name. See the previous
entry for a description of SQA as a minor of address space majors.) SQA displays the number of bytes
used as well as allocated for those subpools that are not in fetch-protected memory. Protected subpools

370 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
display *AUTH* in the Used column. This is because the control block OMEGAMON needs to get the
information, the FQE, is in the subpool.
The SQA utilization display shows the extents, allocated blocks, storage used, and the largest free block.

SYS >> IPS=83,OPT=83,ICS=83, SYSRES=(MVS123,145) <<

SQA Subpl-Key Ext Alloc. Blks Storage Used Largest Free Blk
+ 245-0 1 384K 221K+16 160K
+ --- -------------- -------------------
+ Total: 1 384K 221K+16
+ Percent of SQA: 100.0% 57.6%
+ SQA Size 3012K

Figure 44. Typical output for an SQA minor command

Subpl-Key
Storage by subpool and key. These are the usual protect key assignments:
0
Control Program
1
Job Scheduler and JES
2,3,4
Reserved
5
Data Management: IOS, OPEN/CLOSE/EOV
6
TCAM and VTAM
7
IMS & DB2
8
All V=V programs
9
Public Storage Key
10-15
V=R programs
For more information on subpool assignments, see the appropriate IBM manual.
Ext
Number of extents.
Alloc. Blks
Storage that the VSM assigned to the subpool.
Storage Used
Part of the subpool allocation that has been used to satisfy a GETMAIN request.
Largest Free Blk
Largest piece of storage that is in a subpool allocation, but has not been used to satisfy a GETMAIN
request.
Total
Ext, Alloc. Blks, and Storage Used totals are sums of the subpools displayed. Largest Free Blk is the
largest free block of all subpools or of unallocated storage.
When an SQA overflow condition occurs, the following line is appended to the output from the command:

(SQA SIZE DOES NOT INCLUDE nnnk OF CSA CONVERTED TO SQA)

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 371

 Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other system storage minors: CSA, CSAR, ECSA, ESQA, RMAP, and VMAP

SQDC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays SQA deficit count.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

SQRV
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of times SQA reserve pool used.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

SRB2
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays SRB time in seconds with a decimal fractional part.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%,
RCPU, SRBT, and TCP2

SRB c
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

372 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays contents of c, where c can be any of the following:
L
Local Service Manager Queue (LSMQ)
G
Global SMQ (GSMQ)
P
global Service Priority List (SPL)

Related information
Minor of: SYS

SRBT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays SRB time in whole seconds. This is for the current job step (batch) or user session (TSO).

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%,
RCPU, SRB2, and TCP2

SRVC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Display details about all service classes and all periods for a single service class, or a single service class
period.
[n]srvc [classname]
Unmodified, SRVC displays a single line summary for all periods within all service classes. With an n in
the first column, displays detail information for the selected period within the specified service class. If a
period is specified, a service class name be specified.

Related information
Minor of: WLM
Other WLM minors: SDPD

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 373

SSCN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Scans data-only space storage for the occurrence of a specific string of data. aSSCNc
jobname,spacename,addr,string,len1,len2
a
A required action character in column 1:
-
Changes to a comment character (>) after command executes.
<
Does not change to a comment character after command executes. Use this action character to
repeat the command.
c
Specifies the format of the output:
B or ␢
dump format (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
jobname
The jobname or ASID in decimal of the owner of the data-only space.
spacename
The name of the data-only space.
addr
The starting address of the scan. You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for
commands that display or modify storage or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor,
optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined name. An anchor is the base address of an address
specification and can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number. This modifier specifies a
location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing. This
modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
string
The comparison string for the scan. Either a hexadecimal string or a character string. Use single
quotes around a character string. Do not use quotes around a hexadecimal string.

374 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 len1
The length to scan in hex. Default is 256 (X'100') bytes.
len2
The length of print display. Default is one line or 16 (X'10') bytes.
SSCN will scan data-only space storage until a match to the string is found or the length of storage
specified is exhausted. When necessary, an SRB will be scheduled into the address space of the TCB
owning the data-only space to be scanned. Following is a sample SSCN display.

>SSCN MYJOB,MYHIPER,1000,’TEST’,200,20
+Storage at 00001100 in hiperspace MYHIPER, job MYJOB ASID=12
+ 0000 E3C5E2E3 40C8C9D7 C5D9E2D7 C1C3C540 *TEST HIPERSPACE *
+ 0010 F0F1F2F3 F4F5F6F7 F8F9C1C2 C3C4C5C6 *0123456789ABCDEF*

Figure 45. Typical output for an SSCN immediate command

Because of the potential security risk associated with using SSCN, the .DSA command exists to provide an
extra level of protection.

Related information
Other Dataspace and Hiperspace Storage commands: .DSA, OSPC, SCHN, SLST, and SZAP

SSTA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays number of blocked pages stolen and moved to auxiliary storage as part of a block paging
operation.
cSSTA.R|.S|.M|.H
where c represents the plot symbol, .R displays total pages moved as a rate per second, .S is an alternate
to .R to display rate per second, .M displays total pages moved as a rate per minute, and .H displays total
pages moved as a rate per hour.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other block paging commands: SBIA, SBTA, and SPIA

STAP
Type
Minor of “STAT ” on page 376

Description
The STAP command displays information about the tape devices that belong to a group of devices.

Command format
STAP xxx

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 375

 xxx
The string address of a group of devices.

STAT
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Displays statistical data collected from RMF. STAT displays the following RMF statistics:
• interval start time
• interval elapsed time
• length of interval
Minor commands that you enter beneath the STAT major command display device service time statistics
in numbered format.
An argument of P with STAT (STATP) plots device service time statistics in graph format, where each point
represents 10%.
An argument of Z with either STAT or STATP sets all the thresholds of the minor commands that do not
appear on the screen to zero. Thus, you do not need to re-enter every STAT minor command in order to
set their thresholds to 0; just enter STATZ or STATPZ. Then, you can enter only those minor commands for
which you want to change the threshold.
Example:

STAT Interval Start Time: 11:45:01 Elapsed: 43 SEC Length: 15:00 MN

Related information
Major of: See Device Utilization commands, Long-Term in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

STCJ
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects started task. These address spaces include system tasks, such as the MASTER scheduler, JES2,
TCAM/VTAM, and any other address spaces for which a START command has been issued.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

STCL
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

376 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Selects started tasks in logically swapped status.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

STEP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays stepname. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a description of
STEP as a minor of PEEK.) STEP displays **INIT** when a batch job is moving between steps. This tells
you when the CPU time figures pertain to the initiator rather than to your job.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Identification minors: ASID, .DMPxx, and PROC

STEP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays private area storage utilization. (There are other entries with the same name. See the previous
entry for a description of STEP as a minor of address space majors.) The following screen shows an
example of the STEP command.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 377

 PEEK K3RCOL22 ASID=323, collected at 15:32:26
step Job Step Pgm: KOBVTAM; 6 TCBs, 18 Datasets, and 16 Modules
+ Step started at 13:50:20 , now in step # 1 of 1
+
+ For the region below the 16M line:
+
+ Total private region = 8168K Unused = 6968K
+ Region requested = 0K Region limit = 8168K
+ Low PVT in use = 952K Unallocated = 12K Free = 67K
+ High PVT in use = 248K Unallocated = 0K Free = 100K
+ Start of SYSREG: 00002000 End of SYSREG: 00005FFF
+ Start of low PVT: 00006000 End of low PVT: 000F6FFF
+ Current top: 000F6FFF Limit of region: 007FFFFF
+ Start of high PVT: 007C2000 End of high PVT: 007FFFFF
+
+ For the extended region above the 16M line:
+
+ Total private region = 1519616K Unused = 1506796K
+ Region limit = 1519616K
+ Low PVT in use = 2924K Unallocated = 120K Free = 144K
+ High PVT in use = 9896K* Unallocated = 8K Free = 134K
+ *includes non-freemainable system area of 7476K starting at 7F800000
+ Start of low PVT: 23400000 End of low PVT: 236F8FFF
+ Current top: 236F8FFF Limit of region: 7FFFFFFF
+ Start of high PVT: 7F654000 End of high PVT: 7FFFFFFF

Figure 46. Typical output for a STEP minor command

The following fields appear on the STEP display.

cccccccc
The current program name of the topmost JOBSTEP TCB. (This value corresponds to what is in the
EXEC statement.) The other counts indicate how many lines of output you may expect from the TCBS,
DDNS, and MODS minor commands.
The following fields appear on the STEP display.
Total private region
The total size of the private area, including areas that can’t be allocated.
Region requested
The amount you specify on the REGION JCL parameter.
Region limit
The region limit that the IEALIMIT exit imposes.
Low PVT
The storage that the REGION parameter limits. This includes all of the user subpools.
High PVT
Includes LSQA, SWA, and subpools 229 and 230. This value is allocated from the top of the user’s
region downward and is not limited by the REGION JCL parameter.
In use
The storage allocated to subpools.
Unallocated
The storage not allocated to subpools.
Free
The storage allocated to subpools but not currently GETMAINed.
SYSREG
An area of storage reserved for use by the region control task.
Current top
The highest allocated address in the low PVT area at the current time.
For the system address spaces (CONSOLE, GRS, ALLOCAS), there is no job information available. In this
case OMEGAMON displays:

378 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 PEEK IEEVWAIT ASID=25, collected at 15:39:39
STEP Region Requested = *N/A* Region in use =*N/A* Region Limit =*N/A*
+ Job Step Pgm: IEEVWAIT; 5 TCBs, 6 Datasets, and 2 Modules
+ System Address Space has no steps

For the system address spaces, the STEP minor does not display step start time, nor any information
available on step number.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other Authorized Minors that Collect Data about Address Spaces: AMAP, DATA, DDNS, JOBS, MODS,
SUBP, and TCBS.

STIMnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Sets the sampling interval for data collection. To change the DEXAN data collector sampling time, use the
STIMnn command, where nn is the sampling time in tenths of a second. If you omit the nn argument,
DEXAN displays the current value of STIM. For example:

DEX
STIM

results in:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started. <<

>STIM >> DX7100 The data collector sampling time = 2.2 seconds. <<

This is the default sampling time. To change this value, enter STIM with a numeric operand. For example:

DEX
STIM04

results in:

DEX >> DX0001 Collector has not been started. <<

>STIM04 >> DX7100 The data collector sampling time = .4 seconds. <<

Note: Changing STIM while DEXAN is active is permitted. However, statistical integrity of the data is
compromised until the end of the clear interval. Therefore, be careful about interpreting results if you
change the STIM value while the data collector is running.
In TSO mode on a non-SE/SP system, you should set the sampling time to 0.4 seconds or less to prevent
the DEXAN TSO transaction from being swapped out after each STIMER. As an alternative, you can use
OMEGAMON to make the TSO ID non-swappable.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, PRESM,
SUSP, SYNC, THRS

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 379

/STK
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Saves and stacks the current screen output for later recall. OMEGAMON currently refreshes the screen
every cycle. There are times, however, when you may want to save a screen’s output so you can return to
it later. You may want to investigate a problem by going to another screen or by issuing commands, and
then returning to the original screen. You can do this with the /STK command.

/STK ccccc

where ccccc is one of the following arguments for recalling and deleting entries from the stack:
(blank)
Without an argument, /STK saves all data on the current screen (including all LROWS), not just the
display window visible on the terminal. The maximum number of screens you can stack is 999.
n
Recalls stacked entry n.
U (up)
Recalls the entry prior to the current one. In the .DSE display, the Up argument moves the pointer to
the entry above the current pointer.
D (down)
Recalls the entry immediately following the current entry. In the .DSE display, the Down argument
moves the pointer to the entry following the current pointer.
EMPTY
Clears the entire contents of the stack.
DEL n
Deletes entry n.
R
Recalls the current entry.
The recall functions n, U, D, and R do not delete screens from the stack.
The .DSE immediate command displays the status of stacked screens and the amount of storage being
consumed to stack them. A current entry pointer indicates the most recently referenced screen in the
stack.
OMEGAMON displays a message on the INFO-line when it recalls a screen from the stack to indicate
that this is not a currently executed screen. If OMEGAMON recalls a stacked screen while in auto-update
mode, it places the recalled screen in HOLD mode until you press Enter.
The screen stacking feature works with extended color if extended color was on when the screen space
was saved and if extended color is on when OMEGAMON recalls the screen. (See the .SCC command in
the Profile Menu to activate extended color.)
The following /STK command saves the current screen, M110, onto the stack.

/STK____________ M110 VTAM OM/DEX V750./C A083 09/09/99 9:14:21 S

When there are stacked screens, the INFO-line of any non-stacked screen displays an S on the far right of
the screen. (When the bell is on and a B is displayed, the S overlays the B.)
The next /STK command recalls entry number 2 (screen space DISKS) from the stack onto the screen.

380 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 /STK 2__________ #03 VTAM OM/DEX V750./C A083 09/09/99 9:14:21 S

The next figure shows a typical result of /STK 2.

________________ <== OB0226 DISKS recalled 11:56:00

DISK SYSB24 WORKB2 MVSA21 OMON11
dadr 140 142 143 146
dalc 18 82
dio 311 138 39176 37902
dsta PRIVATE STORAGE PRIVATE STORAGE
dtyp 3380 3380 3380 3380

Related information
None

/STOP
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Stops OMEGAMON. STOP can be entered either on the INFO-line or in the main body of the screen to stop
OMEGAMON.

Related information
None

STOP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Stops OMEGAMON. STOP can be entered either on the INFO-line or in the main body of the screen to stop
OMEGAMON.

Related information
None

SUAL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total service units since the last swap-in. This value is calculated as:

SUCP + SUIO + SUMS (All service units)

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 381

 The service units for non-swappable address spaces are calculated about every 20 seconds. Keep this in
mind especially when you use the .R rate argument.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

SUBP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays information about current virtual storage allocations for each storage subpool.

[␢]SUBP[nn]

[X]SUBP[nn]

␢
Requests information for the subpools allocated to the jobstep TCB and to any TCBs below it.
X
Requests subpool information for all TCBs in the address space.
nn
Suppresses the first nn lines of display. Since the SUBP display is likely to exceed the size of the
physical screen, this option is provided to limit the display. For example, entering SUBP10 suppresses
the first 10 subpools in the display.
The SUBP display consists of two parts for each TCB: one part shows detailed information on the
allocation of storage and one part shows a summary of the virtual storage. The third section shows
totals. Notice that the totals displayed include all subpools in the address space, whether or not the X
label was entered in front of the SUBP command. Consequently, the totals could be larger than the sums
of the private area statistics.
Note that the SUBP display shows only allocation statistics for private area subpools and not common
area subpools such as Subpool 241. Here is an example of the display.

PEEK CPSTEP6A ASID=15, collected at 15:39:39

subp
+ SBP-K Alloc Real #Blks Addr Free #Blks Mxfree Program
+ 251-8 28K 28K 10 000DD000 6184 3 000968 IFOX Own
+ 0-8 2012K 22k 6 000E4000 5608 3 000AF0 Shr
+ 230-5 4K 1K 1 007CA000 3966 5 000488 Own
+ 237-1 188K 41K 39 007CC000 3156 38 000440 Shr
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ PVT-Hi: 4K 1K 1 3K 5
+ PVT-Lo: 28K 7K 3 4K 3
+ Subtot: 32K 8K 4 7K 8
==============================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Tot-Hi: 360K 78K 70 40K 68
+ Tot-Lo: 2044K 29K 8 13K 7
+ Totals: 2404K 107K 78 53K 75
==============================================================================

Figure 47. Typical output for the SUBP minor command

The first portion of the display for each TCB shows detailed information about the subpool:

382 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
SBP-K
Subpool number and protect key (decimal).
Alloc
Amount of virtual storage currently allocated to the subpool (in 4K increments). The storage is not
necessarily contiguous.
Real
Amount of real storage backing the virtual allocation.
#Blks
Number blocks allocated to the subpool.
Addr
Address of the block with the lowest address (hex). In In this example, there are 10 blocks and the
lowest starts at 000DD000 in subpool 251.
Free
Number of free bytes (hex) within the subpool that no one has yet GETMAINed. Anything in a free area
is available for a GETMAIN for the same subpool, but not for other subpools.
#Blks
Number of free non-contiguous blocks within the subpool, where each block can be any number of
bytes (in 8-byte units).
Mxfree
Size (hex) of the largest free block within the subpool.
Pgmname
Program name of the TCB described associated with these subpools.
Own|Shr
Allocations marked SHR are displayed for each TCB that shares the allocation. Allocations marked
OWN appear only for the owning TCB.
The next portion of the display for each TCB is a summary of the virtual storage allocated:
PVT-Hi
Summary of LSQA allocated for the address space.
PVT-Lo
Summary of user storage allocated for the address space.
Subtot
Summary of LSQA and user virtual storage allocated.
The final section, which appears after all TCBs are listed, is a summary for the Private Area:
Tot-Hi
Summary of LSQA allocated.
Tot-Lo
Summary of user virtual storage allocated.
Totals
Summary of LSQA and user virtual storage allocations.
The sample display on the previous page shows that the program IFOX00 currently has 28K bytes of
storage allocated to subpool 251, key 8. It is allocated in three blocks and the storage defined by the last
block begins at DD000. Of all subpool 251 storage, EF0 bytes are free (not in use). The EF0 free bytes are
made up of three blocks. The largest of these blocks is 968 (hex) bytes long.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Other Minors that collect data about address spaces: AMAP, DATA, DDNS, JOBS, MODS, STEP, and TCBS

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 383

SUCP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays CPU service units since the last swap-in. The service units for non-swappable address spaces
are calculated about every 20 seconds. Keep this in mind especially when you use the .R rate argument.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUIO, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

SUI1
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SUI1 command displays the upper limit of unreferenced interval count range 1.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The upper limits of these ranges change
dynamically according to contention for central storage. The SUI1, SUI2, “SUI3” on page 385, and “SUI4”
on page 385 commands display the upper limits of the UIC ranges. For example, SUI1 displays the upper
limit of the lowest range, and SUI4 displays the upper limit of the highest range.

Command format
SUI1

This command has no parameters.

SUI2
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SUI2 command displays the upper limit of unreferenced interval count range 2.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The upper limits of these ranges change
dynamically according to contention for central storage. The “SUI1” on page 384, SUI2, “SUI3” on page
385, and “SUI4” on page 385 commands display the upper limits of the UIC ranges. For example, SUI1
displays the upper limit of the lowest range, and SUI4 displays the upper limit of the highest range.

Command format
SUI2

384 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 This command has no parameters.

SUI3
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SUI3 command displays the upper limit of unreferenced interval count range 3.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The upper limits of these ranges change
dynamically according to contention for central storage. The SUI1, SUI2, SUI3, and SUI4 commands
display the upper limits of the UIC ranges. For example, SUI1 displays the upper limit of the lowest range,
and SUI4 displays the upper limit of the highest range.

Command format
SUI3

This command has no parameters.

SUI4
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The SUI4 command displays the upper limit of unreferenced interval count range 4.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The upper limits of these ranges change
dynamically according to contention for central storage. The SUI1, SUI2, “SUI3” on page 385, and SUI4
commands display the upper limits of the UIC ranges. For example, SUI1 displays the upper limit of the
lowest range, and SUI4 displays the upper limit of the highest range.

Command format
SUI4

This command has no parameters.

SUIO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays I/O service units since the last swap-in. The service units for non-swappable address spaces are
calculated about every 20 seconds. Keep this in mind especially when you use the .R rate argument.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 385

 Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUMS, SUPR, and
SWPR

SUMS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays Main Storage Occupancy (MSO) service units since the last swap-in. The service units for non-
swappable address spaces are calculated about every 20 seconds. Keep this in mind especially when you
use the .R rate argument.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUPR, and
SWPR

SUPR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays service units at beginning of period. The service units for non-swappable address spaces are
calculated about every 20 seconds. Keep this in mind especially when you use the .R rate argument.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, and
SWPR

SUR
Type
Minor of “STAT ” on page 376

Description
The SUR command displays information about the unit record devices that belong to a device.

Command format
SURxxx

386 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 xxx
The string address of a device.

SUSP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Suspends the data collector. If you want to freeze data collection so that DEXAN analyzes several
workloads over the same period of time, you can suspend data collection temporarily without losing
the collected data. To do this, use the SUSP command. For example:

DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=605 STIM=2.2 Elap=22:48 MN <<

SUSP >> DX0002 Collector being suspended <<

DEXAN acknowledges your entry and suspends data collection. All display commands such as PLTnnnn
remain available. When you are ready to resume collection, use the RESM command.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn,
CNTAnn,CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS,
RESM, STIMnn, SYNC, THRS

SVC nnn,m
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays address of SVC nnn,m, where m is a route code. Route codes are only required for router SVCs,
and you must separate them with a commafrom the SVC number. For example, to find the address for SVC
109 (a router SVC), you would enter SVC 109 followed by a route code, in this case, 7:

SVC 109,7

The result is:

SVC 109,7 (X’6D’,X’07’) is located at 00BD4000 Type: 3 or 4 APF-AUTH

If the SVC Table was updated since the IPL, the following additional lines appear:
Updated since IPL on: mm/dd/yy Count: n Return addr: xxxxxxxx Old Data - Entry
Point: xxxxxxxx Type: 3 or 4 No Locks Needed.

Related information
Minor of: SYS

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 387

SVCXxx,m
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays address of SVC xx (hexadecimal); m is an optional route code. Route codes are only required for
router SVCs, and you must separate them with a commafrom the SVC number. For example, to find the
address for SVC 6D (a router SVC), you would enter SVCX6D followed by a route code, in this case, 7:

SVCX6D,7

The result is:

SVC 109,7 (X’6D’,X’07’) is located at 00BD4000 Type: 3 or 4 APF-AUTH

Related information
Minor of: SYS

SVOL cccccc
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Displays available space on disk with volser=cccccc. For Extended Address Volumes (EAVs), supported on
z/OS V1.10 and later, SVOL displays both total volume and track-managed information. For non-EAVs, the
total and track-managed data is identical.
To reduce overhead, this command places a comment symbol (>) in column 1 after it executes. To prevent
the self-comment function, place a less-than symbol (<) in column 1:

SVOL CBEAV3
>SVOL CBEAV3 8402 PRV/RSDNT EAV
>TOT VOLUME FREE(000240545,0000000015) AREAS=0000000004 MAX_CNTG(000175056,00)
>TRK-MNGD FREE(000065300,0000000015) AREAS=0000000002 MAX_CNTG(000065300,10)

Figure 48. Typical output for the SVOL immediate command

where:
8402
Is the 4–digit device number.
PRV/RSDNT
Is the allocation (PRV = Private) and mount status (RSDNT = Permanently Resident) of the device.
EAV
Indicates that this is an Extended Address Volume. (Blank if non-EAV.)
TOT VOLUME and TRK-MNGD (EAV)
• FREE=(nnnn, where mmmm)nnnn is the total amount of free cylinders and mmmm is the amount of
additional free tracks.

388 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • AREAS=nnnn, where nnnn is the number of areas that subdivide (or fragment) the available free
space.
• MAX_CNTG=(nnnn, mmmm). The largest amount of contiguous free space available on this device.
nnnn is the number of cylinders in the largest free extent and mmmm is the number of additional
tracks in the largest free extent.

Related information
None

SWCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays short wait count. Often short waits result when an address space performs an I/O and is required
to wait on it (nonbuffered files, for example). You usually use SWCT with .R to produce the rate of short
waits per second.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

SWPC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays transaction swap count. This is the swap count for a batch job, STC, or TSO transaction. The
count contains both physical and logical swaps.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

SWPO
Type
Minor of address space majors

Description
The SWPO command swaps out the first address space that is displayed by the major.
To swap out a specific address space, use the JOBN command.
SWPO is an OMEGAMON authorized command.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 389

 Command format
-SWPO

-
Action character required to execute command.

SWPI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Causes the SRM to swap in an address space specified by the major command. To cause the SRM to swap
in an address space, OMEGAMON invokes a standard SRM interface that forces a swap-in.
Note: To force the swap-in to occur, the SRM causes the target user to disregard the MPL constraints for
the rest of the job step. A job in a domain with the maximum MPL set to zero (that is, a swapout domain)
can swap in and accumulate service after you issue SWPI.
For example, to swap in job PAYROLL, enter:

JOBN PAYROLL
-SWPI

The hyphen is required.

The SRM swaps users in and out of memory on the basis of dynamically calculated recommendation
values. Because SWPI does not affect these, the SRM will most likely swap the indicated user out again
almost immediately. This limits the usefulness of the SWPI command.

Related information
Minor of: Address space majors. See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.
Address Space Minor--Authorized commands: MCTL, MNSW, MSWP, TADR, and TSNM

SWPR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays swap reason. Swap reasons can be any of the following:
Exchange
Exchange swaps (control domain MPL)
Unilatrl
Unilateral swaps (control system MPL)
Long-Wat
Long wait (address space asked to wait more than 0.5 second)
Det-Wait
Detected wait (address space was found waiting)

390 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Term-In
Terminal input wait (TSO waiting on user input)
Term-Out
Terminal output wait (TSO waiting for TCAM/VTAM output buffers)
Aux-Strg
Swapped to correct a shortage of auxiliary storage
Real-Str
Swapped to correct a shortage of real storage
Request
Swapped by SRM for system activity (that is, reconfigure storage to accommodate real storage
address spaces)
Enq-Xchg
Swapped to expedite the processing of an enqueue by its owner
Transwap
Swapped while in transition from swappable to non-swappable status
Cent-Str
Swapped out to improve central storage availability
Sys-Page
Swapped out to reduce the system page fault rate
Too-Long
Swapped out to enable the swap-in of an address space that had been swapped out too long
APPC Wt
Voluntary swap-out of an idle APPC address space
If the last letter of the wait reason is an asterisk (*), the address space is ready to do work, but the SRM
did not yet swap it back in. For example, if the system is busy and users press Enter, they are ready to do
work. But since the system is so busy, the SRM did not have time to swap them back in. Their swap reason
code is Term-In*.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space SRM Activity minors: JPCI, JPGS, JPUI, JPUO, JRCM, SUAL, SUCP, SUIO, SUMS, and
SUPR

SYNC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Synchronizes the CLR interval with the RMF interval. The SYNCON command synchronizes the DEXAN CLR
interval with the RMF interval, if RMF is running. The SYNCOFF command allows DEXAN data collection
to run independently from RMF. With SYNCON, DEXAN output covers the same time period as RMF, so
display figures are comparable to RMF output. The default is SYNCOFF, with a clear interval of 30 minutes.
When SYNCON is specified, the CLR command is ignored until a SYNCOF command is issued.
Note: The SYNCOFF command restores the clear interval to 30 minutes, even if you used a CLR command
previously to change the clear interval.
You can use SYNC as a shortened version of SYNCON.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 391

 Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM,
STIMnn, SUSP, THRS

SYS
Type
Major command

Description
Displays general system information. The SYS major command displays the two-character identifier
appended to the IEAOPTcc system PARMLIB member, which contains the parameters that affect
swapping and other decisions made by the SRM.
SYS also shows the SYSRES volume and address, and whether there is an active page or swap data set.

SYS >> WLM Goal mode OPT=00 SYSRES=(G1A01F,824A) <<

The SYSRES volume has an active page or swap dataset

Related information
Major of: A great many minor commands. For a complete list, see System operation information
commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

SZAP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Modifies the contents of data-only space storage.
CAUTION: There is a potential integrity exposure when using SZAP on hiperspaces. SZAP will use
HSPSERV to read in a page of data from the target hiperspace, check the data, alter the data, and
finally use HSPSERV to write the page back to the hiperspace. If someone else is writing to the
same page of the hiperspace while this process is occurring, the newly entered data could be lost.
There is no available enqueue mechanism to guard against this exposure.

-SZAP jobname,spacename,addr,vercode,repcode

-
Action character required for execution.
jobname
The jobname or ASID in decimal of the owner of the data-only space.
spacename
The name of the data-only space.
addr
The starting address of the data.

392 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
vercode
The current code to be verified in hexadecimal.
repcode
The replacement code in hexadecimal.
The lengths of vercode and repcode must match.
When necessary, an SRB will be scheduled into the address space of the TCB owning the data-only space
to be zapped.
Here is an example of the SZAP command.

>SZAP MYJOB,MYSPACE,1000,00000005,00000008
> >> OB7110: Memory Zap Successful <<

Because of the potential security risk associated with using SZAP, the .DSA command exists to provide an
extra level of protection.

Related information
Other Data Space and Hiperspace Storage commands: .DSA, OSPC, SCHN, SLST, and SSCN.

Chapter 18. S commands and keywords 393

394 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 19. T commands and keywords

TADR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Displays the unit address for the terminal of a TSO user. TADR is authorized because TSO keeps this
information in a fetch-protected control block. (Note that VTAM terminals typically have no unit address;
use TSNM instead.) Here is an example:

TSOJ TS145 TS031 TS089

TADR 345 34F 341

Related information
Minor of: Address space majors. See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Minor--Authorized commands: MCTL, MNSW, MSWP, SWPI, and TSNM

TAPE
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects all online tape drives. Below is an example of how to use the tape commands.

TAPE 380 385

dusr IMSPROD BMP01
dvol 001984 009081
dio .R 6.5 5.1
tert 2
terp

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TCBS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 395

 Description
Displays the current TCB structure for the target user. This next screen shows a typical TCBS display.

PEEK PAYROLL ASID=25, collected at 15:39:39

==============================================================================
tcbs Program Mother Daughter Sister Jobstep
+ IEAVAR00 IEESB605 (SELF) (Region Control Task)
+ IEESB605 IEAVAR00 IEFIIC IEAVTSDT (SELF) (Started Task Control)
+ IEFIIC IEESB605 PAY1 (SELF) (Initiator)
+ PAY1 IEFIIC (SELF)
+ IEAVTSDT IEAVAR00 (SELF) (SVC Dump Task)
==============================================================================

Figure 49. Typical output for a TCBS minor command

This is a typical TCB structure for a batch job.

The following fields appear in the TCB display:
Program
Load module name of the most recently created RB for each TCB. In this case, PAY1 indicates the
name on the EXEC PGM= parameter.
Mother Daughter Sister
Program names for the mother, daughter, and oldest sister TCBs of the Program TCB.
Note that most address spaces on this level point to themselves as the Jobstep TCB. You can use this
information to easily construct a picture of the current TCB structure, as illustrated in the following figure.
The TCB structure associated with the previous display:

396 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
If you place an A in the label field of TCBS (so: ATCBS), OMEGAMON displays the actual TCB address
under each TCB program name. This information may be useful if several TCBs in the same step invoke
the same program.
If you place an X in the label field of TCBS (so: XTCBS), two extra lines appear for each TCB. The first line
shows the storage protect key for the TCB and indicates whether the address space is APF authorized.The
second line indicates whether it is DISPATCHABLE or NON-DISPATCHABLE. For those TCBs that cannot
be dispatched, a short explanation appears to indicate which non-dispatchability bit was found set.
For example, the following message indicates that the TCB is merely waiting to post an ECB.

NON-DISPATCHABLE: TOP RB WAITING ON ECB

This is by far the most common reason for a TCB to be non-dispatchable.

You may optionally specify a 2-digit number in the operand field of TCBS to suppress the display of the
first nn TCBs. This number is useful if all of the TCBs do not fit on one screen.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK
Minors that collect data about address spaces: AMAP, DATA, DDNS, JOBS, MODS, STEP, and SUBP

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 397

TCP2
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays total CPU utilization in seconds with a decimal fractional part. This is calculated as:

TCB + SRB time

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space CPU Activity minors: CPGS, CPU, CPU2, CPUL, DISP, DPRT, DVCT, JCAF, RCP%,
RCPU, SRBT, and SRB2

TERP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of permanent read/write errors accumulated for a tape drive.

Related information
Minor of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TERT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of temporary read/write errors accumulated for a tape drive.

Related information
Minor of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TGBR
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The TGBR command displays the total number of 2 GB pages that are backed in real storage.

398 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Command format
TGBR

This command has no parameters.

TGBR
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The TGBR command displays the total of 2 GB pages that are backed in real storage.

Command format
TGBR

This command has no parameters.

TGHW
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The TGHW command displays the high water mark for the number of 2 GB frame groups.

Command format
TGHW

This command has no parameters.

TGMO
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example JOBN

Description
The TGMO command displays the total number of 2 GB memory objects allocated.

Command format
TGMO

This command has no parameters.

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 399

TGMO
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The TGMO command displays the total number of 2 GB memory objects allocated.

Command format
TGMO

This command has no parameters.

TGRS
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The TGRS command displays the size of the non-reconfigurable 2 GB area in 2 GB units.

Command format
TGRS

This command has no parameters.

TGRU
Type
Minor command of “SYS ” on page 392

Description
The TGRU command displays the number of allocated 2 GB frames in non-reconfigurable 2 GB areas.

Command format
TGRU

This command has no parameters.

THNK
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

400 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays TSO think time. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry for a description
of THNK as a minor of SYS.)

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

THNK
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays system think time for logical swapping. (There are other entries with the same name. See the
previous entry for a description of THNK as a minor of address space majors.)

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other SRM information commands: CPGR, CWSS, LUIC, RBEL, RCPU, RCT, RCTA, RCTH, RCTI, RCTL,
RPAG, RREA, RTPG, RTPI, and RUIC.

THRS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Limits plot output to the most important DEXAN wait reasons by setting threshold. The THRS command
limits plot output to the most important wait reasons. It is set by default to 5%. This means that only
those wait reasons that account for more than 5% of the total wait time are included in the display. You
can change this value by entering an operand with the THRS command. If no operand is specified, THRS
displays the current value. For example:

DEX
THRS

results in:

DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=214 STIM=1.0 Elap= 1:30 MN SYNC <<
THRS >> DX7200 Plot percentage threshold is 5%. <<

To change from the default of 5%, you must enter THRS with an operand. For example:

DEX
THRS3

results in:

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 401

 DEX >> DX0000 V420 running. Cycles=229 STIM=1.0 Elap= 1:45 MN SYNC <<
THRS3 >> DX7200 Plot percentage threshold is 3%. <<

Note: The screen format allows you to display a maximum of 14 wait reasons.

Related information
Minor of: DEX
Other DEXAN minors: ADELnn, ALST, ASEL, BEGN, BLST, BOFaaa, BONaaa, CENQ, CLRnnn, CNTAnn,
CNTJnn, CNTS, END, IPRO, MONJnn, NUMAnnn, PCTAnn, PCTJnn, PCTS, PLTAnn, PLTJnn, PLTS, RESM,
STIMnn, SUSP, and SYNC

TLBL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays type of label (SL, NL, NON-STD). BLP tapes appear as NL.

Related information
Minor of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TLST
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Selects all tape drives (online/offline). A hyphen (-) in the command display indicates the offline tape
drives selected.

Related information
Other Device Listing command: DLST and GLST

TLTW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time since last terminal wait.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

402 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMCP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time since last CPU usage evaluation.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMIO
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time since last I/O usage evaluation.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMLA
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time since last analysis by SRM.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLR, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 403

TMLR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays length of the last transaction.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMPD, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMPD
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time in current period.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMSW,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMSW
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time since last swap.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD,
TMTR, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMTR
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

404 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Displays time in transaction. This field displays the time since the last transaction began. Normally, TMTR
measures the total job time. Under certain circumstances, however, TMTR might measure only the time
since a job step change.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD,
TMSW, TMWL, WAIT, and WATL

TMWL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays time since last evaluation by Workload Manager.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD,
TMSW, TMTR, WAIT, and WATL

/TOP
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Scrolls to the top of the logical screen.

Related information
None

TPAL
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects allocated tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 405

TPBS
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects busy tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TPCU
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects all online tapes.
TPCUxx
The value xx is a hexadecimal argument.
The following example selects drives 580 through 58F:

TPCU58

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TPFR
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects online and free tape drives. TPFR is the complement of TPAL, which selects tape drives that are
online and allocated.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TPMT
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

406 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Selects tape drives awaiting mounts.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TPOF
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects all offline tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TP16
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects 1600 BPI tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TP38
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects 38000 BPI tape drives. The DVMP tape minor command dumps the tape class extension for
3480s in both native and compatibility modes.
Note: 3480 tape cartridge drives are also known as 3420-9 in compatibility mode.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 407

TP62
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects 6250 BPI tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TP7T
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects 7-track tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TP80
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects 800 BPI tape drives.

Related information
Major of: See Tape information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TRACnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Plots address space activity at nn millisecond intervals. OMEGAMON exception analysis automatically
warns when an address space waited longer than a user-specified threshold. Often, however, address
spaces suffer from degradation caused by interaction with other address spaces. Diagnosing such
problems is difficult. The TRAC command helps explore the reasons for address space degradation by

408 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
closely analyzing many factors associated with the address space. It tracks the activity of an address
space fifty times between screen refreshes.
The interval value on the right of the display is the true interval between samples, calculated after
TRAC completes processing. On a system running perfectly, this number is the same as the nn sampling
interval. This number may vary due to your system’s workload.
As the plot progresses from left to right, a number of fields reflect either the status of the address space
or its activity since the last sample. Each sample is represented by one column in the display.
When a number appears for a particular sample, A-Z represent the numbers 10-35. Beyond Z, a plus sign
(+) appears.
TRAC is very effective with the JPAG major command, which selects any address space currently waiting
on a paging operation.
In the following figure, BATX selects batch jobs and TRAC01 tracks the first batch job YCAN006, with a
sampling time of one millisecond. Although a one millisecond sample was requested, the result was an
average of three milliseconds for each of the fifty samples. The reason for this is that higher priority work
in the system prevented OMEGAMON from getting control every millisecond. This difference is usually not
as great in dedicated mode with OMEGAMON running at a high priority.

BATX YCAN006 YCAN005 ASYD

trac10 ________ OMEGAMON Peek at: K3DSST22 ____________________
+ |CPU | Samples: 50
+ |SRBT S | Interval: 10
+ |SRBP |
+ |SRBC |
+ |IFA |
+ |IFC |
+ |IIP |
+ |IIC |
+ |IOJ |
+ |SWCT |
+ |Swap |
+ |Disp ..................................................|
+ |Seqn |
+ |Pgin |
+ |V-in |
+ |CAin |
+ |PgWt |
+ |Dev |
+ |Stat |
+ |Cyl |
+ |User |
+ |Rcyl |

The following fields appear on the display:

CPU
T indicates address space used TCB CPU time since last sample.
SRBT
S indicates the address space used non-preemptable SRB CPU time since last sample.
SRBP
P indicates address space pre-emptable SRB time increased during the sampling interval represented
by the column.
SRBC
C indicates address space pre-emptable and/or client SRB time increased during the sampling
interval represented by the column.
IOJ minor
Indicates the number of I/Os issued since last sample.
SWCT
Indicates the number of short waits since last sample.
SWAP
S indicates address space is swapped out.

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 409

 DISP
Indicates user is waiting on resource as follows:
.
Address space is waiting
|
Address space is CPU-dispatchable
SEQN (Obsolete)
Indicates the sequence number of the address space on the CPU dispatching queue. When a higher
priority address space is dispatched before the one being traced, the sequence number becomes
lower.
Note: Because XA versions 2.1.7 and above do not maintain sequence numbers, SEQN displays
contain blanks or zeros.
V-IN
Indicates number of VIO page-faults since last sample.
CAIN
Indicates number of common area page-faults since last sample.
PGWT
P indicates address space is currently waiting on a page operation.
DEV
Indicates that the address space is waiting on a device at address xxxx. (> indicates the point at which
a new device is accessed.)
STAT
Indicates device status:
D
Device busy
C
Control unit busy
+
Device + control unit busy (possible RESERVE on shared DASD)
H
Waiting on channel
N
Device not ready
M
Device mount pending
S
A channel program is currently active in this subchannel
?
One of the following:
• There is a suspended channel program.
• There is an IOSB queued to the UCB.
• The unit is in undetermined status.
CYL
Indicates cylinder address of pending I/O (for disks). (> indicates the point at which a new cylinder is
accessed.)
USER
Indicates current user of device (disk only).(> indicates the point at which a new user accesses the
device.)

410 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 RCYL
Indicates cylinder address of current user. (> indicates the point at which a new cylinder is accessed.)
From this display we can see that YCAN006 waited on I/Os most of the time; the DISP line is mostly
dots. Program cycles as indicated by the T (TCB time) of CPU were used to initiate new I/Os. I/Os (as
noted by the 1 count on IOJ) are always associated with SRB activity (see S on SRBT line). The address
space performed no page-ins and did not wait on page operations. The address space wait activity was
associated with I/Os specifically on device number 14E. The I/O wait activity on 14E was caused by a
device busy status (STAT), which resulted from competition with address space YCAN005, as well as from
competition of YCAN006 with itself at cylinder addresses 142 and 239.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Environment minor: AENV
See also JPAG.

TRCT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays transaction count for swapped in address spaces.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

TSEQ
Type
Minor of “Tape information commands” on page 42, for example TPCU

Description
The TSEQ command displays the open file sequence number on a tape drive.
To display the major commands for TSEQ, use .MMA TSEQ.

Command format
TSEQ

This command has no parameters.

TSLG
Description
Task selection: select all TSO users in *LOGON* state.

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 411

 Command format
TSLG

This command has no parameters.

.TSF
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays and sets TSF (the Timed Screen Facility).

.TSFnn

The .TSF00 command displays the current status of the TSF feature (ON/OFF), and lists all entries. The
TSF table is shipped with 99 blank entries. For example:

.TSF00 ON
1 Time=0000 SS=*NONE* DAY=DAILY
2 Time=0000 SS=*NONE* DAY=DAILY
3 Time=0000 SS=*NONE* DAY=DAILY
4 Time=0000 SS=*NONE* DAY=DAILY

Enter .TSFnn to display entry nn in the TSF table. To define an entry, type .TSF followed by the number
of the entry. For example, type .TSF01 to produce:

.TSF01 Time=0000 SS=*NONE* DAY=DAILY

You can type the new entry over the current entry, press Enter, and the value is reset. If you want to
change an entry that doesn’t appear on the physical screen, you can specify an argument to skip nn
entries. Type

.TSF00 20

to display entries 21 through 99 in the TSF table, skipping the first 20. Following are the keywords and
valid entries.
Time
Specifies the time of day (from 0000 to 2400) to invoke the screen. TIME=+nn invokes the screen
every nn minutes.
Note: The screen space will not execute while the TIME=+nn entry remains on your current screen.
SL or SS
Specifies the screen space to invoke if TSF is in effect. SS specifies the screen space to invoke, but
does not turn on the log. SL automatically turns on the REPORT log when the exception trips, and
screen space logging starts. You must specify either SS or SL for TSF to work.
DAY
The valid entries for day of week are MONDAY, TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, FRIDAY,
SATURDAY, SUNDAY, WEEKDAY, WEEKEND, and DAILY. The days of the month are also valid entries
(numerals 1 through 31). The default value is DAILY. You may abbreviate the input as long as it is
unique, and as long as the day of the week is recognized.
You may specify day combinations by enclosing the names of the days within parentheses, and by
separating each day with either a comma or a blank.
This example shows five TSF entries.

412 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 .TSF01 1 TIME=1800 SL=WENDSHFT DAY=DAILY
.TSF02 2 TIME=0600 SS=WEEKSTRT DAY=MONDAY
.TSF03 3 TIME=1200 SL=NOONTIME DAY=(TH,F)
.TSF04 4 TIME=0800 SS=MONTHEND DAY=30
.TSF05 5 TIME=+30 SL=STATUS DAY=DAILY

TSF01
Executes and logs screen space WENDSHFT at 6:00 PM daily.
TSF02
Executes screen space WEEKSTRT at 6:00 AM every MONDAY.
TSF03
Executes and logs screen space NOONTIME at 12:00 PM every Thursday and Friday.
TSF04
Executes screen space MONTHEND on the 30th of each month at 8:00 AM.
TSF05
Executes and logs screen space STATUS every 30 minutes every day.

Related information
Other Timed Screen Facility commands: /LOG OUT and OPTN

TSNM
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command (Authorized)

Description
Displays the symbolic name of a TSO terminal as it is defined to TCAM or VTAM. TSNM is authorized
because TSO keeps this information in a fetch-protected control block. Here is an example:

TSOJ TS145 TS031 TS089

TSNM L0413 L0416 RCRT0005

Related information
Minor of: Address space majors. See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command
groupings,” on page 1.
Address Space Minor--Authorized commands: MCTL, MNSW, MSWP, SWPI, and TADR

TSOJ
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects TSO users logged on. The user does not have to be active. Sometimes the word *LOGON* appears.
This means that a TSO address space was created, but the logon process did not complete. This is
analogous to an idle initiator for batch address spaces.

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 413

 Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

TSOL
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects TSO users in logically swapped status.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

TSOX
Type
OMEGAMON Major command

Description
Selects TSO users in a transaction. This refers to users who pressed Enter and are waiting for the
command to complete.

Related information
Major of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
See also .SPT.

TWSF
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays target working set size in frames.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

414 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
TWSS
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays target working set size in K (1024 bytes).

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSF, TWSS, VSC, WKST, and WSSI

Chapter 19. T commands and keywords 415

416 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords

/U
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
See /UP.

Related information
None

UIC1
Type
Minor of address space majors.

Description
The UIC1 command displays the number of frames in unreferenced interval count range 1.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The span for all of the UIC ranges is 0 - 255.
The UIC1, “UIC2” on page 417, “UIC3” on page 418 and “UIC4” on page 418 address-space minor
commands display the number of frames in the UIC ranges, respectively, for the address space that is
specified on the major command.

Command format
UIC1

This command has no parameters.

UIC2
Type
Minor of address space majors.

Description
The UIC2 command displays the number of frames in unreferenced interval count range 2.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The span for all of the UIC ranges is 0 - 255.
The “UIC1” on page 417, UIC2, “UIC3” on page 418, and “UIC4” on page 418 address-space minor
commands display the number of frames in the UIC ranges, respectively, for the address space that is
specified on the major command.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 417

 Command format
UIC2

This command has no parameters.

UIC3
Type
Minor of address space majors.

Description
The UIC3 command displays the number of frames in unreferenced interval count range 3.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The span for all of the UIC ranges is 0 - 255.
The “UIC1” on page 417, “UIC2” on page 417, UIC3, and UIC4 address-space minor commands display
the number of frames in the UIC ranges, respectively, for the address space that is specified on the major
command.

Command format
UIC3

This command has no parameters.

UIC4
Type
Minor of address space majors.

Description
The UIC4 command displays the number of frames in unreferenced interval count range 4.
SRM maintains four unreferenced interval count (UIC) ranges. The span for all of the UIC ranges is 0 - 255.
The “UIC1” on page 417, “UIC2” on page 417, “UIC3” on page 418, and UIC4 commands display the
number of frames in the UIC ranges, respectively, for the address space that is specified on the major
command.

Command format
UIC4

This command has no parameters.

/UP or /U
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

418 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
Scrolls up the specified number of lines.

/UP nnn

nnn
Scrolls nnn lines (from 1 to 999).
CSR
Scrolls according to the current location of the cursor. If the cursor is on the INFO-line, the scroll
amount is a page.
MAX
Scrolls to the top of the screen.
PAGE
Scrolls so that the current cursor position is at the top of the screen. This is the default.
TOP
Scrolls to the top of the screen.
The following example scrolls up 20 lines.

/UP 20

If you have assigned the /UP command to a function key (the default is F19), you can type any of the
optional arguments on the INFO-line before you press the function key, and OMEGAMON interprets the
entry as if you had typed the command plus the arguments.
/UP works only if the number of logical rows (LROWS) is defined to a number greater than the number of
physical rows on the terminal. This definition can be changed with the LROWS startup parameter.

Related information
None

.VAR
Type
OMEGAMON immediate command

Description
Sets, displays, or deletes variables. You can use OMEGAMON variables to build generic screen spaces,
pass values to other screen spaces, and alter the flow of screen spaces (.SGO).

[C].VAR
{SET &variable value (comment)}
{LIST (&variable)}
{DEL &variable}
[CPSER {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[MODE {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[PREFIX {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[SMFID {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[UNIT {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[USER {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]
[&var {=|EQ|GE|GT|LE|LT|NE} argument]

C
Requests conditional processing. Allows you to specify a value for a given variable when the criteria is
matched.
SET or S
Sets or changes the value of a variable.

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords 419

 &variable
The variable must be 1 to 8 characters. The ampersand (&) preceding the variable name is
optional.
value
1- to 64-character alphanumeric string assigned to &variable. If special characters or blanks are
used in the string, single quotes are required.
comment
1- to 35-character optional programmer comment that follows the variable string.
LIST or L
Displays all existing variables or a specified variable. If you omit &variable, OMEGAMON lists all
variables.
DEL
Deletes the specified variable.
Keywords for Conditional Setting of Variables
The following keywords are available for conditional setting of variables. Their values are initialized by
OMEGAMON.
CPSER
CPU serial number. In the case of a multi-processor environment, the supplied CPU serial number is
compared with the serial numbers of all CPUs in the complex. If the relational argument is equal (= or
EQ), OMEGAMON will set the variable the first time it finds a match. If the relational argument is not
equal (NE), OMEGAMON will set the variable only after it has checked all of the CPUs in the complex.
MODE
The 3-character code for the OMEGAMON mode of operation. It is displayed on the INFO-line during a
session. Possible values are:
DED
A dedicated mode session
TSO
A TSO mode session
SPF
An ISPF mode session
VTM
A VTAM mode session
PREFIX
The OMEGAMON product code (for example, OM).
SMFID
The system ID from the SYS= startup parameter or the default SMF ID.
UNIT
The device number from the UNIT= startup parameter (the primary OMEGAMON console).
USER
The user profile suffix from the USER= startup parameter.
&var
Allows you to set any comparison you want. The keyword and argument can be any variable name set
with the .VAR command or any OMEGAMON-defined variable.
OMEGAMON-Defined Variables
OMEGAMON defines the following variables internally for your use:
• &ZFRSTSS - First screen space name.
• /ZOOM INFO-line command variables:
&ZOOM
data found at the cursor location

420 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 &ZOOMC
command or exception name field
&ZOOMS
originating screen space
• Exception variables:
&ZXccccT
threshold value
&ZXccccV
last trip value
&ZXccccW
worst trip value
The variable cccc is the exception name.
Note: The letter Z is reserved for IBM use as the first alpha character of a variable.
Relational Operators
The relational operators require blanks on either side except for the equal sign (=).
=
Keyword equals argument. The equal sign can be entered without blanks on either side of it.
EQ
Keyword equals argument.
GE
Keyword is greater than or equal to argument.
GT
Keyword is greater than argument.
LE
Keyword is less than or equal to argument.
LT
Keyword is less than argument.
NE
Keyword is not equal to argument.
argument
The argument is a 1- to 8-character value to which OMEGAMON compares the keyword. OMEGAMON
variables are permitted. The keyword and argument can be any variable name set with the .VAR
command.
Examples of Setting Variables

.VAR SET &NXTSCRN MONITOR

.VAR SET &DEVICE 123

set values for NXTSCRN and DEVICE. You can now use those variables in a screen space. For example,

DEV &DEVICE
DIO
.SGO &NXTSCRN

OMEGAMON interprets the screen space entries as if you had entered the following commands:

DEV 123
DIO
.SGO MONITOR

Examples of Conditionally Setting Variables

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords 421

 In this example, the variable SYSTEM will be set to A if the variable SWITCH has previously been set to
YES; SYSTEM will be set to B if SWITCH has previously been set to NO; and SYSTEM will be set to C if
SWITCH has previously been set to MAYBE.

C.VAR SET &SYSTEM A &SWITCH=YES

C.VAR SET &SYSTEM B &SWITCH=NO
C.VAR SET &SYSTEM C &SWITCH=MAYBE

In the following example, the variable TOKEN will be set to z/OS only if the product prefix is OM.

C.VAR SET &TOKEN MVS PREFIX=OM

Related information
None

VICT
Type
Minor of address space majors.

Description
The VICT command displays the number of virtual I/O pages in expanded storage.

Command format
VICT

This command has no parameters.

VIRA
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The VIRA command displays the amount of virtual storage from 16 MB to 2 GB for an address space.
If the address space is swapped out, VIRA displays SWAPPED. The output is displayed in tenths of
megabytes.

Command format
VIRA

This command has no parameters.

VIRB
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

422 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 Description
The VIRB command displays the amount of virtual storage below the 16 MB line.
If the address space is swapped out, VIRB displays SWAPPED.
The output is is displayed in tenths of megabytes.

Command format
VIRB

This command has no parameters.

VIRL
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The VIRL command displays the amount of virtual storage above 2 GB for an address space. The output is
displayed in tenths of megabytes.

Command format
VIRL

This command has no parameters.

VIRT
Type
Minor of address space majors, for example “BATJ” on page 69

Description
The VIRT command displays the total amount of virtual storage for an address space. If the address space
is swapped out, VIRT displays SWAPPED. The output is displayed in tenths of megabytes.

Command format
VIRT

This command has no parameters.

VMAP
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays map of virtual storage. VMAP shows how big each area is and what virtual range defines it.

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords 423

 SYS >> WLM Goal mode OPT=00 SYSRES=(G1A01B,830A) <<
vmap Major Area Size Minor Area Size Address Range
+ =======================================================================
+ High Private 16E 16E 100000000-
+ =======================================================================
+ Extended Private 1,746M 1,746M 12E00000-7FFFFFFF
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Extended Common 286M CSA 188,160K 07640000-12DFFFFF
+ PLPA 45,832K 0497E000-0763FFFF
+ SQA 48,696K 019F0000-0497DFFF
+ Read/Write Nuc 488K 01976000-019EFFFF
+ Read-only Nuc 9,686K 01000000-0197593F
+ =======================================================================
+ Common 8M Read-only Nuc 112K 00FE4000-00FFFFFF
+ Read/Write Nuc 54,328 00FD6000-00FE3437
+ SQA 1,076K 00EC9000-00FD5FFF
+ PLPA 1,808K 00D05000-00EC8FFF
+ CSA 5,140K 00800000-00D04FFF
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Private 8,184K V=V 8,168K 00006000-007FFFFF
+ (V=R) 512K 00006000-00085FFF
+ System Area 16K 00002000-00005FFF
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Abs Zero Frame 8K 8K 00000000-00001FFF
+ =======================================================================

Figure 50. Typical output for a VMAP minor command

In this example, the V=V region overlaps the V=R region. Note that if the Read/Write value is not divisible
by 1024, it appears in bytes.

Related information
Minor of: SYS
Other system storage minors: CSA, CSAR, ECSA, ESQA, RMAP, and SQA

VSC
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the number of VIO slots used by an address space on page data sets.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSF, WKST, and WSSI

.VTM
Type
Immediate command

Description
The .VTM command displays terminal ID and session information for all users logged onto OMEGAMON
in VTAM mode. This command enables a user who is running in a multi-session environment that is

424 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 moderated by KOBVTAM to display information about other KOBVTAM users. You can use this command
to monitor and manage access to the VTAM environment. The output does not include dedicated mode
users.

Example output

.VTMX Userid Terminal Mode Session Start Last Update

+ Omwork Prodwork TCB PGM CKS Cycle CPU secs Prof int
+ DAG1 OMT0L16 VTM 08/11/20 13:04:52 08/11/20 13:08:52
+ 00014C00 00088008 008FC600 0 26 .32 /C 30
+ DAG2 OMT0L17 VTM 08/11/20 13:16:45 08/11/20 13:17:11
+ 00014C00 00088008 008FC650 0 17 .26 /C *30

Figure 51. Typical output for the .VTM command

• The Mode field indicates the type of session. The possible values are:
VTM
A VTAM mode session.
VTS
An ISPF mode session running under VTAM.
VTT
A TSO mode session running under VTAM.
• The Userid field is blank if external security is not being used to control logon access.
• For the extended display, there are two header lines followed by two output lines for each session. The
first header line corresponds to the first output row, and the second header line corresponds to the
second output row.
• An * (asterisk) next to the int value indicates that the session is in auto-update mode.

Command format
.VTM[X]

X
Displays extended session information.

WAIT
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays the time an address space has been waiting.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD,
TMSW, TMTR, TMWL, and WATL

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords 425

.WAT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Waits nn seconds before executing all commands below.

.WATnn

The .WAT command provides a delay mechanism for the execution of commands that require information
from a currently executing command, such as one that involves calculation of a rate.
The following example submits a job, then waits 10 seconds to check the status of the job.

TSO SUBMIT ’USER1.JCL.CNTL(JOBA)’

.WAT10
TSO STATUS

Related information
None

WATL
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays step wait time limit.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Time information minors: ELAP, THNK, TLTW, TMCP, TMIO, TMLA, TMLR, TMPD,
TMSW, TMTR, TMWL, and WAIT

WHO
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays all holders and requestors of a specific enqueue.
WHOnn
The nn argument skips the first nn lines of output.
The WHO command lets you display the jobs that have requested control of a resource in three ways:
• You can display a specific major and minor enqueue list:

426 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 WHO SYSIEFSD,Q4

• You can display a specific major enqueue and all of its minors:

WHO SYSIEFSD

• You can display a specific major enqueue and the minor enqueues that match a pattern, using an
asterisk (*) as a wild card:

WHO SYSIEFSD,Q*

selects all minor enqueues of the SYSIEFSD major enqueue that begin with Q.
If the major or minor enqueue name is in hexadecimal, precede the name with an X and enclose the
characters in single quotes (’):

WHO SYSIEFSD,X’00002048’

The asterisk as a wild card works in hexadecimal format as well:

WHO SYSIEFSD,X’00’*

Note: If special characters are used in the data set name, you must enclose the data set name in single
quotes.
The following shows the output of the WHO command when it is used to display a specific major and
minor enqueue list:

>WHO SYSIEFSD Q4
> OWNERSHIP TYPE JOBNAME SYSID
> Exclusive Owner TSO TSOABC GRS1
> Exclusive Waiter BATCH PROD0684 GRS1

OWNERSHIP
Indicates whether the job has the enqueue with disposition share (shared) or old (exclusive), and
whether the job currently has the enqueue (owner) or is waiting for the enqueue (waiter).
TYPE
Indicates whether the user is a started task (STC), time sharing user (TSO), batch job (BATCH), mount
job (MOUNT), or no longer exists and did not DEQUEUE the resource (NODEQ).
JOBNAME
Shows the JOBNAME/TSOID of the user.
SYSID
Shows the system ID of the GRS member of the GRS ring. For a definition of the term ring, see the IBM
Initialization and Tuning Guide. If the system is not part of a GRS ring, the SYSID is always NONAME.
For generic requests, a display line preceding each group of users for the specific resource shows the full
major and minor enqueue names. If the generic request specifies the minor name in hexadecimal, this
display line shows the full minor name in hexadecimal. Optionally, you can put an X in column 1 of the
command line to require OMEGAMON to display the minor name in hexadecimal.
The resulting output display for a generic request looks like this:

WHO SYSVSAM,X’00’*
> OWNERSHIP TYPE JOBNAME SYSID
> Name=SYSVSAM, X’0079A00B36280C9’
> Shared Owner STC EPICOL NONAME
> Shared Owner BATCH ACP970 NONAME
> Name=SYSVSAM, X’0079A00B36280D6’
> Shared Owner BATCH WHS120T NONAME

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords 427

 Related information
Other Enqueue information command: XQCB

WKST
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays working set size in K. WKST is calculated as 4 * the frame count of a swapped in address space
(FMCT).
When an address space is physically swapped out, an S is displayed followed by the last working set size.
When the allocated frame count is 0, address spaces may be resident and still show an S for FMCT or
WKST.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSF, TWSS, VSC, and WSSI

WLMX
Type
Major command

Description
Initializes collection of Workload Manager data and displays WLM service definition and policy names.

WMST
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Dumps SRM Workload Manager Specification Table. By default the display is in hexadecimal and character
format. To view the display only in character format, add a C in column 1.

Related information
Minor of: DUMP
Other Control Block Display minors: ASCBnn, ASMV, ASVT, ASXBnn, CCT, CMBxxx, CMCT, CPMT, CSD, CVT,
GDA, GVT, ICHP, ICT, LCCAnn, LSCT, MCT, OUCBnn, OUXBnn, PAREnn, PART, PCCAnn, PSAn, PVT, RABC,
RCE, RCT, RIT, RMCA, RMCT, RMPT, SAREnn, SART, SCVT, and SPL

428 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
WSIZnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Alters the work area size for FNDU data. (There are other entries with the same name. See the next entry
for a description of WSIZnnn as a minor of SEEK.)
To change the work area size, enter WSIZnn, where nn is the value K.

Related information
Minor of: FNDU and PEEK
Other Find Users of a Device minors: DSPA, DSPC, and DSPO

WSIZnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Controls the size of the work area used for the DATA minor command of SEEK. (There are other entries
with the same name. See the previous entry for a description of WSIZnn as a minor of FNDU.)

To change the work area size, enter WSIZnnn, where nnn is the value K.

Related information
Minor of: PEEK and SEEK
Other SEEK Contention Analysis minors: DATA and PLOT

WSMR
Type
Minor of address space majors

Description
The WSMR command displays the Working Set Management recommendation value for the address space
that is specified on the major command.
The WSM recommendation value measures the impact of adding the address space to the current work
being performed on the system. This value is set by SRM; it can override the swap recommendation value.

Command format
WSMR

This command has no parameters.

Chapter 20. U-W commands and keywords 429

WSSI
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays working set size at last swap in. Displays frame count.

Related information
Minor of: See Address Space information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.
Other Address Space Storage Activity minors: CSA, DSPC, ECSA, ESQA, FIXF, FMCT, FXFB, FXFR, NVSC,
SQA, TWSF, TWSS, VSC, and WKST

430 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords

XACB
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets or displays exception thresholds and attributes. Use XACB to:
• set a threshold
• control the state (for example, ON, OFF)
• define display characteristics for warnings
• request audible alarm when the exception trips
• control the frequency for OMEGAMON sampling
• define parameters for XLF (exception logging facility) and ASF (automatic screen facility).

XACB
[{ALL|GROUP=cc|LIST=cccc} FORCE]
[{VERBOSE|TERSE} FORCE]

(blank)
Lists all exceptions with their current settings in columnar display. This is the default. Individual
exceptions are described at the end of the explanation of the XACB command.
ALL
Lists all exceptions in invocation sequence.
GROUP
Specifies the 2-character identifier (cc) to be associated with the exception. Use GDFN to display
currently defined groups.
LIST
Specifies the exceptions (cccc) to display. The exceptions requested are listed with their current
settings, which you can modify. Individual exceptions are described at the end of the explanation of
the XACB command.
VERBOSE
multiline display for each defined exception. Displays all exception parameters.
TERSE
Single line display for each defined exception. Displays the following exception parameters:
exception name
threshold value
display value
exception state
bell state
FORCE
This keyword causes the exception analysis routine to become active. If the exception trips based
upon the current threshold settings, an exception message will appear as if the exception analysis
command were actually executing. To display a sample message text of a specific exception, the
STATE=TEST must be specified along with the FORCE keyword.
XACB displays parameters in the following format:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 431

 XACB LIST=cccc
: cccc
+ DISPLAY Parameters: THRESHOLD Parameters: XLF Parameters:
: State= Threshold= Auto=
: Group= Display= Log=
: Bell= Attribute= Limit=nn (n)
+ BOX Parameters: CYCLE Parameters: Repeat=
: Boxchar=’ ’ ExNcyc=n Persist=nn
: Boxclr= Stop=n (m) Sc=
: Boxattr= Cumulative=n

Figure 52. Screen display format for output for XACB command

To change an option value, type over the displayed value and press Enter. The next time OMEGAMON
invokes this exception, it uses these new characteristics.

DISPLAY parameters
STATE
One of the following:
NDSP
Allows you to suppress the display of exceptions that you do not need to act on at this time.
OMEGAMON treats the exception as ON, but the exception does not appear. Instead, it can be
logged to the XLFLOG, or can trigger an automatic screen space routine when it occurs.
ON
Invokes this exception during the current OMEGAMON session.
OFF
Does not invoke this exception during the current OMEGAMON session.
TEST
This parameter is used primarily for the purpose of training or demonstration. In conjunction with
the FORCE keyword, it causes a sample exception message to be displayed. When the TEST state
forces a message to display, a T appears in column 2 of the message lines under EXSY.
Note: The zoom function is not available for exceptions in test mode.
GROUP
Specifies the 2-character group identifier. IBM provides the product with groups predefined. Use the
GDFN command to display existing groups or to define new groups. The settings for groups override
the settings for individual exceptions.
BELL
Specifies whether the audible alarm on the terminal sounds when this exception occurs. The BELL
must be activated with the OPTN BELL=ON command.

THRESHOLD parameters
THRESHOLD
Exception threshold. For exceptions that are just either ON or OFF and do not have a numeric
threshold, this entry is blank.
DISPLAY
Sets the exception display color or intensity. Can be set to the variables Clr1 through Clr7. The
variable values are defined with the .SCC command. They are associated with the colors in the
following list, and follow the same order.
Optionally, this value can be HI or LO on four- or non-color terminals and one of the following on
terminals that support the extended data stream.
RE
Sets the exception text red.
BL
Sets the exception text blue.

432 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 YE
Sets the exception text yellow.
PI
Sets the exception text pink.
GR
Sets the exception text green.
TU
Sets the exception text turquoise.
WH
Sets the exception text white.
NONE
Specifies the hardware default colors.
Note: The presentation of the intensity or color level on your terminal is determined by the type of
terminal and the settings of the .SCC keywords.
ATTRIBUTE
Sets an additional highlight attribute for the box.
BLINK
Turns on blinking for an exception.
RVRS
Displays message in reverse video.
UNDR
Underscores a message.
NONE
Uses the default extended highlight attributes.
These attributes take effect only in modes other than ISPF and cross memory/cross system on
terminals that support the extended data stream.

XLF parameters
These parameters allow you to activate the XLF and ASF features for all occurrences of any given
exception, or only if the exception persists for a specified number of cycles. You can also set a limit on the
number of times a given exception invokes the XLF or ASF feature.
Auto
Controls the status of ASF for this exception (ON/OFF). See the OPTN command for an explanation of
ASF.
Log
Controls the status of XLF for this exception (ON/OFF). It does not affect logging for ASF. See the
OPTN command for an explanation of XLF.
Limit
Limits the number of times (nn) XLF and/or ASF is invoked if the exception occurs. If you specify
Limit=00, no events are logged. If you specify Limit=NONE, XLF and/or ASF are invoked each
time the exception occurs. The parenthetical number to the right of this parameter indicates the
remaining number of times that the exception will be logged. You can reset Limit to continue logging
the exception.
Repeat
Used with the Persist threshold, Repeat=YES specifies that XLF logging or ASF action occurs each
time the Persist threshold is reached. For example, if Persist=5, the exception condition persists
for 15 cycles, and logging is in effect, then the message would be logged three times. If Repeat=NO,
the message would be logged only once as specified with the Persist parameter.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 433

 Persist
Logs the exception message and/or invokes the ASF screen spaces when the condition persists for nn
consecutive OMEGAMON cycles. After it has reached the threshold, the message is logged only once
(or ASF is invoked only once) unless the condition stops for at least one cycle and then trips again. If
you specify Persist=00, no events are logged. The default is 0 cycles.
Sc
You can dynamically alter the second character of this keyword to either an S or an L. You must
specify this parameter for ASF to work.
SL
Specifies the screen space to invoke if ASF is in effect (Auto=ON), and specifies that the output of
the ASF screen spaces is to be logged. The OMEGAMON REPORT log automatically turns on when
the exception trips and screen space logging starts.
SS
Specifies the screen space to invoke if ASF is in effect. It does not turn on the log.
Here is an example of defining the XCSA exception for ASF with logging.

XACB
:XCSA
+ DISPLAY Parameters: THRESHOLD Parameters: XLF Parameters:
: State=ON Threshold=85 Auto=ON
: Group=OP Display=Red Log=OFF
: Bell=ON Attribute=NONE Limit=20
+ BOX Parameters: CYCLE Parameters: Repeat=NO
: Boxchar=’+’ ExNcyc=0 Persist=5
: Boxclr=CLR2 Stop=0 (7) SL=STORAGE
: Boxattr=BLINK Cumulative=5

Figure 53. Example of defining the XCSA exception for ASF with logging

BOX parameters
BOXCHAR
Specifies box character, enclosed in single quotes. The default is a plus sign (+). Do not use a single
quote as a box character, since it is the delimiter.
Enter NOBOX without quotes to turn off boxing for an exception. If Boxchar=NOBOX, then the BOXCLR
and BOXATTR parameters have no effect.
BOXCLR
Sets the color or intensity of the exception box.
The Boxclr= keyword settings follow the same format as the Threshold parameter, Display=.
BOXATTR
For seven-color terminals modes other than ISPF or cross-memory, sets an additional highlight
attribute for the box.
BLINK
Turns on blinking for an exception.
RVRS
Displays message in reverse video.
UNDR
Underscores a message.
NONE
Specifies the hardware default attributes.
If you set Boxchar=NOBOX, then the Boxclr= and Boxattr= parameters have no effect.
If you do not set color and highlighting attributes for the box, OMEGAMON uses those that you set for the
exception.

434 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
CYCLE parameters
EXNCYC
Sets the frequency for checking the exception at every n OMEGAMON cycles. If this parameter is set
to 0 or 1, it will be tested every OMEGAMON cycle. If it is set to a higher number, it will only be tested
each time that number of cycles elapses. The default setting for EXNCYC is 0.
This parameter is provided so that you can tailor high overhead exceptions for your own environment.
You can avoid using CPU time to test them every cycle. For example, if you have many devices in the
class being examined by an exception (such as DASD or tape), you may want to set this parameter for
corresponding exceptions in the hardware group.
When an exception that is not tested every cycle trips, the exception message appears on the screen
as usual. In the following cycles during which it is not scheduled for testing, the exception message
redisplays on the screen following the primary exception analysis display.
See also the .NXE immediate command that controls the display of frequency-limited exceptions.
STOP=n (m)
Sets a limit on the number of times an exception is allowed to trip. After the exception trips n times,
the exception will not be tested or displayed during the current OMEGAMON session, unless the user
resets this parameter. The (m) value, which is informational only, indicates the number of times the
exception has already tripped since the user last reset the Stop parameter. The default value for Stop
is 0, which means that there is no limit to how many times the exception can be tested and displayed.
CUMULATIVE
Indicates how many times the exception has tripped during the current OMEGAMON session. Users
may not alter this value.
The following is a typical XACB display:

XACB
:xcsa
+ DISPLAY Parameters: THRESHOLD Parameters: XLF Parameters:
: State=ON Threshold=85 Auto=ON Repeat=YES
: Group=SP Display=Red Log=BOTH Persist=25
: Bell=YES Attribute=NONE Limit=0 SS=SETACODE
+ BOX Parameters: CYCLE Parameters:
: Boxchar=’+’ ExNcyc=0
: Boxclr=Clr2 Stop=0 (7)
: Boxattr=BLINK Cumulative=5
:nvsc
+ DISPLAY Parameters: THRESHOLD Parameters: XLF Parameters:
: State=ON Threshold=500 NOT ELIGIBLE FOR XLF
: Group=CT Display=Yellow
: Bell=NO Attribute=NONE
+ BOX Parameters: CYCLE Parameters:
: Boxchar=NONE ExNcyc=3
: Boxclr=NONE Stop=0
: Boxattr=NONE Cumulative=12

Figure 54. Typical output for an XACB command

The following is a partial XACB terse mode display.

XACB TERSE
: DNRS Threshold=N/A Display=Red State=ON Bell=ON
: TNRS Threshold=N/A Display=Blue State=TEST Bell=OFF
: WSHI Threshold=2500 Display=Pink State=ON Bell=OFF
: WSLO Threshold=300 Display=Blue State=NDSP Bell=OFF

Figure 55. Partial XACB terse mode display

Setting thresholds and attributes for exceptions

You can use the XACB command to set thresholds and attributes the following exceptions:

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 435

 ABND
This operational exception indicates address space ABENDing.
ABND appears when OMEGAMON detects that a job is abending. This exception will not appear for
every job that abends on your system. Since the ABEND process is generally very quick, it is unusual
for an exception to actually catch a job in this state. When this exception trips, it usually means an
address space somehow became hung within abnormal termination.
The abend code appears in hex format as it appears in the System Diagnostic Work Area (SDWA). Bits
0 through 7 are flag bits, bits 8 through 19 are the system abend code, and bits 20 through 31 are the
user abend code.
This is an address space exception.
ASER
This hardware exception indicates more than n total page data set slot errors.
This is the count of errors since IPL. Once this exception has tripped, it is not reset until the next IPL.
You can temporarily stop the exception from tripping by setting the threshold to the number of errors
indicated by the exception. Do not save the new value in your profile.
ASMI
This hardware exception indicates more than n outstanding Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM) paging
I/Os. These are outstanding requests for page-ins, page-outs, and so on.
When an address space is being swapped in or out of memory, a large number of I/O requests can be
dumped into the queue at the same time; this may cause the ASM queue to spike for a brief period
before the requests are serviced. As a result, the ASMI exception may occasionally warn of a large
number of waiting requests. You can ignore this as long as the queue is not extremely large or does
not last for a long time.
DNRS
This hardware exception indicates device not responding.
The DNRS exception produces a message if an active I/O issued to any DASD allocated to z/OS takes
longer than one OMEGAMON cycle to complete (default is five seconds).
The delay can be due, for example, to a head-of-string contention, hardware errors, or to a device that
has dropped ready. As long as this I/O fails to complete, the message appears and device response
time increases. When the I/O finally completes, the message disappears.
DRDY
This hardware exception indicates DASD dropped ready.
A DASD device that has dropped ready can halt all batch, online systems, TSO, and even the entire
operating system in the case of a JES2 or PLPA page data set.
This exception does not appear if the device is simply processing a mount, or if there are no I/O
requests pending against it.
DYPR
This hardware exception indicates 3380-type devices not using Dynamic Path Reconnect.
The POPT command can set the lower and upper bound of a range of device numbers to be excluded
from DYPR exception processing. For further information, see POPT.
If you run z/OS as a guest under VM, this exception always appears, so it is best to turn it off.
ELAP
This operational exception indicates address space elapsed time is greater than n seconds.
This is an address space exception.
ELAP is not applicable to STC address spaces.
FXFR
This operational exception indicates address space using more than n fixed frames.
This is an address space exception.

436 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
MAXU
The MAXU exception warns when the percentage of in-use and unusable slots exceeds the threshold
and reports the percentage of Reserve that has been used.
The ASVT minor of SYS indicates the status of all ASVT slots.
NVSC
This operational exception indicates more than n non-VIO slots in use.
This is an address space exception.
PAER
This hardware exception indicates more than n errors on a page data set.
The PAER exception produces a warning when the number of local slot errors on any page data set
exceeds the threshold.
Individual page data set errors are accumulated by the Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM) for all page
data sets.
PAIO
This hardware exception indicates paging I/O request more than nnn milliseconds old.
It is not unusual for paging I/O to be occasionally degraded, but if it happens frequently, you should
investigate the paging volumes involved.
PAOD
This hardware exception indicates paging volume has n open DCBs.
The PAOD exception warns when a paging volume has open data sets (DCBs). It also reports the
volser and unit address of the device where the page data set resides.
PATM
This hardware exception indicates average page I/O time more than nnn milliseconds.
The PATM exception produces a warning when the service burst size in milliseconds for any page data
set exceeds the threshold.
This value is a reflection of how long it takes on the average to read or write a page to the page data
set. Although this value relates to measures such as the MilliSeconds Per Page (MSPP) and the device
service time, it is not directly comparable to any of them; it is a somewhat artificial value that the
Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM) uses internally.
PDNO
This hardware exception indicates page data set not operational.
PERA
This operational exception indicates Program Event Recording is active for specific address spaces.
PERS
This operational exception indicates Program Event Recording is active for all address spaces on the
system.
PSCU
This operational exception indicates more than nn% of step CPU limit used.
The PSCU exception warns when any address space uses up more than nn% of the CPU time allowed
in the current job step (where nn is the threshold for this address space).
If a batch job, for example, exceeds its threshold of CPU time, it could be in imminent danger of
terminating with a system 322 abend.
This is an address space exception.
SDNO
This hardware exception indicates swap data set not operational.
SLOG
This operational exception indicates SYSLOG not recording.
SLOT
This operational exception indicates less than n slots available.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 437

 The SLOT exception warns when the total number of available ASM (Auxiliary Storage Manager) slots
falls below the threshold.
This means that you need to either define more page data sets, or cut back on the number of active
address spaces.
SSRT
This hardware exception indicates I/O time for swap data set more than nnn milliseconds. I/O
SERVICE TIME =ttt MS ON SWAP DS dddddddd (vvvvvv/cuu)
ttt
The I/O time in milliseconds.
dddddddd
The name of the swap data set.
vvvvvv
The volume serial identification of the device the swap data set is on.
cuu|ccuu
The address of the device on which the swap data set is located.
RMF must be active for SSRT to work.
SWER
This hardware exception indicates more than n errors on a swap data set.
The SWER exception warns when the number of slot errors on any swap data set exceeds the
threshold.
Individual swap data set errors are accumulated by the Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM) for all swap
data sets.
SWPC
This System Resource Manager exception indicates address space has swapped more than n times.
A job’s swap count includes both physical and logical swaps.
This is an address space exception.
TNRS
This operational exception indicates tape not responding.
The TNRS exception warns if an I/O issued to any tape device allocated to an z/OS address space
takes longer than 1 OMEGAMON cycle to complete (default five seconds).
As long as this I/O fails to complete, the message appears and the tape response time increases.
When the I/O finally completes, the message disappears.
TNRS also reports a problem if z/OS tries to issue an I/O to a device that has dropped ready.
TPWT
This operational exception reports on tape mount waits.
TRDY
This hardware exception indicates tape device dropped ready.
If any I/O was in progress on this device at the time of failure, the TNRS exception warns an additional
warning.
VISC
This operational exception indicates more than n VIO slots in use.
This is an address space exception.
VTOC
This operational exception warns when the system switches an indexed VTOC to an OS VTOC.
The VTOC exception displays the unit address and volser for all packs that had indexed VTOCs when
OMEGAMON was initialized, but that no longer appear to have indexed VTOCs. The exception appears
until the volume is taken offline, or the OS VTOC is switched back to an indexed VTOC.This command
requires the Common VTOC Access Facility (CVAF).

438 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 This exception does not check either offline volumes or volumes for which the CVAF cannot determine
whether they contain an indexed VTOC.
WAIT
This operational exception indicates address space wait time longer than n seconds.
The WAIT exception warns when any address space waits longer than the threshold defined by the
installation.
A WAIT is incurred when no TCB time is used, even if SRB time is used.After determining that the
address space is indeed hung up, the WAIT exception tries to discover why the address space is
waiting. Only address spaces with active transactions are examined; any idle initiators or TSO users
waiting on terminal input are ignored.
This is an address space exception.
With the WAIT exception, the words Wait or Swap appear, depending upon whether the address space
is resident in virtual memory (swapped in).
The time the address space is waiting or swapped appears as:
59 Sec
for 59 seconds
1:01 Mn
for 61 seconds (1 minute, 1 second)
1:01 Hr
for 61 minutes (1 hour, 1 minute)
1:01 Dy
for 25 hours (1 day, 1 hour)
After it establishes that a job has been waiting unusually long, OMEGAMON then analyzes why the
address space is waiting, as follows.
Swap Reasons
When an address space is not currently in real memory, one of the following swap reasons
appears.
APPC-Wt
APPC wait swap
Aux-Strg
Auxiliary storage swap
Cent-Str
Central storage
Det-Wait
Detected wait swap
Enq-Xchg
Enqueue exchange swap
Exchange
Exchange on recommendation
Long-Wat
Long wait swap
Real-Str
Real storage swap
Request
Request swap
Sys-Page
System paging swap
Term-In
Input terminal wait swap

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 439

 Term-Out
Output terminal wait swap
Too-Long
Out too long
Transwap
Transition swap
Unilatrl
Unilateral swap
Exchange and unilateral swaps are also flagged as Swapped by the SRM; this is because these
swap reasons are due to an SRM decision to adjust the system multiprogramming level.
Enqueue Waits
When an address space tries to enqueue a resource that is already owned by another user,
an enqueue conflict occurs and the requester must wait. Resources are defined by a 1- to 8-
character major name and a variable-length minor name. For example, when the system enqueues
a data set, it always uses SYSDSN for the major name, and the data set name itself for the minor
name.
1. Datasets Held by aaaaaaaa GRS SYSNAME: ssssssss
Most enqueue waits are for data set enqueues. The second line, which displays the GRS
System ID of the current resource owner only appears if the owner is on a different system
from the one waiting.
2. Waiting on Job: aaaaaaaa (Exc) EXC ENQ: pppppppp
qqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqqq
For any enqueue wait other than for a data set, this form of the exception message displays
both the major (pppppppp) and minor (qqqq…) names of the resource.
3. Waiting in Allocation for: aaaaaaaa
Waiting in allocation is a special type of enqueue wait. When a job is in the middle of device
allocation, it must acquire the SYSIEFSD/Q4 enqueue to serialize access to the allocation
process. If another user is already in the middle of allocation, then other jobs must wait.
4. Waiting in Allocation Waiting on Device Swap for: aaaaaaaa Spool Full! Current User:
aaaaaaaa
If the job is the owner of the SYSIEFSD/Q4 enqueue, these messages may appear because
other jobs are waiting for it. This condition usually results from an unanswered REPLY DEVICE,
WAIT, OR CANCEL message on the z/OS operator’s console.
Device Waits
It is very common for an address space to be delayed while waiting for I/O to some device to
complete. The following are possible device wait reasons:
• DASD not ready
• Control unit busy
• Channel busy
• CHN/DEV end pending
• Device busy
• Mass Storage System (MSS) staging
• DASD reserve
• Tape rewinding
Miscellaneous Waits
Following are examples of various miscellaneous wait reasons that may appear.
• Cross Memory Post SRB Pending

440 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 • Swapping In
• Job Select Delayed: No Pageable Frames
• Job Select Delayed: ASM Slot Shortage
• DPrty = 0 Sequence # = nn
• Local Lock Held: Dispatchable
• Local Lock Held: Non-Dispatchable
• Local lock held: CPU n
• n Suspended SRB(s) Waiting for Dispatch
• Waiting for Paging
Unresolved Waits
In some cases, it is impossible for OMEGAMON to discover the actual wait reason. This can be
because the job is in an unanalyzable z/OS state, or simply because the job has gone into an
internal wait on one of its own event control blocks (ECBs). The second reason is quite common
for started tasks such as RMF, because they often put themselves to sleep until some event
occurs.
This type of wait is not a real exception, because it is considered part of the normal operation of
the address space. The WAITexception still produces a warning message for these jobs, unless
you assigned them to an address space threshold group with the SKIPUW=YES option specified.
This option tells OMEGAMON to skip the warning message if the wait is unresolved. The ASG DIS
ENTRY(nn) immediate command displays the thresholds for each address space threshold group
nn.
WSHI
This Real Storage Manager exception indicates address space working set > n K.
The working set size is calculated as four times the frame count of a swapped in address space
(displayed by the FMCT command).
The Exception Logging Facility (XLF) can process this address space exception.
WSLO
This operational exception indicates address space working set < n K.
The working set size is calculated as four times the frame count of a swapped in address space
(displayed by the FMCT command).
This is an address space exception.
WTOR
This operational exception indicates that the number of available Write-To-Operator-with-Reply
buffers is less than the specified threshold value for the WTOR exception. The default is 5.
When no more WTOR buffers are available, address spaces that issue WTORs wait for a buffer to
become available before sending another WTOR.
XACP
This hardware exception indicates average CPU utilization is greater than nn%.
This threshold is not the happy value, but your site may choose to set it at the same value.
The average CPU utilization value calculated by the SRM varies from 0 to 100 percent, even if there
are two or more processors active; that is, the value is a utilization for the system as a whole. This
value can actually be set by the SRM to 128 percent. This is a signal that, during the previous SRM
interval, none of the processors ever entered the wait state, and more work (up to 28 tasks) is waiting
for the CPU.
You can display the current average CPU utilization by using the RCTA or RCPU minor commands of
SYS.
In an LPAR environment, SRM does not take into account LPAR non-dispatch time, which can lead to
inflated values being reported. Use the XACR exception instead.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 441

 XACR
This hardware exception indicates average CPU utilization is greater than nn%.
The average CPU utilization value for this exception is calculated by RMF.
You can display the RMF calculation of the current average CPU utilization by using the RCPR minor
command of SYS.
XCHN
This hardware exception indicates a missing channel path.
The XCHN exception warns if a channel path unexpectedly goes inoperative or is offline. The XCHN
exception does not warn if the logical path to devices goes offline.
The CHNM command displays or changes a channel path mask that tells XCHN which channel paths
should normally be operational.
Note: If you configure a channel path online while OMEGAMON is running, OMEGAMON adds that
channel path to the channel path mask.
The XCHN exception warns when channel nn is not operational, where nn is the Channel Path ID.
XCON
This hardware exception indicates less than n WTO buffers available.
If the supply of Write to Operator (WTO) buffers is depleted, the z/OS master console may become
locked out; this can occur if a console has been made nonrollable. The XCON exception warns when
the number of available z/OS console buffers falls below a certain threshold.
A shortage of console buffers is often the result of a hardware failure at a hardcopy log printer; output
destined for the printer backs up, and eventually uses up all the available console buffers. In this case,
the printer must be quickly varied offline before the z/OS consoles themselves become locked out.
Because OMEGAMON does not use WTO/WTOR to communicate, it may continue to display messages
even after other address spaces are unable to communicate to the operator via WTO.
XCPU
This hardware exception indicates a missing CPU.
The CPUM command displays or changes a CPU mask to tell XCPU which processors are expected to
be online.
XCSA
This operational exception indicates Common Storage Area (CSA) utilization > nn%.
The Common Storage Area (CSA) has a fixed amount of virtual memory available to it, based on the
CSA parameter in the IEASYSxx member of PARMLIB (and any SQA overflow).
The threshold at which this exception message becomes critical depends on the type of workload that
runs on your system. For example, IMS systems, whose workload is fairly constant, often run with a
very high percentage of allocated CSA. However, if your system has a mixed workload, which grows
during the day, a high percentage of allocated CSA may become a problem.
XDDR
This hardware exception indicates that a Dynamic Device Reconfiguration (DDR) swap is in progress.
This event can drastically affect the performance of z/OS, especially by causing erratic TSO response
time.
This exception shows the from and to device numbers, which can indicate:
• direct access device number
• magnetic tape device number
• unit record device number.
XECS
This hardware exception indicates extended CSA > nn% of maximum available.
XGRS
This hardware exception indicates Global Resource Serialization (GRS) ring has broken.

442 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 This exception only has significance for those installations using GRS in a multiple system
environment, where various systems are exchanging resource serialization information with the GRS
ring of channel-to-channel adapters.
XGTF
This operational exception indicates Generalized Trace Facility (GTF) is active.
GTF is an optional service program that records significant system events, such as supervisor calls
and start I/O operations. Events of this kind can drastically affect the performance of z/OS, especially
by causing erratic TSO response time.
XJCA
This operational exception indicates when any job’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of ECSA.
XJCB
This operational exception indicates when any job’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of CSA.
XJSA
This operational exception indicates when any job’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of ESQA.
XJSB
This operational exception indicates when any job’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of SQA.
XMCA
This operational exception indicates Monitor Call is active on the system.
XMEM
This hardware exception warns if the amount of currently available real storage (in K) is less than the
threshold.
If the current amount of real storage is greater than the threshold, OMEGAMON sets the threshold to
the current amount of real storage.
When you set this threshold, do not take into account the size of the HSA. During initialization,
OMEGAMON automatically decreases this threshold by the size of the HSA.
XMTA
This operational exception indicates a missing address space. In every z/OS system some address
spaces are considered critical and must be active at all times, such as JES2 (or JES3), VTAM, RMF,
CICS, and IMS. The XMTA exception warns if any of these critical address spaces disappears from the
system, provided they have been identified as critical using the MTA command.
You can set the exception for each critical address space to one of the following states:
ON
Warn when this task is missing.
OFF
Do not warn when this task is missing.
AUTO
Warn when this task is missing only if it has been active since IPL, but is no longer.
You can use the MTA command to display and modify the missing critical task table interactively. If
you issue the MTA command with an operand of 0 (MTA 0), OMEGAMON displays the entire missing
address space table; a non-zero value changes the nth entry within the table by typing over the
display.
XOLT
This operational exception indicates On Line Test Executive Program (OLTEP) is active. OLTEP is
a facility that schedules and controls activities on the On Line Test System (OLTS), and provides
communications with the operator.
If OLTEP is active, it can drastically affect the performance of z/OS subsystems such as TSO by
causing, for example, erratic TSO response time.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 443

 XPRT
This System Resource Manager exception indicates the average total page fault rate threshold > n.
This threshold is not the happy value, although your installation may choose to set it at the same
value.
To display the current average total page fault rate, use the RPAG minor command of SYS.
XREP
This operational exception indicates that the number of outstanding z/OS operator replies is greater
than the threshold, n.
Some installations expect to have a certain number of WTOR messages on the consoles at all times,
because certain subsystems (such as IMS) use this as a mechanism to accept subsystem commands.
Each installation, therefore, normally has a different number of outstanding WTORs, dictating a
different threshold for XREP.
XRMF
This operational exception indicates RMF Monitor I not active.
The XRMF exception indicates that the RMF address space is active, but the Monitor I subtask (ZZ) is
not. It only applies to installations with RMF.
XSCA
This operational exception indicates the system’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of ECSA.
XSCB
This operational exception indicates the system’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of CSA.
XSMF
This operational exception indicates System Management Facilities (SMF) problems.
Most installations use SMF for accounting and performance reporting purposes. The XSMF exception
warns of problems with SMF which have made it unable to continue recording data. The most
common of these is when all SMF data sets are allowed to fill up.
XSQA
This operational exception indicates SQA and/or ESQA overflows more than n K into CSA/ECSA.
Use SYS minor commands SQA, CSA, ESQA, and ECSA to investigate the XSQA exception. These
commands show the exact amounts of SQA overflow into CSA and ESQA overflow into ECSA, and the
total size of each.
XSSA
This operational exception indicates the system’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of ESQA.
XSSB
This operational exception indicates the system’s growth in usage is greater than nn% of the
maximum size of SQA.
XUCA
This operational exception indicates when any job’s usage is greater than nn% of the maximum size of
ECSA.
XUCB
This operational exception indicates when any job’s usage is greater than nn% of the maximum size of
CSA.
XUIC
This hardware exception indicates average unreferenced interval count < n.
XUSA
This operational exception indicates when any job’s usage is greater than nn% of the maximum size of
ESQA.

444 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 XUSB
This operational exception indicates when any job’s usage is greater than nn% of the maximum size of
SQA.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XAS, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

XAS
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Invokes exception analysis for address space exceptions. XAS executes only the exception processors
that analyze at the address space level, not those that analyze at the system level. For system level
exception analysis, see the EXSY command. For an explanation of individual exceptions, see the bulleted
list at the end of the XACB command.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XGRP, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

XDEV
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays device I/O information for disks. When the I/O Supervisor (IOS) tries to start an I/O operation
against a device, z/OS queues the I/O on the device’s Unit Control Block (UCB), whether the I/O hardware
actually accepted the I/O or not. Therefore, inspection of the contents of the device queues indicates
what I/O is currently active and what I/O did not actually start. XDEV displays the contents of the I/O
queue for all devices, with each I/O request on a different line.
An R in the label field (so: RXDEV) excludes I/O for 3850 MSS virtual storage volumes. An X in the label
field (XXDEV) excludes suspended channel programs from the display. Suspended channel programs are
frequently outstanding against page volumes. Since these are harmless and usually clutter the display,
you can safely suppress them.
When you use XDEV, keep the time dimension in perspective. The screen may update every 5 seconds.
However, since the I/O rate on devices can be 30 I/Os per second and 100 I/Os per second on the
channel, under some conditions the OMEGAMON user can miss 150 I/Os per device, or 500 I/Os per
channel every 5 seconds.
Remember that the device queue display is just a snapshot. If there are a number of outstanding I/Os
against a device for a continuing period of time, a problem may result. If the order of the waiting I/Os does
not change after several cycles, there is probably an I/O lockout condition. Example:

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 445

 XDEV Unit volser Jobname I/O Drvr Cyl Device Status
+ A161 MVS002 PAYROLL SSCH EXCP 280
+ SORT Wait EXCP 480
+ B180 PAGE01 *MASTER* SSCH EXCP 24 Channel Pgm Suspended
+ 2204 SYS001 TSOA13 SSCH Ftch 93

Figure 56. Typical output for an XDEV immediate command

XDEV provides the following information:

Unit
Device number
volser
Device volser
Jobname
Jobname of the I/O requester
I/O
I/O type or Wait (usually SSCH Start Subchannel)
Drvr
Type of I/O-driver (EXCP, JES3, VSAM, VTAM...)
Cyl
Target decimal cylinder address (DASD only)
Device Status
Unusual device status information (such as not ready or mount pending)
The example shows:
• PAYROLL and SORT competing for the same device (MVS002)
• A suspended channel program against the PAGE01 page volume
• A TSO user with a currently active fetch against SYS001

Related information
See Disk information commands in Chapter 1, “Command groupings,” on page 1.

XDSK
Type
OMEGAMON Minor command

Description
Displays DASD devices which exceed certain thresholds. XDSK displays devices that exceed the
thresholds described in DSCnnn, DUTnnn, IOSnnn, and PNDnnn.
The POPT command controls XDSK. A device can be displayed if it exceeds any of the thresholds that
apply to XDSK (DUT, CON, DSC, IOS, or PND), or a device can be displayed if it exceeds the DUT threshold
and one of the other thresholds. For further information, see POPT.

Related information
Minor of: STAT
Other Long-Term Device Utilization minors: CCHRxx, CCOMxx, CCTCxx, CDSKxx, CGRAxx, CHNP, CONnnn,
CTAPxx, CUR xx, DSCnnn, DUTnnn, EDSK cccccc, IOSnnn, LCHRxxx, LCOMxxx, LCTCxxx, LCU xxx xxx,
LDSKxxx, LGRAxxx, LTAPxxx, LUR xxx, PDSK cccccc, PNDnnn, PTAP cccccc, SCHRxxx, SCOMxxx, SCTCxxx,
SDSKxxx, SGRAxxx, STAPxxx, and SURxxx.

446 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
XGRP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Invokes exception analysis for the specified exception group.

XGRPcc

The variable cc is the ID for a group that has been defined with the GDFN command or for an IBM-
supplied default group. Use GDFN to display currently defined groups. The default groups are:

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGSW,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

XGSW
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Sets exception group switch settings. The group switch command allows you to set the exception state for
an entire exception group. This switch overrides the individual exception setting.
If you type in XGSW with no keywords, it displays all existing groups with their current settings. Overtype
the current setting for the STATE keyword to change the setting.

XGSW GROUP=cc STATE=cccc

GROUP
Any two unique alphanumeric characters (cc) to specify the group. Use this keyword to display only
entries for a particular group.
STATE
Controls whether the exception is in any of these five states:
ON
Invokes the exception group during the current session.
OFF
Does NOT invoke the exception group during the current session.
TEST
Forces a sample warning message, even if the exception condition is not presently occurring, for
purposes of training or demonstration. (When a message has been displayed because of TEST
mode, a T appears in column 2 of the message lines.)
Note: The zoom function is not available for exceptions in test mode.
NDSP
Exceptions in the group are ON, but the exceptions are not displayed. Instead, they can be logged
to the XLFLOG or can trigger automatic screen spaces.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 447

 NULL
Specifies that the individual exception, rather than the group switch, is to maintain control. This is
the default.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP,
XSUM, XTRP, and XTXT

/XLF OUT
Type
INFO-line command

Description
The / XLF OUT command sends exception logging facility (XLF) data to the printer and resets the log. The
exception logging facility (XLF) writes exceptions to the XLFLOG. To view or change the defaults for this
file, use the “OUTP ” on page 271 major command and its minors.
The equivalent immediate command is “.XLFOUT ” on page 449.

.XLF
Type
Immediate command

Description
The .XLF command turns the exception logging facility (XLFLOG) on or off.
Use .XLF to log exception messages automatically. This command works only in dedicated mode or in
VTAM mode with automatic updating in effect.
.XLF writes exceptions to the .XLF logfile. To view or change the default values for this file, use the
“OUTP ” on page 271 command.

Command format
.XLF[ON|OFF|OUT]

ON
Turns on the XLFLOG
OFF
Turns off the XLFLOG. It stops only exception logging; it does not stop exception analysis.
OUT
Prints the current XLF log, and then resets it.
To find out if XLFLOG is on or off, use .XLF (that is, with no parameters).

Example command
To turn off the XLFLOG, use this command:

.XLFOFF

448 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
.XLFOUT
Type
Immediate command

Description
Sends Exception Logging Facility (XLF) data to the printer and resets the log. .XLFOUT comments itself out
after it executes. See the equivalent INFO-line command, /XLF OUT, for more information.

Related information
None

.XLG
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays and sets printer characteristics for the Exception Logging Facility (XLFLOG). When you
enter .XLG, a series of keywords appears for setting printer characteristics. If you are changing more
parameters than will fit on one line, use the OUTP command instead. The keywords for .XLG (and .REP)
duplicate the minors of the OUTP major.
SYSOUT=
SYSOUT class.
HOLD=
Specifies whether output is to be placed in the hold queue.
COPIES=
Specifies the number of copies to print.
FORMS=
Specifies the form on which to print.
DEST=
Destination, user ID, or both (separated by a period, colon, or slash) to receive report.
FOLD=
Folds lowercase characters to uppercase.
The following keywords will also appear if their default values have been previously modified. If not, you
can type in the keyword and define a new value.
ID1=
Requests separator pages and page headers. The argument for ID1 can be:
*
OMEGAMON generates separator pages and page headers with the appropriate job name printed
in block letters on the pages. This is the default.
*NONE*
OMEGAMON does not generate page headers or separator pages.
cccccccc
OMEGAMON generates separator pages and page headers with cccccccc printed in block letters
on the pages. cccccccc is up to 8 user-defined characters.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 449

 ID2=
Defines up to 16 characters on the left of the separator page.
ID3=
Defines up to 16 characters in the center of the separator page.
ID4=
Defines up to 16 characters on the right of the separator page.
DDNAME=
Overrides standard OMEGAMON ddnames.
If you change any parameter other than FOLD=, OMEGAMON automatically spins off the XLFLOG file and
creates a new one.
If SYSOUT is active, then DDNAME is inactive and vice versa. The following list shows the parameters in
effect and the default settings for SYSOUT or DDNAME.
Parameters
and the Default Values for SYSOUT and DDNAME
SYSOUT=
A and the DDNAME is (inactive)
HOLD=
NO and the DDNAME is (inactive)
COPIES=
1 and the DDNAME is (inactive)
FORMS=
*NONE* and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DEST=
*NONE* and the DDNAME is (inactive)
DDNAME=
(inactive) and the DDNAME is OMXLFLOG
FOLD=
YES and the DDNAME is YES
ID1=
jobname and the DDNAME is jobname
ID2=
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)
ID3=
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)
ID4=
(blank) and the DDNAME is (blank)

Related information
OUTP

XLVL
Type
Immediate

Description
The XLVL command displays color or intensity settings for exception severity levels.

450 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 To change the default values interactively, use the “.SCC ” on page 324 immediate command.

Command format
XLVL

This command has no parameters.

XMCH
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Scans tables in the z/OS address space.

aXMCHc targ,addr,string,olen,chain,dlen

a
A required action character in column 1.
-
Changes to a comment character (>) after command executes.
<
Does not change to a comment character after command executes. Use this action character to
repeat the command.
c
The format of the output.
B or ␢
hex and character (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
targ
The target z/OS address space. It can be:
nnnn
decimal ASID number
cccccccc
jobname
addr
The address of the first table element that OMEGAMON scans.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 451

 You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
string
The hex string OMEGAMON uses for the scan. If you enclose it in single quotes, OMEGAMON assumes
it is a character string.
Note: OMEGAMON interprets two single quotes (’’) within a character string as a single quote (’).
olen
The offset (in hex bytes) to the string in the table element; the comparison starts at this point. You
may precede olen with a plus sign (+) or minus sign (-).
chain
The offset (in hex bytes) to the chain pointer (the location in the table element that contains the
address of the next table element). You may precede chain with a plus sign (+) or minus sign (-).
dlen
The number of bytes (up to eight hex digits) that OMEGAMON displays if the scan is successful. The
display starts at the beginning of the table element. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes.
Make sure that addr is the starting point of a table element. The address at addr + chain points to the next
table element. The scan ends when the value at addr + chain is one of the following:
• 0
• -1
• addr (the table is a ring)
The next screen display shows a typical XMCH command.

-XMCH USER14,AAB6C8,D6C30199,8,4

Figure 57. Typical XMCH command

In this example, XMCH scans a table in the target z/OS address space that starts at location AAB6C8 and
looks for the string D6C30199 that begins at the eighth byte of the table element. The address of the next
table element is at offset 4. By default, this command displays 16 bytes of the table element in hex and
character format.
The following output appears if the scan is successful.

>XMCH USER14,AAB6C8,D6C30199,8,4
>Storage at 007DA000 in USER14 ASID=21:
> 0000 E2E2C3E3 00000000 D6C30199 00000000 *SSCT OC r *

Related information
Other Storage Scan commands: MCHN, MSCN, and XMSC

452 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
XMLS
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Displays storage from z/OS address spaces.

aXMLSc targ,addr,dlen

a
A required action character in column 1.
-
Changes to a comment character (>) after command executes.
<
Does not change to a comment character after command executes. Use this action character to
repeat the command.
c
The format of the output.
B or ␢
hex and character (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
targ
The target z/OS address space. It can be:
nnnn
decimal ASID number
cccccccc
jobname
addr
The first address of storage that OMEGAMON displays.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 453

 indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
dlen
The number (up to eight hex digits) of bytes that OMEGAMON displays. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes.
The maximum is 4096 (X'1000') bytes.
The following figures show uses of the XMLS command.
In the following screen, XMLS displays 32 (X'20') bytes from address space 21 (starting at address 1EB0)
in character format.

>XMLSC 21,1EB0,20
>storage at 00001EB0 ASID=21:
> 0000 *ABCDEFGH IJKLMNOP QRSTUVWX Z0123456 *

In the next screen, XMLS displays 16 (X'10') bytes from the target z/OS address space specified by the
jobname USER14, starting at 1EB0 in both hex and character formats.

>XMLS USER14,1EB0,10
>storage at 00001EB0 in USER14 ASID=21:
> 0000 C1C2C3C4 C5C6C7C8 C9D1D2D3 D4D5D6D7 *ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP*

In the next screen, XMLS displays 16 (X'10') bytes from address space 21, starting at FF32D6 in hex and
character format. The less-than symbol (<) prevents OMEGAMON from commenting out the command.

<XMLSB 21,FF32C1+15,10

Typical output for the XMLS command with the less-than symbol (<) is shown here.

<XMLSB 21,FF32C1+15,10
+storage at 00FF32D6 in &XMLS. ASID=21:
+ 0000 4AA800F7 D3700000 00000000 000000F8 *Ûy..7L..........8*

Related information
Other Storage Display command: MLST

XMSC
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Scans storage in the z/OS address space for a string of data and displays the location.
XMSC scans z/OS address space for a string of hex or character values. If the scan is successful,
OMEGAMON displays the string.

aXMSCc targ,addr,string,slen,dlen

a
A required action character in column 1.
-
Changes to a comment character (>) after the command executes.

454 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 <
Does not change to a comment character after the command executes. Use this action character
to repeat the command.
c
The format of the output.
B or ␢
hex and character (default)
C
character only
X
hex only
targ
The target z/OS address space. It can be:
nnnn
decimal ASID number
cccccccc
jobname
addr
The start address of the scan.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number.
This modifier specifies a location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.
indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing.
This modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
string
The hex string OMEGAMON uses for the scan. If you enclose it in single quotes, OMEGAMON assumes
it is a character string.
Note: OMEGAMON interprets two single quotes (’’) within a character string as a single quote (’).
slen
The number (up to eight hex digits) of bytes that OMEGAMON scans. The default is 256 (X'100') bytes.
dlen
The number (up to eight hex digits) of bytes that OMEGAMON displays if the scan is successful. The
display starts at the beginning of string. The default is 16 (X'10') bytes.
In the next screen display, XMSC scans 1000 bytes in the target z/OS address space specified by
the jobname USER14, starting at location 515988 for the character string WORKAREA. If the scan is
successful, OMEGAMON displays 14 hex bytes in hex and character format starting at WORKAREA.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 455

 -XMSC USER14,515988,’WORKAREA’,1000,14

The following output appears if the scan is successful.

>XMSC USER14,515988,’WORKAREA’,1000,14
>storage at 00515988 in USER14 ASID=21:
> 1B8 E6D6D9D2 C1D9C5C1 00000000 000C0000 *WORKAREA........*
> 1C8 000C002C *....*

Related information
Other Storage Scan commands: MCHN, MSCN, and XMCH

XMZP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command (Authorized)

Description
Modifies another user’s private storage area. XMZP modifies the contents of the indicated private storage
area in the target address space.
-XMZP targ,addr,ver,rep
-
A required action character in column 1. The hyphen changes to a comment character (>) after the
command executes.
targ
The target z/OS address space. It can be:
nnnn
decimal ASID number
cccccccc
jobname
addr
The address of the string that OMEGAMON may modify.
You can specify, modify, or pre-define an address (addr) for commands that display or modify storage
or data-only spaces. An address consists of an anchor, optional modifiers, and an optional pre-defined
name.
An anchor is the base address of an address specification. It can be:
absolute
The hexadecimal address.
symbolic
Up to eight alphanumeric characters, including @, #, and $.
You can supply one or more modifiers to change the location that the anchor points to. A modifier can
be:
offset
A plus sign (+) or minus sign (-), followed by a hexadecimal number. This modifier specifies a
location at a known offset (positive or negative) from the anchor address.

456 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 indirect
Use a question mark (?) as the symbol for 31-bit addressing. Use a percent sign (%) as the symbol
for 24-bit addressing. Use an exclamation point (!) as the symbol for 64-bit addressing. This
modifier indicates that the location pointed to is itself an address.
ver
The verify string; OMEGAMON modifies storage only if OMEGAMON finds this string at addr. If
OMEGAMON does not find the string, it displays what is actually at addr.
rep
The replacement string. If OMEGAMON finds ver at addr, rep replaces ver.
Note: The verify and replacement strings must be the same length.
In the next screen display, XMZP changes a halfword at C4834 in the PRODJOB address space from
X'1854' toX' 0700'.

-XMZP PRODJOB,C4834,1854,0700

Related information
Other Storage Modification command: MZAP

XQCnnn
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
See XQCB.

Related information
None

XQCB
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays enqueue conflicts and RESERVEs. In a shared DASD environment, some address spaces doing
I/O to a shared DASD issue what is called a RESERVE. (Not all address spaces use the enqueue–JES2 on
the checkpoint data set, for example). In such a case, XQCB also indicates any RESERVEs.

[S]XQCB[X][nn]

The optional S in column 1 limits the display of minor names to 43 bytes.

The optional argument X (so: XQCBX) excludes from the display any enqueues whose major name
appears in the enqueue exclusion table, which the XQN immediate command defines. The optional
argument nn suppresses the first nn lines of output. For long displays, this option works like a scrolling
feature. If you want to suppress a number of lines greater than 99, use XQCnnn.
To see enqueues held by a specific job, use the QCB address space minor command.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 457

 The output of XQCB takes the following form:

XQCB soooooooo wwww ttt mmmmmmmm nnnn... RESV xxxxyvvvvvv

s
* means user is swapped out.
oooooooo
Owner of the enqueue–first user listed owns resource.
wwww
Either WAIT (user is waiting) or blank (user has resource).
ttt
Either SHR (shared) or EXC (exclusive).
mmmmmmmm
Name of major resource. If a dot appears in any position of this field, data cannot be interpreted
because z/OS has unprintable data. This is not a problem with OMEGAMON.
nnnn...
Minor name of resource. A plus sign (+) after the minor name indicates that it is truncated.
RESV
Indicates that this conflict is a RESERVE. All characters that follow RESV relate to the reserve.
xxxx
Indicates the hex address of the RESERVEd device.
y
Indicates UCB reserve status (or blank):
*
Device is reserved via RESERVE CCW
+
RESERVE CCW has not completed yet
-
RELEASE CCW has not completed yet
(blank)
The device is reserved by GRS; no RESERVE CCW was issued.
vvvvvv
Volser of the DASD.
In some z/OS environments where there is a great deal of enqueue activity (particularly reserve
enqueues), the enqueue chain may be reorganized while OMEGAMON is processing it. In this case, an
error recovery message, like the following one, indicates that OMEGAMON encountered an invalid chain.
OMEGAMON continues processing remaining commands, and retries this command on the next cycle.

OB0910 PROGRAM CHECK. RECOVERY SUCCESSFUL

Sometimes enqueue minor names contain unprintable characters (for example, when a hex address is
part of the name). Certain common z/OS enqueues of this type have been identified, and will be converted
into a more meaningful display:

IEZIGGV3 CAXWA=xxxxxx
SYSZTIOT JOB=cccccccc DSAB=xxxxxx
SYSVSAM CI#=xxxxxx ACB=xxxxxx STAT=c
SYSCTLG INDEX=cccccccc UNIT=xxx
SYSZIGGI JOB=cccccccc
SYSZVMV UNIT=xxx
SYSZVSRL UNIT=xxx
SYSIKJBC RBA=xxxxxxxx

where c indicates an alphanumeric and x is a hex digit.

458 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 It is possible that one of the resource requests may be from another system altogether. When this
happens, a second display line appears to indicate the user’s GRS system name. For example:

XQCB PAYROLL EXC SYSDSN PAYROLL.MASTER

+ GRS SYSNAME=GRSSYS01 ENQUEUE TYPE=SYSTEMS
+ PAYUPD WAIT EXC SYSDSN PAYROLL.MASTER

Here, job PAYUPD is waiting to use data set PAYROLL.MASTER because job PAYROLL already has it
allocated from GRS system GRSSYS01.

Related information
Other Enqueue information command: WHO

XQN
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays or modifies the enqueue name table. The XQN command lets you define, by name, the enqueues
that you want excluded from enqueue conflict analysis. Excluding some enqueue names helps to
suppress extraneous lines in the XQCBX command display. The XQN command uses the multi-line input
facility to make it easy for you to change displayed values. The following considerations apply to the
multi-line input facility:
• You can modify any display line that begins with a colon in column 1.
• Blanking out fields has no effect; OMEGAMON redisplays the line on the next cycle.
• To change a setting, type over the displayed value and press Enter.
• OMEGAMON marks modified entries with one of the following words:
ADDED
UPDATED
DELETED
OMEGAMON treats commas, blanks, and parentheses in command syntax as delimiters.
If you issue the XQN command without any operands or keywords, OMEGAMON displays the first 100
entries of the enqueue name table. The following figure shows a typical enqueue name table.

---------------- ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:46: 01

XQN
+ # ENQ NAME
: 1 SPFEDIT
: 2 SPFDSN
: 3 SYSDSN
+ There are 3 entries defined in the ENQ name table.

Figure 58. Typical enqueue name table

#
Entry number in the enqueue name table.
ENQ NAME
Major name of the enqueue.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 459

 If you issue the XQN command with the ADD operand, you can add one or more enqueue names to the
table. The syntax is as follows:

XQN ADD name1,name2,...namen

name
Specifies the major name of an enqueue.
After you add entries to the table, OMEGAMON renumbers all entries consecutively and displays an
informational message informing you that the entry numbers may have shifted.
The following figure shows typical output from the XQN ADD command.

---------------- ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V420./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:46: 01

>XQN ADD SYSZVTOC SYSZVSAM
+ 4 SYSZVTOC * added *
+ 5 SYSZVSAM * added *
+Entries numbers may have been shifted due to the ADD/DEL
+ # ENQ NAME
+ 1 SPFEDIT
+ 2 SPFDSN
+ 3 SYSDSN
+ 4 SYSZVTOC
+ 5 SYSZVSAM
+ There are 5 entries defined in the ENQ name table.

Figure 59. Typical output from the XQN ADD command

If you issue the XQN command with the DEL operand, you can delete one or more enqueue names from
the table. The syntax is as follows:

XQN DEL [name1,name2,…namen]

[ENTRY(n1,n2,…nn|n1 : n2)]
[ALL]

name
Specifies the major name of an enqueue.
ENTRY
Specifies a list or range of enqueue table entries by number.
ALL
Specifies all entries in the table.
After you delete entries from the table, OMEGAMON renumbers all entries consecutively and displays an
informational message informing you that the entry numbers may have shifted.
The following figure shows typical output from the XQN DEL command.

---------------- ZWELCOME TSO OM/DEX V750./C SYSA 12/09/99 16:46: 01

>XQN DEL E(2,5)
+ 2 SPFDSN * deleted *
+ 5 SYSZVSAM * deleted *
+Entries numbers may have been shifted due to the ADD/DEL
+ # ENQ NAME
+ 1 SPFEDIT
+ 2 SYSDSN
+ 3 SYSZVTOC
+ There are 3 entries defined in the ENQ name table.

Figure 60. Typical output from the XQN DEL command

Related information
See also: XQCB.

460 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
XSUM
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays a summary of exceptions and their current status.

XSUM GROUP=cc LIST={A|I} RESET

(blank)
XSUM with no keywords displays all of the exception groups in alphabetical order. This is the default.
GROUP
The group ID (cc) can be any of the exception groups defined with the GDFN command. Enter a
2-character group ID to summarize the exceptions of a specific group. The IBM-supplied default
groups are:
AS
Auxiliary Storage Manager exceptions
HD
hardware exceptions
OP
operations exceptions
RS
Real Storage Manager exceptions
SR
System Resource Manager exceptions
LIST
The value can be A or I.
A
Lists exceptions in alphabetical order. This is the default.
I
Lists exceptions in the order in which they are executed, as specified by the LEXC command.
RESET
Resets the last and worst values back to zero. Does not reset the cumulative value.
The following figure shows an example of a partial XSUM display.

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 461

 XSUM
+----------+----------+-----------+---------------+------------+---------------+
+ DNRS Threshold Trip Value Time Occurred Total Trips Trips Since Reset
+ State=On
+ Last 06/18 17:07:46 14 14
+ Worst 06/18 17:07:46
+ Group=HD Limit=3 Persist=2 Auto=OFF Log=NO
+----------+----------+-----------+---------------+------------+---------------+
+ DRDY Threshold Trip Value Time Occurred Total Trips Trips Since Reset
+ State=On
+ Last NOT TRIPPED 0 0
+ Worst
+ Group=HD Limit=3 Persist=2 Auto=OFF Log=NO
+----------+----------+-----------+---------------+------------+---------------+
+ WSHI Threshold Trip Value Time Occurred Total Trips Trips Since Reset
+ State=Test 2500
+ Last 3640K 06/18 16:09:30 6 8
+ Worst 3650K 06/18 16:07:46
+ Group=RS Limit=3 Persist=2 Auto=OFF Log=NO
+----------+----------+-----------+---------------+------------+---------------+
+ WSLO Threshold Trip Value Time Occurred Total Trips Trips Since Reset
+ State=Test 300
+ Last 270K 06/18 16:09:30 5 9
+ Worst 265K 06/18 16:07:46
+ Group=RS Limit=3 Persist=2 Auto=OFF Log=NO
+----------+----------+-----------+---------------+------------+---------------+

Figure 61. Partial display of typical XSMU output

The XSUM command displays the current settings for the exception state (State=ON/OFF/TEST), the
group to which it is assigned (Group=), and XLF or ASF settings (Limit=, Persist=, Auto=, and Log=).
In addition, it displays the last and worst values for the following fields.
Threshold
The current threshold value set for this exception.
Trip Value
The value that caused this exception to trip.
Time Occurred
The date and time the exception last exceeded its threshold.
Total Trips
The number of times this exception exceeded its threshold during the current session.
Trips Since Reset
The number of times this exception exceeded its threshold since the last and worst values were reset.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP,
XGSW, XTRP, and XTXT

XTRP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays a summary of tripped exceptions for a group.

XTRP GROUP=cc LIST={A|I} RESET

(blank)
XTRP with no keywords displays all of the exception groups in alphabetical order. This is the default.

462 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
 GROUP
The group ID (cc) can be any of the exception groups defined with the GDFN command. Enter a
2-character group ID to display the exceptions of a specific group. The IBM-supplied default groups
are:
AS
Auxiliary Storage Manager exceptions
HD
hardware exceptions
OP
operations exceptions
RS
Real Storage Manager exceptions
SR
System Resource Manager exceptions
LIST
The value can be A or I.
A
Lists exceptions in alphabetical order. This is the default.
I
Lists exceptions in the order in which they are executed, as specified by the LEXC command.
RESET
Resets the last and worst values back to zero. Does not reset the cumulative value.
The XTRP display is the same as the XSUM display, but shows only tripped exceptions rather than all
exceptions.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP,
XGSW, XSUM, and XTXT

XTXT
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Specifies the message to display on cycles when no exceptions have tripped.

XTXT ’yourmessage’

The variable yourmessage can be up to 60 characters of user-defined text, specifying the message to
display when no exceptions have tripped. Enclose a message containing blanks or special characters in
single quotation marks. If you enter XTXT alone, OMEGAMON displays the message previously defined for
this condition.

Related information
Other exception analysis commands: ASG, CHNM, CPUM, EXSY, GDFN, LEXC, MTA, XACB, XAS, XGRP,
XGSW, XSUM, and XTRP

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 463

.ZAP
Type
OMEGAMON Immediate command

Description
Displays maintenance applied.

Related information
None

/ZOOM
Type
OMEGAMON INFO-line command

Description
Invokes navigational zoom feature using the cursor as a pointer. The zooming feature is designed to
simplify the investigation of system conditions by supplying a detailed level of information at the touch of
the Zoom key. /ZOOM substitutes the value above the current cursor position for a variable contained in a
predefined screen space. The variable substitution allows one zooming screen space to analyze multiple
items, such as devices or volume serials. It also enables quick investigation of exception conditions.
Note the following points regarding this feature.
• IBM provides OMEGAMON with the /ZOOM INFO-line command assigned to F11 so you can access the
zooming screen spaces with a single key. We refer to F11 as the Zoom key.
• The menu system uses the zooming feature extensively. For example, when you are looking at an
exception analysis display, you can place your cursor on an exception name and press F11. OMEGAMON
zooms to a recommendation screen that gives you suggestions on actions you may want to take.
In the menu system, when there are fields on a display that respond to the Zoom key, such as exception
names or device names, Zoom F11 is shown under the INFO-line as a navigation option.

________________ ZOPT VTAM OM/DEX V420./C SYS 05/05/09 15:4 6:07

> Help F1 Back F3 Up F7 Down F8 Zoom F11
================================================================================

Note: If you want to be able to zoom to exception recommendations from command mode, you can set a
command mode function key to /ZOOM @ZSM.
• You can use zooming in command mode by setting up customized investigative screen spaces and
zooming on command or exception names. These screen spaces can contain one or more of the
following variables:
&ZOOM
Data found at the cursor location.
&ZOOMC
Command or exception name field (columns 2 to 5).
&ZOOMS
Originating screen space.
OMEGAMON provides some sample zooming screen spaces to help you become familiar with both the
setup of a zooming screen space and the types of commands for which /ZOOM is most appropriate. To

464 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
list the names of those screen spaces, use the SCRN command and look for screen spaces named in the
format @ZOMcccc where cccc is a command name. Then try zooming on those command names.
Here is an example of using the zooming feature. You can follow this example either in command mode by
entering the DSKB command or in menu mode by choosing the I/O DASD option.
• Execute the major command DSKB. DSKB lists the unit addresses of disks that are currently performing
I/O.

_______________ BUSYDISK VTAM OM/DEX V420./C A083 09/09/99 12:06:26

<DSKB SYSA22 MVSA21 WORKA1 OMON26

• To examine one of the disks more closely, place your cursor under the volser you wish to query (in
this case MVSA21) and press F11. OMEGAMON looks for a screen space starting with @ZOM and
ending with the major command name that precedes the cursor. OMEGAMON finds the screen space
@ZOMDSKB.

_______________ @ZOMDSKB VTAM OM/DEX V420./C A083 09/09/99 12:06:26

<DSKB SYSA22 MVSA21 WORKA1 OMON26

DEV &ZOOM
dadr
dio .R
dioq
dusr
dplt02

/ZOOM replaces the variable &ZOOM with the volser over the cursor. The result might look like this:

_______________ @ZOMDSKB VTAM OM/DEX V420./C A083 09/09/99 12:06:26

<DSKB SYSA22 MVSA21 WORKA1 OMON26

DEV 150 volser=MVSA21 Online Alloc

dadr 150
dio .R 34.4
dioq
dusr CATALOG
dplt02 ________ OMEGAMON Peek at Unit=150 volser=MVSA21 _______
+ |DBsy DDD DDD D DD D D DD D DD | Samples: 50
+ |IOQ | Interval: 7
+ |I/O# >54>58>60>62>65 >67>69>73>77>79 | I/O’s: 26
+ |CPU .................................................|
+ |User >CATALOG |
+ |Cyl >0292>0006 >0292 >0006 |
+ |Nrdy |
+ |Resv |

• You could now place your cursor on a different volser and press F11 again to receive the same detail on
another device. A zooming screen space can display more detailed analyses of any device, volume serial
number, or address space.
Valid delimiter characters for zoom values (characters that OMEGAMON recognizes as the beginning or
end of the value) are the:
␢
blank
+
plus sign
()
left and right parenthesis
|
vertical bar
’
single quote

Chapter 21. X-Z commands and keywords 465

 <>
greater than and less than sign
=
equal sign
*
asterisk

Related information
None

466 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Support information
If you have a problem with your IBM software, you want to resolve it quickly. IBM provides the following
ways for you to obtain the support you need:
Online
Go to the IBM Software Support site at http://www.ibm.com/software/support/probsub.html and
follow the instructions.
Troubleshooting Guide
For more information about resolving problems, see Introduction to troubleshooting.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 467

468 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the
products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference
to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not
infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to
evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this
document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can
send license inquiries, in writing, to:

IBM Director of Licensing

IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

For license inquiries regarding double-byte (DBCS) information, contact the IBM Intellectual Property
Department in your country or send inquiries, in writing, to:

IBM World Trade Asia Corporation

Licensing
2-31 Roppongi 3-chome, Minato-ku
Tokyo 106, Japan

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS"
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore,
this statement might not apply to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically
made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication.
IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time without notice.
Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in
any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of
the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose of enabling: (i) the
exchange of information between independently created programs and other programs (including this
one) and (ii) the mutual use of the information which has been exchanged, should contact:

IBM Corporation
2Z4A/101
11400 Burnet Road
Austin, TX 78758 U.S.A.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2017 469

 Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and conditions, including in some cases
payment of a fee.
The licensed program described in this document and all licensed material available for it are provided by
IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement, IBM International Program License Agreement or any
equivalent agreement between us.
If you are viewing this information in softcopy form, the photographs and color illustrations might not be
displayed.

Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com® are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business
Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. If these and other IBM trademarked
terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with a trademark symbol (® or ™), these
symbols indicate U.S. registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information
was published. Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries.
A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at "Copyright and trademark information" at
http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside, Intel Inside logo, Intel Centrino, Intel Centrino logo, Celeron, Intel Xeon,
Intel SpeedStep, Itanium, and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or
its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.
Linux® is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States, other countries, or both.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.
Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

Privacy policy considerations

IBM Software products, including software as a service solutions, (“Software Offerings”) may use cookies
or other technologies to collect product usage information, to help improve the end user experience,
to tailor interactions with the end user or for other purposes. In many cases no personally identifiable
information is collected by the Software Offerings. Some of our Software Offerings can help enable you
to collect personally identifiable information. If this Software Offering uses cookies to collect personally
identifiable information, specific information about this offering’s use of cookies is set forth below.
Depending upon the configurations deployed, this Software Offering may use session cookies that
collect each user’s user name for purposes of session management, authentication, and single sign-on
configuration. These cookies cannot be disabled.
If the configurations deployed for this Software Offering provide you as customer the ability to collect
personally identifiable information from end users via cookies and other technologies, you should seek
your own legal advice about any laws applicable to such data collection, including any requirements for
notice and consent.
For more information about the use of various technologies, including cookies, for these purposes,
See IBM’s Privacy Policy at http://www.ibm.com/privacy and IBM’s Online Privacy Statement at http://
www.ibm.com/privacy/details the section entitled “Cookies, Web Beacons and Other Technologies”
and the “IBM Software Products and Software-as-a-Service Privacy Statement” at http://www.ibm.com/
software/info/product-privacy.

470 IBM OMEGAMON for z/OS: OMEGAMON for MVS Commands and Keywords Reference
IBM®

Product Number: 5698-T01